WO2019124094A1 - Liquid crystal composition - Google Patents

Liquid crystal composition Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019124094A1
WO2019124094A1 PCT/JP2018/044885 JP2018044885W WO2019124094A1 WO 2019124094 A1 WO2019124094 A1 WO 2019124094A1 JP 2018044885 W JP2018044885 W JP 2018044885W WO 2019124094 A1 WO2019124094 A1 WO 2019124094A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
carbon atoms
preferable
formula
liquid crystal
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2018/044885
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
翔太 小坂
和樹 栗沢
Original Assignee
Dic株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Dic株式会社 filed Critical Dic株式会社
Priority to CN201880078182.0A priority Critical patent/CN111448291A/en
Priority to JP2019560953A priority patent/JP7255496B2/en
Priority to KR1020207011465A priority patent/KR20200101325A/en
Publication of WO2019124094A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019124094A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/02—Liquid crystal materials characterised by optical, electrical or physical properties of the components, in general
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/12—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings at least two benzene rings directly linked, e.g. biphenyls
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/14—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/14—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain
    • C09K19/16—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain the chain containing carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. stilbenes
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/14—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain
    • C09K19/18—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain the chain containing carbon-to-carbon triple bonds, e.g. tolans
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/20—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a chain containing carbon and oxygen atoms as chain links, e.g. esters or ethers
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/30—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic rings, e.g. cyclohexane rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/32—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing condensed ring systems, i.e. fused, bridged or spiro ring systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/34—Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least one heterocyclic ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04—Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/38—Polymers
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/52—Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
    • C09K19/54—Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/52—Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
    • C09K19/54—Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
    • C09K19/56—Aligning agents
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G02—OPTICS
    • G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a liquid crystal composition.
  • the liquid crystal display element performs display by changing the optical characteristics by controlling the alignment of the liquid crystal composition sandwiched between two substrates by applying a voltage.
  • the liquid crystal composition changes from the initial alignment state by applying a voltage.
  • the initial alignment state was controlled by the alignment film using rubbed polyimide, since it is difficult to divide the alignment state of rubbed polyimide, a method for controlling pretilt using a polymerizable compound was developed. It was put to practical use.
  • a method of controlling an initial alignment state by a spontaneous alignment compound has been studied without using the alignment film itself.
  • a polymer of a polymerizable compound is used to control the alignment of the liquid crystal composition.
  • a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable compound in a liquid crystal composition is dropped on a substrate, and ultraviolet light is irradiated to polymerize the polymerizable compound in a state where another substrate is held.
  • the polymerizable compound and the liquid crystal composition are selected so that the liquid crystal composition is in a predetermined alignment state, but in the conventional polymerizable liquid crystal composition, the initial alignment state is not sufficient or changes with time.
  • Had problems such as When these problems occur, display defects occur in the liquid crystal display element. Therefore, development of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition capable of achieving a predetermined alignment state has been desired.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal display element while satisfying a display in a wide temperature range required for a liquid crystal composition, a high-speed response and a low voltage drivability, which has a negative dielectric anisotropy ( ⁇ ).
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a polymerizable liquid crystal composition having no or very few display defects, and to provide a liquid crystal display device using the liquid crystal composition.
  • the present invention relates to general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3)
  • liquid crystal composition having a negative dielectric anisotropy ( ⁇ ) comprising one or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by and one or more compounds and one or more polymerizable compounds.
  • a liquid crystal display device using a polymerizable liquid crystal composition using a polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal of the present invention is particularly useful as a liquid crystal display element for driving an active matrix.
  • the alignment of the liquid crystal composition after the production of the liquid crystal display element can be brought to the desired state, and display defects caused by alignment failure of the liquid crystal composition can be eliminated or suppressed. It is possible to provide a liquid crystal display element of VA type, IPS type, FFS type, PSA type or PSVA type.
  • the liquid crystal composition of the present invention has negative dielectric anisotropy, the transition temperature of nematic phase-isotropic liquid is 60 ° C. or more, and the absolute value of dielectric anisotropy is 1.5 or more. And one or more compounds selected from the group of compounds represented by the following general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3).
  • the compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3) correspond to dielectrically negative compounds (the sign of ⁇ is negative and its absolute value is larger than 2). Do.
  • the compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3) are preferably compounds having a negative ⁇ and an absolute value of more than 3.
  • R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 and R N32 each independently have 1 to 8 carbon atoms Alkyl group, alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms or alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable, and alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, the number of carbon atoms An alkoxy group of 1 to 5, an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable. More preferably, an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms is further preferable, and an alkenyl group having 3 carbon atoms (propen
  • the ring structure to which it is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic)
  • a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and carbon Alkenyl group having 4 to 5 atoms is preferable
  • a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a straight chain Preferred is an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present is preferably 5 or less, preferably linear.
  • the alkenyl group is preferably selected from the groups represented by any one of formulas (R1) to (R5). (The black dot in each formula represents a carbon atom in the ring structure.)
  • a N 11 , A N 12 , A N 21 , A N 22 , A N 31 and A N 32 are each preferably aromatic when it is required to increase ⁇ n independently, and in order to improve the response speed, it is preferable to use fat Group is preferred, and trans-1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-phenylene, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene, 3,5 -Difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene group, piperidine-1 Be 2,4-diyl, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl Preferred, it is more preferable that represents the following structures,
  • it represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group.
  • Z N11, Z N12, Z N21 , Z N22, Z N31 and Z N32 -CH 2 each independently O -, - CF 2 O - , - CH 2 CH 2 -, - CF 2 CF 2 - or a single bond preferably represents an, -CH 2 O -, - CH 2 CH 2 - or a single bond is more preferable, -CH 2 O-or a single bond is particularly preferred.
  • X N21 is preferably a fluorine atom.
  • T N31 is preferably an oxygen atom.
  • n N 11 + n N 12 , n N 21 + n N 22 and n N 31 + n N 32 are preferably 1 or 2, and combinations in which n N 11 is 1 and n N 12 is 0, n N 11 is 2 and n N 12 is 0, n A combination in which N 11 is 1 and n N 12 is 1, a combination in which n N 11 is 2 and n N 12 is 1, a combination in which n N 21 is 1 and n N 22 is 0, n N 21 is 2 and n N 22 is A combination of 0, a combination of n N31 of 1 and n N32 of 0, and a combination of n N31 of 2 and n N32 of 0 is preferred.
  • % means mass% unless otherwise specified.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 10%, 20%, and 30%. 40%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 95%, 85%, 75%, 65%, 55%, 45%, 35%, 25%, 20% It is.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-2) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 10%, 20%, 30% 40%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 95%, 85%, 75%, 65%, 55%, 45%, 35%, 25%, 20% It is.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-3) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 10%, 20%, and 30%. 40%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 95%, 85%, 75%, 65%, 55%, 45%, 35%, 25%, 20% It is.
  • the above lower limit is low and the upper limit is low. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention is required to keep Tni high and a composition having good temperature stability is required, it is preferable that the above lower limit is low and the upper limit is low. When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value be high and the upper limit value be high.
  • Examples of the compound represented by General Formula (N-1) include compounds represented by the following General Formulas (N-1a) to (N-1g).
  • R N11 and R N12 are as defined R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1), n Na11 represents 0 or 1, n NB11 is 1 or 2, n NC11 is N Nd11 represents 1 or 2; n Ne11 represents 1 or 2; n Nf12 represents 1 or 2; n Ng11 represents 1 or 2; A Ne11 represents trans-1, 4 And A Ng 11 represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, but at least one of represents a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, Z NE11 at least one present in the represents a single bond or ethylene molecules represent ethylene, a NE11 a plurality present in the molecule, Z Ne 1, and / or A NG11 may or may not be the same.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (N-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formulas (N-1-1) to
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-1) are the following compounds.
  • R N111 and R N112 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N-1).
  • R N 111 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably a propyl group, a pentyl group or a vinyl group.
  • RN 112 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group or butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-1) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, 35%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 50%, 40%, 38%, 35%, 33%, 30%, or 50%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, 6 %, 5% and 3%.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-1.1) to Formula (N-1-1.23) And the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.4) are preferable, and the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) and (N The compound represented by -1-1.3) is preferred.
  • the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.22) may be used alone or in combination, but the composition of the present invention
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds alone or in the total amount is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%, 23% 25%, 27%, 30%, 33% and 35%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 50%, 40%, 38%, 35%, 33%, 30%, or 50%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, 6 %, 5% and 3%.
  • the compounds represented by formula (N-1-2) are the following compounds.
  • R N121 and R N122 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N-1).
  • RN 121 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group or a pentyl group.
  • R N 122 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a methyl group, a propyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a propoxy group is preferable.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-2) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-2) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 7%, 10%, 13% , 15%, 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, 35%, 37% 40% and 42%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 50%, 48%, 45%, 43%, 40%, 38%, 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 33%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%. %, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (N-1-2.1) to formula (N-1-2.22) It is preferable that the formula (N-1-2.3) to the formula (N-1-2.7), the formula (N-1-2.10), the formula (N-1-2.11), the formula Preferred are the compounds represented by (N-1-2.13) and the formula (N-1-2.20), and in the case of emphasizing the improvement of .DELTA..epsilon.
  • N-1-2.7 is preferably a compound represented by the formula (N-1-2.7) from when emphasizing improvements in T NI formula (N-1-2.10), formula (N-1-2.11) And the compound represented by the formula (N-1-2.13), and in the case of focusing on the improvement of the response speed, the compound represented by the formula (N-1-2.20) Is preferred.
  • the compounds represented by the formula (N-1-2.1) to the formula (N-1-2.22) can be used alone or in combination, but the composition of the present invention
  • the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or in the total amount of these is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%, 23 %, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, 35%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 50%, 40%, 38%, 35%, 33%, 30%, or 50%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, 6 %, 5% and 3%.
  • the compounds represented by formula (N-1-3) are the following compounds.
  • R N 131 and R N 132 each independently represent the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-1).
  • R N 131 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N 132 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 3 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and 1-propenyl group, ethoxy group, propoxy group or butoxy group is preferable .
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-3) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-3) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-3.1) to the formula (N-1-3-21) And the compounds represented by formulas (N-3.1) to (N-1-3.7) and formula (N-1-3.21) are preferable.
  • -1-3.1), the formula (N-1-3.2), the formula (N-1-3.3), the formula (N-1-3.4) and the formula (N-1-3.6) The compounds represented by) are preferred.
  • the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-3.1) to (N-1-3.4), the formulas (N-1-3.6) and the formulas (N-1 3.21) can be used alone. Although it is possible to use in combination or in combination, a combination of formula (N-1-3.1) and formula (N-1-3.2), a formula (N-1-3.3) Or a combination of two or three selected from formula (N-1-3.4) and formula (N-1-3.6).
  • the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or in the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20 %.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-4) are the following compounds.
  • R N141 and R N 142 independently represents the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-1).
  • R N141 and R N142 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms carbon atoms 4-5 preferably a methyl group, a propyl group, an ethoxy Preferred is a group or butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-4) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-4) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 3%, 5%, 7%, 10% 13%, 15%, 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, 13%, 11%, 10%, 8%.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-4) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1 -4.1) to Formula (N-1 -4.14) And the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1 -4.4) are preferable, and the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-4.1) and (N Preferred are the compounds represented by -1-4.2) and the formula (N-1-4.4).
  • the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.14) may be used alone or in combination, but the compounds of the present invention
  • the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or in the total amount is 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17% And 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, 13%, 11%, 10%, 8%.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-5) are the following compounds.
  • R N 151 and R N 152 each independently represent the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-1).
  • Each of R N151 and R N152 is independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group Is preferred.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-5) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-5) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 8%, 10%, 13% 15%, 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit value of the preferred content is 35%, 33%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 18%, 15% and 13%.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-5) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-5.1) to Formula (N-1-5.6)
  • the compounds represented by the formula (N-1-5.1), the formula (N-1-5.2) and the formula (N-1-5.4) are preferable.
  • the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-5.1), (N-1-5.2) and (N-1-5.4) may be used alone or in combination.
  • the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or in the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 8%, 10%, 13%, although it is also possible. It is 15%, 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit value of the preferred content is 35%, 33%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 18%, 15% and 13%.
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-10) are the following compounds.
  • R N 1101 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a vinyl group or a 1-propenyl group.
  • R N 1102 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-10) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-10) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-10) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-10.1) to Formula (N-1-10.14) And the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-10.1) to (N-1-10.5) are preferable, and the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-10.1) and (N- The compound represented by -1-10.2) is preferred.
  • the composition of the present invention can be used alone or in combination, the composition of the present invention
  • the lower limit value of the preferred content of these compounds alone or in the total amount of is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-11) are the following compounds.
  • R N 1111 and R N 11 12 independently represents the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-1).
  • R N 1111 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a vinyl group or a 1-propenyl group.
  • R N 1112 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-11) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-11) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-11) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-11.1) to Formula (N-1-11.14) And the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-11.1) to (N-1-11.14) are preferable.
  • the compound represented by 1-11.4) is preferable.
  • the composition of the present invention The lower limit value of the preferred content of these compounds alone or in the total amount of is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-12) are the following compounds.
  • R N 1121 and R N1122 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).
  • R N 1121 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • RN 1122 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-12) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-12) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-13) are the following compounds.
  • R N 1131 and R N 1132 independently represents the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-1).
  • R N 1131 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N 1132 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-13) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-13) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-14) are the following compounds.
  • R N 1141 and R N 114 2 independently represents the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-1).
  • R N 1141 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • RN 1142 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-14) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-14) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-15) are the following compounds.
  • R N 1151 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N 1152 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-15) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-15) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-16) are the following compounds.
  • R N 1161 and R N1162 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).
  • R N 1161 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N 1162 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-16) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-16) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-17) are the following compounds.
  • R N 1171 and R N1172 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).
  • R N 1171 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • RN 1172 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-17) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-17) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-18) are the following compounds.
  • R N 1181 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N 1182 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-18) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-18) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-18) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-18.1) to Formula (N-1-18.5) And the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-18.1) to (N-1-11.3) are preferable.
  • the compound represented by 1-18.3) is preferable.
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-20) are the following compounds.
  • each of R N 1201 and R N 1202 independently represents the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-1).
  • Each of R N1201 and R N1202 is independently preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-20) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-20) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-21) are the following compounds.
  • R N1211 and R N1212 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).
  • Each of R N1211 and R N1212 is independently preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-21) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-21) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-22) are the following compounds.
  • R N1221 and R N1222 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).
  • Each of R N1221 and R N1222 is independently preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-22) can be used alone, but two or more compounds can also be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-21) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 13% 15%, 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, 13%, 10%, 5%.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-22) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-22.1) to Formula (N-1-22.12) Are preferably compounds represented by formulas (N-1-22.1) to (N-1-22.5), and compounds represented by formulas (N-1-22.1) to (N- The compound represented by 1-22.4) is preferable.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (N-3) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formula (N-3-2).
  • R N 321 and R N 322 each independently represent the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-3).
  • Each of R N321 and R N322 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably a propyl group or a pentyl group.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (N-3-2) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-3-2) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 3%, 5%, 10%, 13% , 15%, 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, 35%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 50%, 40%, 38%, 35%, 33%, 30%, or 50%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, 6 % And 5%.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (N-3-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-3-2.1) to Formula (N-3-2.3) Is preferred.
  • the total content of compounds in which is a single bond is 5 to 50% by mass based on the total content of compounds represented by general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3)
  • Z N11 , Z N12 , Z N21 , Z N22 , Z N31 and Z N32 are a single bond
  • the total of the content of is 5 to 50% by mass with respect to the total of the content of the compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3).
  • Examples of the compound represented by General Formula (N-1) in which Z N11 and Z N12 are a single bond include General Formulas (N-1a), (N-1b), (N-1c) and (N-1g)
  • the compounds represented by are preferred, and the compounds represented by (N-1a), (N-1b) and (N-1c) are preferred.
  • the total content of the compounds represented by general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3) in the total content of compounds having negative dielectric anisotropy is 80% or more Is preferably 85% or more, more preferably 87% or more, preferably 90% or more, preferably 93% or more, and more preferably 96% or more. It is preferable that it is 98% or more, and it is preferable that it is substantially 100% or more. Substantially means excluding the compound which is unintentionally contained, such as an impurity at the time of manufacture.
  • the total content of compounds which are single bonds is preferably 50 to 100% based on the total content of compounds represented by general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3). 60 to 100% is preferable, 65 to 95% is preferable, and 70 to 90% is preferable.
  • the total content of compounds in which Z N11 and Z N12 in the compound represented by General Formula (N-1) contained in the liquid crystal composition are single bonds is represented by General Formula (N-1), (N-2) 50 to 100% is preferable, 60 to 100% is preferable, 65 to 95% is preferable, and 70 to 90% is preferable with respect to the total of the content of the compound represented by (A) and (N-3).
  • the total content of the compounds represented by General Formulas (N-1a), (N-1b), (N-1c) and (N-1g) contained in the liquid crystal composition is the general formula (N-1). 50 to 100% is preferable with respect to the sum total of content of the compound represented by (N-2) and (N-3), 60 to 100% is preferable, 65 to 95% is preferable, and 70 to 90 % Is preferred.
  • the total content of the compounds represented by General Formulas (N-1-1), (N-1-2), (N-1-3) and (N-1-4) contained in the liquid crystal composition Is preferably 50 to 100%, more preferably 60 to 100%, based on the total content of the compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3). 95% is preferred and 70 to 90% is preferred.
  • the liquid crystal composition of the present invention preferably contains one or two or more compounds represented by General Formula (L).
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (L) correspond to dielectric substantially neutral compounds (the value of ⁇ is ⁇ 2 to 2). Therefore, the number of polar groups such as halogen contained in the molecule is preferably 2 or less, more preferably 1 or less, and it is more preferable not to have one.
  • the group (a), the group (b) and the group (c) may be each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom
  • n L1 is 2 or 3 and a plurality of A L2 is present, they may be the same or different, and when n L1 is 2 or 3 and a plurality of Z L3 is present, they may be Are the same as or different from each other, but the compounds represented by formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3) are excluded.
  • the compounds represented by formula (L) may be used alone or in combination.
  • the types of compounds that can be combined but they are used in appropriate combination according to the desired performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the type of compound used is, for example, one type in one embodiment of the present invention. Or in another embodiment of the present invention, there are 2 types, 3 types, 4 types, 5 types, 5 types, 6 types, 7 types, 8 types, 9 types and 10 It is more than kind.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L) is low temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping marks, image sticking, It is necessary to appropriately adjust according to the required performance such as dielectric anisotropy.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40 %, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%.
  • the upper limit value of the preferred content is 95%, 85%, 75%, 65%, 55%, 45%, 35%, 25%.
  • the above lower limit is high and the upper limit is high. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention is required to keep Tni high and a composition having good temperature stability is required, it is preferable that the above lower limit is high and the upper limit is high. When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the drive voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value be low and the upper limit value be low.
  • both R L1 and R L2 are preferably alkyl groups, and when importance is given to reducing the volatility of the compound, alkoxy groups are preferable, and viscosity reduction is important When doing, at least one is preferably an alkenyl group.
  • the number of halogen atoms present in the molecule is preferably 0, 1, 2 or 3 and is preferably 0 or 1. When importance is attached to compatibility with other liquid crystal molecules, 1 is preferred.
  • R L1 and R L2 are, when the ring structure to which they are bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic), a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms Alkoxy groups and alkenyl groups having 4 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred, and in the case where the ring structure to which they are attached is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane, a straight chain having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferred.
  • An alkyl group, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferable.
  • the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present, is preferably 5 or less, preferably linear.
  • the alkenyl group is preferably selected from the groups represented by any one of formulas (R1) to (R5). (The black dot in each formula represents a carbon atom in the ring structure.)
  • n L1 is preferably 0 when importance is attached to the response speed, 2 or 3 is preferable to improve the upper limit temperature of the nematic phase, and 1 is preferable to balance them. Moreover, in order to satisfy the characteristics required as a composition, it is preferable to combine compounds of different values.
  • a L 1 , A L 2 and A L 3 are preferably aromatic when it is required to increase ⁇ n, and are preferably aliphatic to improve the response speed, and each of them is independently trans- 1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3,5-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group , 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene group, piperidine-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6 -Diyl group or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group is preferable, and the following structure is more preferable,
  • it represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group.
  • Z L1 and Z L2 be a single bond when the response speed is important.
  • the compound represented by formula (L) preferably has 0 or 1 halogen atoms in the molecule.
  • the compound represented by formula (L) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formulas (L-1) to (L-7).
  • the compounds represented by formula (L-1) are the following compounds.
  • R L11 and R L12 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in general formula (L).
  • R L11 and R L12 are preferably linear alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and linear alkenyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (L-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the lower limit of the preferred content is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 95%, 90%, 85%, 80%, 75%, 70%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%.
  • the above lower limit is high and the upper limit is high. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention needs to have a high Tni and a composition having good temperature stability is required, it is preferable that the above lower limit value is medium and the upper limit value is medium. When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the drive voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value is low and the upper limit value is low.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formula (L-1-1).
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-1-1) is a compound selected from the compound group represented by Formula (L-1-1.1) to Formula (L-1-1.3) It is preferable that it is a compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.2) or the formula (L-1-1.3), and in particular, it is represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) It is preferable that it is a compound.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, It is 5%, 7% and 10%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 5% and 3%.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formula (L-1-2).
  • R L12 has the same meaning as in the general formula (L-1).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 15% , 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 35%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 42%, 40%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 35%, 33%, and 30%.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-1-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-1-2.1) to Formula (L-1-2.4)
  • the compound is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-1-2.2) to Formula (L-1-2.4).
  • the compounds represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) are preferable because they particularly improve the response speed of the composition of the present invention.
  • Tni higher than the response speed it is preferable to use a compound represented by formula (L-1-2.3) or formula (L-1-2.4). It is not preferable to set the content of the compounds represented by Formula (L-1-2.3) and Formula (L-1-2.4) to 30% or more in order to improve the solubility at low temperature.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 10%, 15%, 18%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, 35%, 38%, 40%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 43%, 40%, 60%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 35%, 32%, 30%, 27%, 25%, 22%.
  • Lower limit of preferable content of the total of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) and the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention The values are 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 35%, 40%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 43%, 40%, 60%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 35%, 32%, 30%, 27%, 25%, 22%.
  • the compound represented by formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (L-1-3).
  • L L13 and R L14 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R L13 and R L14 are preferably linear alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and linear alkenyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 13% , 15%, 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 30%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 37%, 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 33%, 30%, 27%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, 10%. %.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-1-3) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-1-3.1) to Formula (L-1-3.13)
  • the compound is preferably a compound represented by formula (L-1-3.1), formula (L-1-3.3) or formula (L-1-3.4).
  • the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) is preferable in order to particularly improve the response speed of the composition of the present invention.
  • Tni higher than the response speed is to be determined.
  • the formula (L-1-3.3), the formula (L-1-3.4), the formula (L-1-3.11) and the formula (L-) are used. It is preferable to use the compound represented by 1-3.12).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, or 20%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. % And 6%.
  • the compound represented by Formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-1-4) and / or (L-1-5).
  • R L15 and R L16 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R L15 and R L16 are preferably linear alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and linear alkenyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-4) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 13% 15%, 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 25%, 23%, 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, 10%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-5) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 13% 15%, 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 25%, 23%, 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, 10%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %.
  • compounds represented by general formulas (L-1-4) and (L-1-5) are represented by formulas (L-1-4.1) to (L-1-5.3) It is preferable that it is a compound selected from the group of compounds, and it is preferable that it is a compound represented by Formula (L-1-4.2) or Formula (L-1-5.2).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-4.2) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, or 20%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. % And 6%.
  • R L17 and R L18 each independently represent a methyl group or a hydrogen atom.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-6) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 15% , 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 35%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 42%, 40%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 35%, 33%, and 30%.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-1-6) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-1-6.1) to Formula (L-1-6.3) Is preferred.
  • the compounds represented by formula (L-2) are the following compounds.
  • R L21 and R L22 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in general formula (L).
  • R L21 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R L22 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or a carbon atom
  • the alkoxy groups of 1 to 4 are preferable.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (L-2) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-2) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7% and 10%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 5% and 3%.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-2) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-2.1) to Formula (L-2.6), Compounds represented by (L-2.1), formula (L-2.3), formula (L-2.4) and formula (L-2.6) are preferable.
  • the compounds represented by formula (L-3) are the following compounds.
  • R L31 and R L32 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in general formula (L).
  • R L31 and R L32 are preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the compounds represented by formula (L-3) can be used alone or in combination of two or more. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-3) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7% and 10%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 5% and 3%.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-3) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-3.1) to Formula (L-3.7), Compounds represented by (L-3.2) to (L-3.5) are preferable.
  • the compounds represented by formula (L-4) are the following compounds.
  • R L41 and R L42 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in General Formula (L).
  • R L41 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R L42 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or a carbon atom
  • the alkoxy groups of 1 to 4 are preferable.
  • the compounds represented by formula (L-4) can be used alone or in combination of two or more compounds.
  • the type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is low temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping marks, It is necessary to appropriately adjust according to the required performance such as burn-in and dielectric anisotropy.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7%, 10%, 14%, 16%, 20%, 23%, 26%, 30%, 35%, 40% .
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 50%, 40%, 35%, and 30%. 20%, 15%, 10% and 5%.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-4) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-4.1) to Formula (L-4.3), for example.
  • the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) can be represented by the formula (L-4.1) Even if it contains the compound represented by -4.2), it contains both the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.2) Or all of the compounds represented by Formula (L-4.1) to Formula (L-4.3) may be contained.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) or the formula (L-4.2) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 3%, 5% Yes, 7%, 9%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 18%, 21%, preferred upper limit is 45, 40% , 35%, 30%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8% .
  • both the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.2) are contained, both compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention
  • the lower limit of the preferable content is 15%, 19%, 24%, 30%, and the preferable upper limit is 45, 40%, 35%, 30% Yes, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-4) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-4.4) to Formula (L-4.6), for example. It is preferable that it is a compound represented by these.
  • the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) may be represented by the formula (L-4.4) Even if it contains the compound represented by -4.5), it contains both the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.5) May be
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) or the formula (L-4.5) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 3%, 5% Yes, 7%, 9%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 18%, 21%.
  • the preferred upper limit is 45, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%. %, 10%, and 8%.
  • both the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.5) are contained, both compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention
  • the lower limit of the preferable content is 15%, 19%, 24%, 30%, and the preferable upper limit is 45, 40%, 35%, 30% Yes, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%.
  • the compound represented by Formula (L-4) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-4.7) to Formula (L-4.10), and in particular, a compound represented by Formula (L-4.
  • the compound represented by 9) is preferable.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (L-5) are the following compounds.
  • R L51 and R L52 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in general formula (L).
  • R L51 is preferably an alkyl group or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R L52 is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or a carbon atom of the carbon atoms 4-5 of 1-5 carbon atoms
  • the alkoxy groups of 1 to 4 are preferable.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (L-5) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is low temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping marks, It is necessary to appropriately adjust according to the required performance such as burn-in and dielectric anisotropy.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-5) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7%, 10%, 14%, 16%, 20%, 23%, 26%, 30%, 35%, 40% .
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-5) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 50%, 40%, 35%, and 30%. 20%, 15%, 10% and 5%
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is a compound represented by the formula (L-5.1) or the formula (L-5.2) It is preferable that it is a compound represented by these, and it is especially preferable that it is a compound represented by Formula (L-5.1).
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of these compounds is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, and 9%.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-5) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-5.3) or Formula (L-5.4).
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of these compounds is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, and 9%.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-5) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-5.5) to Formula (L-5.7), and in particular It is preferable that it is a compound represented by L-5.7).
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of these compounds is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, and 9%.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (L-6) are the following compounds.
  • R L61 and R L62 each independently represent the same as R L1 and R L2 in General Formula (L), and X L61 and X L62 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom.
  • Each of R L61 and R L62 is preferably independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and one of X L61 and X L62 is a fluorine atom, and the other is a hydrogen atom Is preferred.
  • the compounds represented by formula (L-6) can be used alone or in combination of two or more compounds. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like.
  • the type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-6) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7%, 10%, 14%, 16%, 20%, 23%, 26%, 30%, 35%, 40% .
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-6) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 50%, 40%, 35%, and 30%. 20%, 15%, 10% and 5%.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-6) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-6.1) to Formula (L-6.9).
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-6) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-6.10) to Formula (L-6.17), for example.
  • the compound represented by L-6.11) is preferred.
  • the lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of these compounds is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, and 9%.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (L-7) are the following compounds.
  • R L71 and R L72 each independently represent the same as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L), and A L71 and A L72 are each independently A L2 and A L2 in the general formula (L)
  • a hydrogen having the same meaning as A L3 is represented, but each of hydrogen atoms on A L71 and A L72 may be independently substituted by a fluorine atom
  • Z L71 has the same meaning as Z L2 in formula (L)
  • X L71 and X L72 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom.
  • R L71 and R L72 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms of 2 to 5 carbon atoms preferably
  • a L71 and A L72 each independently 1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group is preferably a hydrogen atom on a L71 and a L72 may be substituted by fluorine
  • the type of compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, and four types according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is low temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping mark, It is necessary to appropriately adjust according to the required performance such as burn-in and dielectric anisotropy.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-7) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7%, 10%, 14%, 16% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-7) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 30%, 25%, 23%, and 20%. 18%, 15%, 10% and 5%.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7.1) to Formula (L-7.4), and Formula (L-7. It is preferable that it is a compound represented by 2).
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7.11) to Formula (L-7.13), and the compound represented by Formula (L-7. It is preferable that it is a compound represented by 11).
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is a compound represented by Formula (L-7.21) to Formula (L-7.23). It is preferable that it is a compound represented by Formula (L-7.21).
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7. 31) to Formula (L-7. 34), and the compound represented by Formula (L-7. 31) or / and a compound represented by the formula (L-7. 32) is preferable.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7.41) to Formula (L-7.44), and the compound represented by Formula (L-7. 41) or / and a compound represented by the formula (L-7. 42) is preferable.
  • the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7.51) to Formula (L-7.53).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the total of the compounds represented by General Formula (i), General Formula (ii), and General Formulas (L) and (N) relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 80% , 85%, 88%, 90%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% 99% and 100%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 100%, 99%, 98% and 95%.
  • Lower limit value of the total content of the compound to be added is 80%, 85%, 88%, 90%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95% %, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 100%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 100%, 99%, 98% and 95%.
  • composition of the present invention preferably does not contain a compound having a structure in which oxygen atoms such as a peracid (—CO—OO—) structure are bonded to each other in the molecule.
  • the content of the compound having a carbonyl group is preferably 5% or less, more preferably 3% or less, based on the total mass of the composition. Preferably, it is more preferably 1% or less, and most preferably substantially free.
  • the content of the compound substituted with chlorine atoms is preferably 15% or less, preferably 10% or less, based on the total mass of the composition. % Is preferable, 5% or less is more preferable, 3% or less is preferable, and substantially no content is further preferable.
  • the content of compounds in which all ring structures in the molecule are six-membered rings is 80 based on the total mass of the composition. % Or more is preferable, 90% or more is more preferable, 95% or more is more preferable, and the composition is composed only of compounds in which all ring structures in the molecule are substantially 6-membered rings. Most preferred.
  • the content of the compound having a cyclohexenylene group is the total mass of the composition.
  • it is preferably 10% or less, preferably 8% or less, more preferably 5% or less, preferably 3% or less, and even more preferably substantially non-containing.
  • the content of a compound having a 2-methylbenzene-1,4-diyl group in which the hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen in the molecule may be reduced.
  • the content of the compound having a 2-methylbenzene-1,4-diyl group in the molecule is preferably 10% or less, and more preferably 8% or less based on the total mass of the composition. And 5% or less is more preferable, 3% or less is preferable, and substantially no content is more preferable.
  • not substantially contained means that it is not contained except for unintentionally contained substances.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkenyl group is 2 to 5
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkenyl group is preferably 4 to 5, and the unsaturated bond of the alkenyl group and benzene are directly bonded. Preferably not.
  • the average elastic constant (K AVG ) of the liquid crystal composition used in the present invention is preferably 10 to 25, but the lower limit is preferably 10, 10.5 is preferred, 11 is preferred and 11.5 is preferred.
  • 12 is preferable, 12.3 is preferable, 12.5 is preferable, 12.8 is preferable, 13 is preferable, 13.3 is preferable, 13.5 is preferable, 13.8 is preferable, 14 is preferable, 14 3 is preferable, 14.5 is preferable, 14.8 is preferable, 15 is preferable, 15.3 is preferable, 15.5 is preferable, 15.8 is preferable, 16 is preferable, 16.3 is preferable, 16 5 is preferable, 16.8 is preferable, 17 is preferable, 17.3 is preferable, 17.5 is preferable, 17.8 is preferable, and 18 is preferable, and the upper limit thereof is 25 is preferable, 24.5 is preferable, 24 is preferable, 23.5 is preferable, 23 is preferable, 22.8 is preferable, 22.5 is preferable, 22.3 is preferable, 22 is preferable, 21.8 is 2
  • K AVG When importance is given to reducing power consumption, it is effective to reduce the amount of light from the backlight, and it is preferable to improve the light transmittance of the liquid crystal display element. For that purpose, the value of K AVG should be set lower. preferable. When emphasis is placed on improvement of response speed, it is preferable to set the value of K AVG higher.
  • R p1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted by a halogen atom, a hydrogen atom is An alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom, an alkenyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may optionally have a hydrogen atom substituted for the halogen atom, a hydrogen atom is substituted for the halogen atom And optionally represents an alkenyloxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms or -Sp p2 -P p2 ; P p1 and P p2 are each independently represented by general formula (P p1 -1) to formula (P p1 -9)
  • R p11 and R p12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogenated alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • W p11 is a single bond, —O -, -COO-, or a methylene group
  • t p11 represents 0, 1 or 2, but when there are a plurality of R p11 , R p12 , W p11 and / or t p11 in the molecule, they are identical It may be different or different.
  • Z p1 and Z p2 are each independently a single bond, -O-, -S-, -CH 2- , -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -CO-, -C 2 H 4 -,- COO -, - OCO -, - OCOO
  • a p2 is a 1,4-phenylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexylene group, an anthracene-2,6-diyl group, a phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, a pyridine-2,5-diyl group, a pyrimidine-2, 5-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, indane-2,5-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1,3-dioxane-2,5 -Represents a diyl group, wherein A p2 is unsubstituted or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an
  • ⁇ binds to Sp p 1 or Z p 1 and ⁇ ⁇ binds to Z p 1 and one or more hydrogen atoms in the structure are an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, 1 to 12 carbon atoms Even when substituted by 12 halogenated alkyl groups, alkoxy groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, halogenated alkoxy groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group or -Sp 2 -P p 2 Represents a group represented by A p3 is (A p3 -11) to (A p3 -19)
  • R p1 is preferably -Sp 2 -P p 2 .
  • P p1 and P p2 be each independently any one of the formulas (P p1 -1) to (P p1 -3), and it is preferable that it is (P p1 -1).
  • R p11 and R p12 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • m p1 + m p4 is preferably 2 or more, preferably 2 or 3.
  • the chain is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a single bond.
  • a p2 is preferably 1,4-phenylene, 1,4-cyclohexylene, anthracene-2,6-diyl, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl or naphthalene-2,6-diyl; 4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexylene group, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group or naphthalene-2,6-diyl group is preferable, and when m p2 + m p3 is 0, phenanthrene 2,7-diyl group is Preferably, when m p 2 + m p 3 is 1, 2 or 3, a 1,4-phenylene group or a 1,4-cyclohexylene group is preferable.
  • One or more hydrogen atoms in the structure of A p2 may be substituted with a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a fluorine atom in order to improve the compatibility with the liquid crystal compound.
  • a p1 is preferably of the formula (A p1 -15), (A p1 -16), (A p1 -17) or (A p1 -18).
  • One or more hydrogen atoms in the structure of A p1 may be substituted by a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a fluorine atom in order to improve the compatibility with the liquid crystal compound.
  • a p3 is preferably of the formula (A p1 -14), (A p1 -15), (A p1 -16), (A p1 -17) or (A p1 -18).
  • One or more hydrogen atoms in the structure of A p3 may be substituted with a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a fluorine atom in order to improve the compatibility with the liquid crystal compound.
  • n p2 + m p3 is preferably 0, 1, 2 or 3 and 1 or 2 is preferable.
  • the total content of the compound represented by the general formula (P) is preferably 0.05 to 10% of the composition containing the compound represented by the general formula (P) of the present application, It is preferable to contain 0.1 to 8%, to contain 0.1 to 5%, to contain 0.1 to 3%, and to contain 0.2 to 2%. Preferably, 0.2 to 1.3% is contained, 0.2 to 1% is preferably contained, and 0.2 to 0.56% is preferably contained.
  • the preferable lower limit of the total content of the compounds represented by General Formula (P) is 0.01% with respect to the composition containing the compound represented by General Formula (P) of the present application, and 0. 0%. 03%, 0.05%, 0.08%, 0.1%, 0.15%, 0.2%, 0.25%, 0.3% %.
  • the preferred upper limit of the total content of the compounds represented by general formula (P) is 10% and 8% with respect to the composition containing the compound represented by general formula (P) of the present application 5%, 3%, 1.5%, 1.2%, 1%, 0.8% and 0.5%.
  • the content is small, the effect of adding the compound represented by the general formula (P) is difficult to appear, and problems such as weak alignment control of the liquid crystal composition or weakening with time occur. There are problems such as a large amount remaining later, long time for curing, and a decrease in the reliability of the liquid crystal. Therefore, the content is set in consideration of these balances.
  • the compounds represented by General Formula (P) are preferably compounds represented by General Formula (P-1), General Formula (P-2), General Formula (P-3) and General Formula (P-4) .
  • P p11 , P p12 , P p21 , P p22 , P p31 , P p32 , P p41 and P p42 each independently represent the same meaning as P p1 in the general formula (P)
  • Sp p41 and Sp p42 each independently represent the same meaning as Sp p1 in formula (P)
  • Ap11 , Ap12 , Ap13 , Ap21 , Ap22 , Ap23 , Ap32 and Ap42 are each independently a 1,4-phenylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexylene group, anthracene-2,6- Diyl group, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, pyridine-2,5-diyl group, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group,
  • a p41 represents the same meaning as A p1 of the general formula (P)
  • a p43 has the same meaning as A p3 in formula (P)
  • P p11 , P p12 , P p21 , P p22 , P p31 , P p32 , P p41 and P p42 are each independently a group (P p1 -1) to a group (P p1 in the same manner as P p1 in formula (P)) It is preferably any one of P p1 -3), preferably (P p1-1 ), and R p11 and R p12 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the hydrogen atom in the group may be substituted with a halogen atom, but a linear alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a single bond is preferable.
  • Ap11 , Ap12 , Ap13 , Ap21 , Ap22 , Ap23 , Ap32 and Ap42 are each independently a 1,4-phenylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexylene group, anthracene-2,6- Diyl group, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group or naphthalene-2,6-diyl group is preferable, 1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexylene group, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group or naphthalene-2 , 6-diyl group is preferred.
  • a 1,4-phenylene group or a 1,4-cyclohexylene group is independently preferred, and the structure thereof is to improve the compatibility with the liquid crystal compound.
  • one or more hydrogen atoms may be substituted by a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a fluorine atom.
  • a phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group is preferable, and in order to improve the compatibility with the liquid crystal compound, one or two or more hydrogen atoms in the structure thereof are a methyl group, an ethyl group, It may be substituted by a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a fluorine atom.
  • Z p21 present in the molecule is- (CH 2 ) 2 -COO-,-(CH 2 ) 2 -OCO-, -O-CO- (CH 2 ) 2- , -COO- It is a linking group selected from the group consisting of (CH 2 ) 2- , and the others are preferably single bonds.
  • Preferred examples of the compound represented by General Formula (P-1) according to the present invention include polymerizable compounds represented by the following Formula (P-1-1) to Formula (P-1-46).
  • P p11 , P p12 , Sp p11 and Sp p12 have the same meaning as P p11 , P p12 , Sp p11 and Sp p12 in general formula (P-1)
  • Preferred examples of the compound represented by General Formula (P-2) according to the present invention include polymerizable compounds represented by the following Formula (P-2-1) to Formula (P-2-12).
  • P p21 , P p22 , Sp p21 and Sp p22 have the same meaning as P p21 , P p22 , Sp p21 and Sp p22 in formula (P-2)
  • P-3 polymerizable compounds represented by the following formulas (P-3-1) to (P-3-15) can be mentioned.
  • P p31 , P p32 , Sp p31 and Sp p32 have the same meaning as P p31 , P p32 , Sp p31 and Sp p32 in general formula (P-3).
  • polymerizable compounds represented by the following formulas (P-4-1) to (P-4-15) can be mentioned.
  • the composition according to the present invention preferably further contains a spontaneous orientation compound in order to impart vertical orientation.
  • the spontaneous orientation compound is a compound that controls the orientation of the liquid crystal composition without using a conventional liquid crystal alignment film such as polyimide for one or both of the substrates.
  • the spontaneous orientation compound is mainly added to the liquid crystal composition and used, and a member (for example, ITO) directly in contact with the liquid crystal layer containing the liquid crystal composition, a substrate (for example, a glass substrate, an acrylic substrate, a transparent substrate , A flexible substrate, etc.), a resin layer (eg, color filter, alignment film, overcoat layer), an insulating film (eg, inorganic material film, It has a function of inducing tropic alignment or homogeneous orientation.
  • a compound capable of orienting the liquid crystal composition vertically or almost perpendicularly to the substrate is preferable.
  • the spontaneously orienting compound includes a polymerizable group for polymerization, a mesogenic group similar to liquid crystal molecules, an adsorptive group capable of interacting with a member in direct contact with the liquid crystal layer, and a bending group for inducing the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules. It is preferable to have.
  • the spontaneously orienting compound is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (SAL).
  • R p11 and R p12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogenated alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and W p11 is a single bond, —O -, -COO- or a methylene group, and t p11 represents 0, 1 or 2.
  • P al is preferably a group selected from the group represented by general formula (PI) to general formula (P-IX) below.
  • R p11 and R p12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogenated alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and W p11 is a single bond, —O -, -COO- or a methylene group, and t p11 represents 0, 1 or 2.
  • the above-mentioned P a1 is preferably a group selected from the group represented by the following Formula (PI) to Formula (P-IX), and is more preferably Formula (PI).
  • P al -Sp al - it is mesogenic groups may be bonded to an adsorptive group and / or bending group.
  • the polymerizable group is preferably bonded to the mesogenic group, the adsorptive group or the bending group directly or via a spacer group, and the direct bond to the mesogenic group or the adsorptive group Or it is more preferable to couple
  • P al -Sp al - hydrogen atoms in the polymerizable group may be substituted with an adsorptive group and / or bending group.
  • the mesogenic group according to the present invention refers to a group having a rigid portion, for example, one having one or more cyclic groups, and preferably has 2 to 4 cyclic groups, and is preferably a cyclic group. Is more preferably 3 to 4. If necessary, the cyclic group may be linked by a linking group.
  • the mesogenic group is preferably a skeleton similar to the liquid crystal compound used in the liquid crystal layer.
  • cyclic group refers to an atomic group in which the constituting atoms are cyclically bound, and includes a carbocyclic ring, a heterocyclic ring, a saturated or unsaturated cyclic structure, a single ring, a bicyclic structure and a polycyclic ring. Including formula structures, aromatics, non-aromatics, etc. Also, the cyclic group may contain at least one hetero atom, and may be further substituted by at least one substituent (halogen atom, reactive functional group, organic group (alkyl, aryl etc.). When the group is a single ring, the mesogenic group preferably contains two or more single rings.
  • the said mesogenic group is represented, for example by General formula (AL).
  • a AL represents a divalent cyclic group, One or
  • Z AL is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a single bond or an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • One or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in the alkylene group may be substituted with —O—, —COO— or —OCO—.
  • the number of the single bond which is a form in which a ring and a ring are directly connected and the number of atoms directly connecting the ring and the ring is an even number. For example, in the case of —CH 2 —CH 2 COO—, the number of atoms directly linking the ring to the ring is four.
  • the cyclic group is 1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-cyclohexenyl group, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl group, 1,3-dioxane -2,5-diyl group, tetrahydrothiopyran-2,5-diyl group, thiophene-2,5-diyl group, 1,4-bicyclo (2,2,2) octylene group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6 -Diyl group, pyridine-2,5-diyl group, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl group, pyrazine-2,5-diyl group, thiophene-2,5-diyl group-, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 2,6-naphthylene group, phenanthrene-2,7
  • a monovalent organic group is a group having a chemical structure constituted by the organic compound being in the form of a monovalent group, and is formed by removing one hydrogen atom from the organic compound.
  • an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms, an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, etc. Preferred is an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in the alkyl group, the alkenyl group, the alkoxy group and the alkenyloxy group may be substituted by —O—, —COO— or —OCO—.
  • the monovalent organic group may have a role as a bending group described later.
  • m AL is preferably an integer of 2 to 4.
  • Formula (AL-1) a particularly preferred form is represented by the following Formula (AL-1) or (AL-2), and Formula (AL-1) is more preferred.
  • X a11 ⁇ X al18 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, P al -Sp al -, represents an adsorption group or bend group
  • ring A and ring B are each independently a cyclohexane ring Or a benzene ring
  • One or more of X a11 to X al 18 are substituted with the above-mentioned adsorptive group
  • One or more of X a11 to X al 18 are substituted with the above-mentioned bending group
  • the adsorptive group and said bending group wherein P al -Sp al - may be substituted with
  • Each of the general formula (AL-1) and the general formula (AL-2) has one or more of P al -S al- .
  • At least one or preferably two or more is replaced with the polymerizable group, either X Al9 or X a111 is P al -Sp al of X a16 ⁇ X a114 More preferably, it is substituted by-.
  • X a11 is substituted with a bending group, and any one of X a6 to X a19 or X a111 to X a114 is substituted with a bending group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the former X a11 is larger than that in the latter X a11 .
  • the bending group may be substituted by P al -S al- .
  • X a11 or X a16 ⁇ X a110 is replaced by a suction group
  • X a11 or X a18 is substituted with an adsorptive group Is more preferred.
  • the adsorptive group may be substituted by P al -S al- .
  • X a18 is preferably substituted with an adsorptive group.
  • any one or more of X al 6 to X a 110 be substituted with P al -S al- , and one of X al 7 or X a 19 is P More preferably, it is substituted by al -Sp al- .
  • At least one or two or more P al -Sp al of X a16 ⁇ X a110 - is preferably substituted in either one of X a17 or X a14 is P al it is more preferably substituted in the - -sp al.
  • X a11 to X a17 or X a9 to X a114 be substituted with a bending group
  • a19 to Xa112 be substituted with a bending group.
  • X a11 is substituted with a bending group
  • any one of X al4 to X a17 or X a19 through X a112 is substituted with a bending group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the former X a11 is larger than that in the latter X a11 .
  • the bending group may be substituted by P al -S al- .
  • One or more of hydrogen atoms in a cyclohexane ring, a benzene ring, a pyran ring or a dioxane ring in any of the general formulas (AL-1-1) to (AL-2-3) are a halogen atom, P al ⁇ It may be substituted by Sp al- , a monovalent organic group (eg, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms), an adsorptive group or a bending group.
  • preferred embodiments are the general formula (AL-1-1), the general formula (AL-1-4), the general formula (AL-1-7), the general formula (AL-2-1) or the general formula A structure represented by formula (AL-2-3), which is represented by a general formula (AL-1-4), a general formula (AL-1-7) or a general formula (AL-2-3); And a structure represented by formula (AL-1-4) or (AL-1-7).
  • the adsorbing group according to the present invention is a group having a function of adsorbing to an adsorbent such as a substrate, a film, an electrode and the like.
  • Adsorption is generally separated into chemical adsorption in which a chemical bond (covalent bond, ionic bond or metal bond) is formed to be adsorbed between an adsorbent and an adsorbate, or physical adsorption other than the chemical adsorption.
  • the adsorption of the paper may be either chemical adsorption or physical adsorption, but it is preferable to adsorb with the adsorbent by physical adsorption.
  • the adsorptive group according to the present invention is preferably a group capable of physically adsorbing to the adsorbent, and the adsorptive group is more preferably bonded to the adsorbent by an intermolecular force.
  • bonded with an adsorbent by the said intermolecular force it has couple
  • the adsorptive group according to the present invention may be a donor or acceptor of a proton that mediates a hydrogen bond, or both.
  • the adsorptive group according to the present invention is preferably a group containing a polar element having an atomic group in which a carbon atom and a hetero atom are linked.
  • the polar element as used herein means an atomic group in which a carbon atom and a hetero atom are directly linked.
  • the hetero atom is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of N, O, S, P, B and Si, and is at least one selected from the group consisting of N, O and S. Is preferable, and at least one selected from the group consisting of N and O is preferable, and O is preferable.
  • the valence of the polar element according to the present invention is not particularly limited, such as monovalent, divalent or trivalent, and the number of polar elements in the adsorptive group is also particularly limited. There is nothing to do.
  • the number of the adsorption groups is preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 1 to 4, and still more preferably 1 to 3, in one molecule.
  • the adsorption group according to the present invention P al -Sp al - and bent groups are excluded.
  • the adsorptive group according to the present invention contains one or more polar elements, and the adsorptive group is roughly classified into cyclic group type and chain group type.
  • a cyclic group type is a form that includes a cyclic group with a cyclic structure that includes a polar element in its structure
  • a chain group type includes a cyclic group that includes a cyclic structure that includes a polar element in its structure.
  • the chain group is a form having a polar element in a linear or branched chain group, and a part thereof may have a cyclic structure not containing a polar element.
  • the form in which the adsorptive group according to the present invention contains a cyclic group means a form in which at least one polar element is contained in a cyclic atomic arrangement.
  • the cyclic group in the present specification is as described above. Therefore, in the case where the adsorptive group according to the present invention contains a cyclic group, it only needs to contain a cyclic group containing a polar element, and the entire adsorptive group may be branched or linear. .
  • the adsorptive group according to the present invention is in the form of a chain group in that there is no cyclic atomic arrangement containing polar elements in the molecule, and at least one polar element can be linear (possibly branched) It means the form included.
  • chain group refers to an atomic group in which structural atoms have no linear atomic arrangement in the structural formula and in which the constituting atoms are linearly (or may be branched) bonded, and an acyclic group. .
  • a linear or branched aliphatic group which may contain either a saturated bond or an unsaturated bond, including, for example, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, ester, ether or ketone, etc., at least one It is a concept which may be substituted by a substituent (reactive functional group (vinyl group, acryl group, methacryl group, etc.), chain organic group (alkyl, cyano, etc.). It may be linear or branched.
  • the adsorptive group according to the present invention preferably has a chain group or a cyclic group.
  • a chain group is preferable, and a cyclic group is preferable from the viewpoint of the stability to the liquid crystal composition.
  • the adsorptive group according to the present invention is a cyclic group, it has a heteroaromatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms (including a fused ring) or a heteroaliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms (including a fused ring) Is more preferable, a C 3-12 heteroaromatic group (including a fused ring) or a C 3-12 heteroaliphatic group (including a fused ring) is more preferable, and a 5-membered ring complex is more preferable.
  • it represents an aromatic group, a 5-membered ring heteroaliphatic group, a 6-membered ring heteroaromatic group or a 6-membered ring heteroaliphatic group, and the hydrogen atom in these ring structures is a halogen atom, the number of carbon atoms It may be substituted by 1 to 5 linear or branched alkyl groups or alkyloxy groups.
  • the adsorptive group according to the present invention is a chain group
  • a hydrogen atom or -CH 2 -in a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms be substituted by a polar element
  • the end portion contains a polar element or two or more polar elements.
  • the hydrogen atom of the adsorptive group according to the present invention may be substituted by a polymerizable group.
  • the type of polar element according to the present invention includes an oxygen atom-containing polar element (hereinafter, oxygen-containing polar element), a nitrogen atom-containing polar element (hereinafter, nitrogen-containing polar element), and a phosphorus atom Element (hereinafter, phosphorus-containing polar element), polar element including boron atom (hereinafter, boron-containing polar element), polar element including silicon atom (hereinafter, silicon-containing polar element) or polar element including sulfur atom (hereinafter, including It is preferable that it is a partial structure represented by (sulfur polar element), and from the viewpoint of adsorption capacity, nitrogen-containing polar element, nitrogen-containing polar element or oxygen-containing polar element is more preferable, and oxygen-containing polar element is even more preferable.
  • oxygen-containing polar element hereinafter, oxygen-containing polar element
  • nitrogen-containing polar element or oxygen-containing polar element is more preferable
  • oxygen-containing polar element is even more prefer
  • cyano group (-CN), primary amino group (-NH 2 ), secondary amino group (-NH-), tertiary amino group (-NRR '; however, R, R' Is at least one group selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group), pyridyl group, carbamoyl group (-CONH 2 ) and ureido group (-NHCONH 2 ), or a group in which the group is linked to a carbon atom Is preferred.
  • the boron-containing polar element is preferably a group in which a boric acid group (—B (OH) 2 ) is linked to a carbon atom.
  • silicon-containing polar element -Si (OH) 3 group or -Si (OR) (OR ') (OR''); provided that R, R' and R '' are alkyl groups, and the carbon atom is It is preferable that it is a connected group.
  • the adsorptive group according to the present invention is a group in which the cyclic group has an oxygen-containing polar element (hereinafter, an oxygen-containing cyclic group) and a group in which the cyclic group has a nitrogen atom polar element (hereinafter, a nitrogen-containing ring Formula group), a group in which the cyclic group has a phosphorus-containing polar element (hereinafter referred to as a phosphorus-containing cyclic group), a group in which the cyclic group has a boron-containing polar element (hereinafter referred to as a boron-containing cyclic group), cyclic A group having a silicon-containing polar element (hereinafter, a silicon-containing cyclic group), a group having a sulfur group containing a sulfur-containing polar element (hereinafter, a sulfur-containing cyclic group), a chain group having an oxygen-containing polar element (Hereinafter referred to as an oxygen-containing chain group), a chain
  • X t1 represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms or -NH 2
  • the hydrogen atom in the alkyl group is a cyano group
  • the R t1 represents a hydrogen atom, and a carbon atom number of 1 to 5 alkyl groups or Z t1 carbon atoms which may combine with one to eight linear or branched alkylene group or Z t1 R 2 represents a linear or branched alkenylene group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and Z t2 represents a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or carbon A linear or
  • X t1 is -Z t2 -O-R at And when R at is an alkylene group or an alkenylene group, the hydrogen atom of Z t1 may be substituted and R t1 may be bonded to R t1, and W t0 is a linear or branched C 1-18 C atom
  • -, -OCO- may be substituted,
  • n t1 represents an integer of 0 or more and 4 or less,
  • Hydrogen atoms in the molecule of the polymerizable group P al -Sp al - may be substituted by, * represents a bond, mesogenic group, the polymerizable group which bonds to bend group or spacer group.
  • preferable X t1 represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms, -NH 2 or -Z t2 -O-R t1 group, and the alkyl group hydrogen atom a cyano group in, P al -Sp al - may be substituted by the above R t1 represents a hydrogen atom, a carbon atom bonded to an alkyl group or Z t1 of 1 to 5 carbon atoms 1 to represent the eight linear or branched alkylene group or Z t1 carbon atoms which may be coupled with 2 to 8 linear or branched alkenylene group, the Z t2 are single Represents a bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched alkenylene group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and the alkylene group or —CH 2 of the corresponding alkenylene group 2 - is directly adjacent oxygen
  • W t2 represents a single bond or a divalent to tetravalent organic group
  • m t1 represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • * represents a bond, mesogenic group, the polymerizable group, flexion It bonds to a group or a spacer group.
  • “-W t2 -Any” in the general formula (t) indicates that W t2 represents a single bond to a multivalent group, and the bond is monovalent to multivalent (Any).
  • a divalent to tetravalent organic group is a group having a chemical structure constituted by the organic compound being in the form of a divalent to tetravalent group, and a hydrogen atom is selected from the organic compound. It refers to an atomic group formed by removing two to four.
  • a divalent to tetravalent organic group -W t2 -Any is preferably a chain organic group, and, for example, a linear or branched C1 to C10 carbon atoms
  • the alkylene multivalent group is a trivalent or tetravalent group formed by removing one or two hydrogen atoms from the alkylene group, and a trivalent to tetravalent group having a free valence in a so-called hydrocarbon chain.
  • the group represented by the above general formula (t) is a preferred embodiment of W t0 in the general formula (T), that is, even though the adsorptive group (general formula (T)) is substituted by the adsorptive group (general formula (T))
  • W t2 is a trivalent organic group, that is, mt1 ′ is 2 and W t2 is nitrogen
  • W ta is an atom or an alkylene polyvalent group
  • the following general formula (ta) or (tb) may be mentioned.
  • R tc represents a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a polymerizable group P al -S al- Represented by Z t1 and Z t1 ′ independently represent the same meaning as Z t1 in the general formula (T),
  • X t1 and X t1 ′ each independently represent the same meaning as Z t1 in the general formula (T)
  • W t1 represents the same meaning as W t1 in the general formula (T)
  • n t1 and n t1 ′ independently represent the same meaning as n t1 in the general formula (T)
  • Hydrogen atoms in the molecule of the polymerizable group P al -Sp al - may be substituted by, * represents a bond, mesogenic group, the polymerizable group which bonds to bend group or spacer group.
  • Z t1 , Z t1 ′ and Z t1 ′ ′ each independently represent the same meaning as Z t1 in the general formula (T)
  • X t1 , X t1 ′ and X t1 ′ ′ each independently represent the same meaning as X t1 in the general formula (T)
  • W t1 represents the same meaning as W t1 in the general formula (T)
  • * represents a bond, which is bonded to a mesogen group, a polymerizable group, a bending group or a spacer group.
  • mt1 ′ is preferably 1 or 2, and mt1 ′ is more preferably 1. Further, among the embodiments represented by the above general formula (ta), general formula (tb) and general formula (tc), the embodiment represented by the above general formula (ta) is preferable .
  • -W t2 -Any is preferably a single bond or a divalent to trivalent organic group, and is a single bond or a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms
  • the —CH 2 — of the alkylene group may be substituted by —O— so that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent to it, a linear or branched alkanetriyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms
  • the —CH 2 — of the alkanetriyl group may be substituted by —O— so that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent to it, or a linear or branched alkyl-ylidene group (—CH of the alkyl-ylidene group concerned) 2- is more preferably -O- such that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent.
  • the following groups may be mentioned.
  • R tc represents an alkyl group or a polymerizable group of 1 to 8 carbon atoms (P al -Sp al -) represent, NT0 is an integer of 1-7, * a is a bond . represented) Further, W t2 of the hydrogen atoms in the polymerizable group (P al -Sp al -) may be substituted.
  • mt1 preferably represents 1 or 2.
  • W t1 may be substituted for and bonded to a hydrogen atom of a mesogenic group, a polymerizable group or a bending group.
  • X t1 is a form not bound to Z t1 (chain group), and X t1 is a form (cyclic group) forming a ring by binding to Z t1 Contains.
  • the former form it has 1 to 7 carbon atoms substituted with a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, -NH 2 , -Z t2 -O-R t1 group or cyano group.
  • Linear or branched alkyl group is preferable, and a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, a -Z t2 -O-R t1 group, or a carbon atom substituted with a cyano group
  • the linear or branched alkyl group of 1 to 7 is more preferable.
  • each R t1 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
  • the above Z t2 is a single bond or a straight chain having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • nt1 is 1 or more
  • X t1 is -Z t2 -O-R t1
  • R t1 is a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms or 2 carbon atoms It is preferable that R 7 be a linear or branched alkenylene group and that a hydrogen atom of Z t 1 be substituted and be bonded to R t 1 , for example, be represented by the following general formula (T ′) preferable.
  • R t1 ′ each independently represents a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched chain having 2 to 8 carbon atoms Represents an alkenylene group
  • Z t2 ' each independently represents a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched alkenylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms
  • W t2 represents a single bond or a divalent to tetravalent organic group
  • -OCO- may be substituted
  • n t1 ' represents an integer of 1 or more and 4 or less
  • hydrogen atoms in the molecule of the polymerizable group P al -Sp al - may be substituted by
  • * represents a bond, mesogenic group, a polymerizable group, It bonds to a bending group or a spacer group.
  • the said alkylene trivalent group means the trivalent group which can remove one hydrogen atom further from an alkylene group.
  • the alkenylene trivalent group is a trivalent group obtained by further removing one hydrogen atom from an alkenylene group, a trivalent group having a free valence in a so-called hydrocarbon chain, such as an alkanetriyl group or an alkyl-ylidene group. Group etc.
  • nt1 preferably represents an integer of 0 or more and 3 or less, and more preferably nt1 represents an integer of 0 or more and 2 or less.
  • the above general formula (T) includes cyclic groups represented by general formulas (T-1-1) to (T-4-1) and a chain group represented by general formula (T-5-1) It is preferable that it is at least one selected from the group consisting of
  • the adsorptive group represented by the general formula (T) according to the present invention selects a cyclic group, the general formula (T-1-1) or the general formula T-2-1) is preferred.
  • the adsorptive group represented by the general formula (T) according to the present invention selects a chain group, the general formula (T-5-1) is preferable from the viewpoint of adsorption ability and stability to a liquid crystal composition.
  • each of X a and X b independently represents —O—, —S— or CH 2 —
  • R t5 represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cyanated alkyl group, or a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and these alkyls
  • W t2 represents a single bond or a monovalent to tetravalent organic group
  • W t1 represents a single bond or a linear or branched alkylene group
  • n t1 represents an integer of 0 or more and 4 or less
  • mt1 represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • hydrogen atoms in the molecule of the polymerizable group P al -Sp al - may be substituted by, * represents a bond, mesogenic group, the polymerizable group, the bending group Or bond to a spacer group.
  • R tc represents a hydrogen atom, C 1 -C 7 alkyl group or a polymerizable group P al -Sp al - represented by a hydrogen atom in the molecule of the polymerizable group P al -Sp al - may be substituted by, * represents a bonding hand, binds mesogenic group, the polymerizable group, the bending group or spacer group).
  • * represents a bonding hand, binds mesogenic group, the polymerizable group, the bending group or spacer group.
  • T-5-1) represents the general formula (T-5-2).
  • W t1 represents the same meaning as W t1 in the general formula (T-5)
  • R tc is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, or a polymerizable group P al -Sp al- represented, n t1, n t2 and n t3 is 0 or 1 each independently, a hydrogen atom in the molecule P al -Sp al - may be substituted for).
  • Specific examples of the above general formula (T-5-1) include the following groups.
  • R tc represents a hydrogen atom, C 1 -C 7 alkyl group or a polymerizable group P al -Sp al - represented by a hydrogen atom in the molecule of the polymerizable group P al -Sp al - may be substituted by, * represents a bonding hand, binds mesogenic group, the polymerizable group, the bending group or spacer group).
  • R c is a hydrogen atom, C 1 -C 7 alkyl group or a polymerizable group P al -Sp al - is represented by a hydrogen atom in the molecule of the polymerizable group P al -Sp (may be substituted with al- ) (* represents a bond, and is bonded to a mesogenic group, a polymerizable group, a bending group or a spacer group)
  • the self-orienting compound of the present invention is preferably not a hydroxyl group (alcoholic, phenolic, —COOH, —SO 2 (OH), etc.) as a polar group.
  • the spontaneous orientation compound according to the present invention a form in which the polar element contained in the adsorptive group or the polar element contained in the polymerizable group is localized is preferable.
  • the adsorptive group is an important structure for vertically aligning the liquid crystal composition, and by the adsorptive group and the polymerizable group being adjacent to each other, better alignment can be obtained, and good to the liquid crystal composition can be obtained. It shows solubility.
  • a form having a polymerizable group and an adsorptive group on the same ring of the mesogen group is preferable.
  • one or more polymerizable groups and one or more adsorptive groups are bonded to the same ring, respectively, and at least one of at least one or more adsorptive groups of one or more polymerizable groups, It includes a form in which one is bonded to the other and has a polymerizable group and an adsorptive group on the same ring.
  • the hydrogen atom of the spacer group of the polymerizable group may be substituted by the adsorptive group, and further, it also includes a form in which the hydrogen atom of the molecule of the adsorptive group is bonded to the spacer group of the polymerizable group.
  • one or more hydrogen atoms of the polymerizable group may be substituted by an adsorptive group.
  • one or more hydrogen atoms of Sp al coupled to the polymerizable group include forms have been replaced by adsorptive group by P al or need polymerizable group, as a more preferred form , polymerizable groups - include embodiments in which one or more hydrogen atoms in is replaced with adsorptive group represented by the general formula (T) (P a1 -Sp a1 ).
  • R t11a , R t16a and R t151a each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
  • R t151 b and R t151 c each independently have 1 to carbon atoms 3 alkyl group, cyanated alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
  • X a and X b represent -O-, -S- or -CH 2-
  • L t151a and L t151a each independently represent a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a vinylidene group, a vinylene group, an isopropenylene group or an ethylidene group
  • n t11 c , nt 151 c , nt 16 c , nt 151 d , nt 151 e , nt 151 f and nt 151 g each independently represent 0 or 1, and nt 11 c
  • L t151a and L t151a each independently are preferably a methylene group, an ethylene group, a vinylidene group, a vinylene group, an isopropenylene group or an ethylidene group.
  • n t11a , n t11b , n t16a , n t16b , n t151 a and n t151 b is preferably an integer of 1 to 8, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 5.
  • the bending group according to the present invention has a function of inducing the alignment of liquid crystal molecules, and preferably represents a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a linear carbon atom It is more preferable to represent an alkylene group of the number 1 to 20, and more preferable to represent a linear alkylene group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the bending group is preferably bonded to a mesogen group from the viewpoint that the spontaneous alignment compound has a so-called amphiphilic property to the liquid crystal layer.
  • the number of the bending groups is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 4, and still more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the spontaneous orientation compound preferably has a bending group for orienting liquid crystal molecules at one end of the mesogenic group, and a structure having a polymerizable group and an adsorptive group at the other end of the mesogenic group .
  • a substance having in one molecule a nonpolar portion having an affinity for the liquid crystal layer and a polar portion having a low affinity for the liquid crystal layer Is considered to lower the interface free energy by being aligned on the interface.
  • the lower limit of the content of the spontaneously aligning compound in the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is preferably 0.02% by mass, preferably 0.03% by mass, preferably 0.04% by mass, and more preferably 0.05% by mass.
  • 0.06 mass% is preferable, 0.07 mass% is preferable, 0.08 mass% is preferable, 0.09 mass% is preferable, 0.1 mass% is preferable, 0.12 mass% is preferable, 0.
  • the upper limit of the content of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I) in the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is preferably 2.5% by mass, preferably 2.3% by mass, and preferably 2.1% by mass.
  • 2 mass% is preferable, 1.8 mass% is preferable, 1.6 mass% is preferable, 1.5 mass% is preferable, 1 mass% is preferable, 0.95 mass% is preferable, and 0.9 mass% is 0.85% by mass is preferable, 0.8% by mass is preferable, 0.75% by mass is preferable, 0.7% by mass is preferable, 0.65% by mass is preferable, and 0.6% by mass is preferable, 0.55 mass% is preferable, 0.5 mass% is preferable, 0.45 mass% is preferable, and 0.4 mass% is preferable.
  • a particularly preferable specific example of the spontaneous orientation compound according to the present invention is a compound represented by the following general formula (al-1-1).
  • R ala and R alb above P al -Sp al - preferably represents a.
  • R al 4 is a group represented by any one of the above general formulas (T-1-1) to (T-7-1) or the formula (T-1-1.1) or (T-5) -1.1) is preferred.
  • Preferred compounds include compounds represented by the following formulas (AL-2.1) to (AL-2.60).
  • composition in the present invention may further contain one or more compounds (Q) as an additive in order to improve the reliability.
  • the compound (Q) preferably has the following structure.
  • the compound (Q) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (Q-a) to the general formula (Q-d).
  • R Q1 is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group
  • R Q2 is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group
  • R Q3 is A linear alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group, a linear alkoxy group or a branched alkoxy group is preferable
  • L Q is preferably a linear alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or a branched alkylene group .
  • the compounds represented by general formula (Qc) and general formula (Qd) are more preferable.
  • composition of the present invention it is preferable to contain one or two types of compounds represented by general formula (Q), more preferably to contain one to five types, and the content thereof is from 0.001 to It is preferably 1%, more preferably 0.001 to 0.1%, and particularly preferably 0.001 to 0.05%.
  • compounds represented by the following (Q-1) to (Q-44) are preferable as the antioxidant or light stabilizer which can be used in the present invention.
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 20
  • the liquid crystal composition of the present embodiment is applied to a liquid crystal display element.
  • FIG.1, 2 suitably.
  • FIG. 1 is a view schematically showing the structure of a liquid crystal display device.
  • the respective components are illustrated separately for convenience of explanation.
  • the liquid crystal display element 1 according to the present embodiment is provided between the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 and the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 which are disposed to face each other.
  • the liquid crystal layer 4 is made of the liquid crystal composition of the present embodiment described above.
  • the pixel electrode layer 5 is formed on the surface of the first substrate 2 on the liquid crystal layer 4 side.
  • a common electrode layer 6 is formed on the second substrate 3 on the liquid crystal layer 4 side.
  • the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 may be sandwiched by a pair of polarizing plates 7 and 8.
  • a color filter 9 may be further provided on the liquid crystal layer 4 side of the second substrate 3.
  • the liquid crystal display element 1 includes the first polarizing plate 7, the first substrate 2, the pixel electrode layer 5, the liquid crystal layer 4 containing a liquid crystal composition, the common electrode layer 6, and the color filter 9 has a configuration in which the second substrate 3 and the second polarizing plate 8 are laminated in this order.
  • the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 are formed of a flexible material such as glass or plastic, for example. At least one of the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 may be formed of a transparent material, and the other may be formed of a transparent material or an opaque material such as metal or silicon.
  • the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 are bonded to each other by a sealing material and a sealing material such as an epoxy-based thermosetting composition disposed in the peripheral region, and in order to maintain the distance between the substrates
  • a sealing material and a sealing material such as an epoxy-based thermosetting composition disposed in the peripheral region, and in order to maintain the distance between the substrates
  • particulate spacers such as glass particles, plastic particles, and alumina particles, or spacer posts made of a resin formed by photolithography may be disposed.
  • the first polarizing plate 7 and the second polarizing plate 8 can be adjusted so that the viewing angle and the contrast become good by adjusting the polarization axes of the respective polarizing plates, and their transmission axes operate in the normally black mode It is preferable to have transmission axes orthogonal to one another.
  • any one of the first polarizing plate 7 and the second polarizing plate 8 is preferably arranged to have a transmission axis parallel to the alignment direction of liquid crystal molecules when no voltage is applied.
  • the color filter 9 preferably forms a black matrix, and preferably forms a black matrix (not shown) in the portion corresponding to the thin film transistor.
  • the black matrix may be placed on the substrate opposite to the array substrate together with the color filter, or may be placed on the array substrate side together with the color filter, the black matrix on the array substrate, and the color filter on the other substrate. It may be installed separately. Also, the black matrix may be installed separately from the color filter, but may be one that reduces the transmittance by overlapping each color of the color filter.
  • FIG. 2 is an enlarged plan view of a region surrounded by an I line which is a part of the pixel electrode layer 5 formed on the first substrate 2 in FIG.
  • a plurality of gate bus lines 11 for supplying a scanning signal and a plurality of display signals are supplied in the pixel electrode layer 5 including a thin film transistor formed on the surface of the first substrate 2.
  • Data bus lines 12 cross each other and are arranged in a matrix. Note that FIG. 2 shows only the pair of gate bus lines 11 and 11 and the pair of data bus lines 12 and 12.
  • a unit pixel of the liquid crystal display element is formed by a region surrounded by the plurality of gate bus lines 11 and the plurality of data bus lines 12, and the pixel electrode 13 is formed in the unit pixel.
  • the pixel electrode 13 has a so-called fishbone structure including two stems having a cross shape orthogonal to each other and a plurality of branches extending from each stem. Further, between the pair of gate bus lines 11, a Cs electrode 14 is provided substantially in parallel with the gate bus line 11.
  • a thin film transistor including a source electrode 15 and a drain electrode 16 is provided in the vicinity of an intersection where the gate bus line 11 and the data bus line 12 intersect with each other. The drain electrode 16 is provided with a contact hole 17.
  • Gate bus line 11 and data bus line 12 are preferably each formed of a metal film, and more preferably formed of Al, Cu, Au, Ag, Cr, Ta, Ti, Mo, W, Ni or an alloy thereof More preferably, it is formed of Mo, Al or an alloy thereof.
  • the pixel electrode 13 is preferably a transparent electrode in order to improve the transmittance.
  • the transparent electrode is formed by sputtering an oxide semiconductor (ZnO, InGaZnO, SiGe, GaAs, IZO (Indium Zinc Oxide), ITO (Indium Tin Oxide), SnO, TiO, AZTO (AlZnSnO), or the like).
  • the film thickness of the transparent electrode may be 10 to 200 nm.
  • the transparent electrode can be formed as a polycrystalline ITO film by firing the amorphous ITO film.
  • a wiring is formed by sputtering a metal material such as Al or its alloy on the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3, and the pixel electrode layer 5 and the common electrode layer 6 are formed.
  • the color filter 9 can be produced, for example, by a pigment dispersion method, a printing method, an electrodeposition method, a dyeing method, or the like. A method of producing a color filter by the pigment dispersion method will be described by way of example.
  • a curable coloring composition for a color filter is applied on the transparent substrate, subjected to a patterning process, and cured by heating or light irradiation. By performing this process for each of three colors of red, green, and blue, it is possible to create a pixel portion for a color filter.
  • the color filter 9 may be installed on the side of the substrate having a TFT or the like.
  • the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 face each other such that the pixel electrode layer 5 and the common electrode layer 6 are on the inner side, but at this time, the distance between the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 You may adjust the At this time, it is preferable to adjust the thickness of the liquid crystal layer 4 to, for example, 1 to 100 ⁇ m.
  • the polarizing plates 7 and 8 it is preferable to adjust the product of the refractive index anisotropy ⁇ n of the liquid crystal layer 4 and the thickness of the liquid crystal layer 4 so as to maximize the contrast.
  • the polarization axes of the respective polarizing plates can be adjusted to adjust the viewing angle and contrast to be good. Furthermore, retardation films for widening the viewing angle can also be used.
  • a sealing agent such as an epoxy-based thermosetting composition is screen-printed on the substrate in a form provided with a liquid crystal injection port, the substrates are bonded to each other, and heating is performed to thermally cure the sealing agent.
  • a usual vacuum injection method or one drop fill (ODF) method can be used, but in the vacuum injection method, a drip mark is Although it does not occur, it has a problem that a trace of injection remains, but in the present embodiment, it can be more suitably used for a display element manufactured using the ODF method.
  • a sealing agent such as an epoxy-based combination heat and light curing property is drawn on a back plane or front plane substrate in a closed loop shape using a dispenser, and removed therefrom.
  • a liquid crystal display element can be manufactured by bonding a front plane and a backplane after dropping a predetermined amount of composition under air.
  • the liquid crystal composition of this embodiment is produced, for example, at the time of liquid crystal dropping. Since the liquid crystal can be stably dropped over a long time with little influence on rapid pressure change and impact in the dropping device, the yield of the liquid crystal display element can be kept high.
  • small liquid crystal display devices frequently used for smartphones, which are in vogue recently have difficulty in controlling the deviation from the optimum value within a certain range itself because the optimum liquid crystal injection amount is small, but the liquid crystal of this embodiment By using the composition, it is possible to realize a stable discharge amount of the liquid crystal material even in a small liquid crystal display element.
  • the liquid crystal composition of the present embodiment contains a polymerizable compound
  • a polymerizable compound as a method of polymerizing the polymerizable compound, in order to obtain good alignment performance of the liquid crystal, an appropriate polymerization rate is desirable, so ultraviolet light or electron beam And the like are preferably used in combination or sequentially or in combination with active energy rays.
  • ultraviolet light a polarized light source may be used or a non-polarized light source may be used.
  • at least the substrate on the irradiation surface side should be appropriately transparent to the active energy ray. It does not.
  • the alignment state of the unpolymerized part is changed by changing conditions such as an electric field, a magnetic field or temperature, and irradiation of active energy rays is further performed.
  • a means of polymerization may be used.
  • the alternating electric field to be applied is preferably an alternating current having a frequency of 10 Hz to 10 kHz, more preferably a frequency of 60 Hz to 10 kHz, and the voltage is selected depending on the desired pretilt angle of the liquid crystal display element.
  • the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal display element can be controlled by the applied voltage.
  • the pretilt angle is preferably controlled to 80 degrees to 89.9 degrees from the viewpoint of alignment stability and contrast.
  • the temperature at the time of irradiation is preferably within a temperature range in which the liquid crystal state of the composition of the present embodiment is maintained. It is preferred to polymerize at a temperature close to room temperature, ie, typically at a temperature of 15-35 ° C.
  • a lamp that generates ultraviolet light a metal halide lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, or the like can be used.
  • a wavelength of the ultraviolet-ray to irradiate it is preferable to irradiate the ultraviolet-ray of the wavelength range which is not the absorption wavelength range of a composition, and it is preferable to cut and use an ultraviolet-ray as needed.
  • Intensity of ultraviolet irradiation is preferably from 0.1mW / cm 2 ⁇ 100W / cm 2, 2mW / cm 2 ⁇ 50W / cm 2 is more preferable.
  • the amount of energy of the ultraviolet rays to be irradiated can be appropriately adjusted, but is preferably 10 mJ / cm 2 to 500 J / cm 2, and more preferably 100 mJ / cm 2 to 200 J / cm 2 .
  • the intensity may be changed when irradiating ultraviolet light.
  • the irradiation time of the ultraviolet light is appropriately selected depending on the intensity of the ultraviolet light, but is preferably 10 seconds to 3600 seconds, and more preferably 10 seconds to 600 seconds.
  • the compound (i) since the compound (i) does not inhibit the polymerization reaction of the above-mentioned polymerizable compound, the polymerizable compounds are suitably polymerized, and the unreacted polymerizable compound remains in the liquid crystal composition. Can be suppressed.
  • the liquid crystal display element 1 obtained is a liquid crystal composition provided between two substrates 2 and 3 and two substrates 2 and 3 and a general formula And a liquid crystal layer 4 containing a polymer of the compound represented by (ii).
  • the polymer of the compound represented by the general formula (ii) is considered to be localized on the side of the substrates 2 and 3 in the liquid crystal layer 4.
  • the liquid crystal display element 1 may be an active matrix drive liquid crystal display element.
  • the liquid crystal display element 1 may be a PSA type, PSVA type, VA type, IPS type, FFS type or ECB type liquid crystal display element, and is preferably a PSA type liquid crystal display element.
  • liquid crystal display element of the present embodiment a liquid crystal composition containing the compound (i) is used, so an alignment film such as a polyimide alignment film is provided on the liquid crystal layer 4 side of the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3. It does not have to be. That is, in the liquid crystal display element of the present embodiment, at least one of the two substrates can have a configuration without an alignment film such as a polyimide alignment film.
  • Tni Nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (° C) ⁇ n: refractive index anisotropy at 25 ° C. ⁇ : dielectric anisotropy at 25 ° C. K11: elastic constant K11 (pN) at 25 ° C. K33: Elastic constant at 25 ° C. K33 (pN) ⁇ 1: rotational viscosity at 25 ° C (mPa ⁇ s) Evaluation test for low-temperature storage stability: The liquid crystal composition was filtered, and the dissolved air was removed under vacuum and reduced pressure conditions. The container was put into a well-cleaned container and allowed to stand for 240 hours in an environment of ⁇ 20 ° C. Then, the presence or absence of precipitation was observed visually and it determined in the following two steps.
  • ⁇ Precipitation not observed ⁇ : Evaluation test of vertical alignment in which precipitation can be confirmed: First substrate not having an alignment film provided with a transparent electrode layer comprising a transparent common electrode and a color filter layer (common electrode substrate) A second substrate (pixel electrode substrate) having no alignment film having a pixel electrode layer having a transparent pixel electrode driven by an active element was produced. The liquid crystal composition was dropped on the first substrate, held between the second substrate, and the sealing material was cured to obtain a liquid crystal cell. The vertical orientation at this time was observed using a polarizing microscope and evaluated in the following four steps.
  • pretilt angle stability evaluation of the above-mentioned (vertical alignment property While applying a rectangular AC wave of 10 V and 100 Hz to the liquid crystal cell used in the test), a high-pressure mercury lamp was used for 200 seconds of irradiation with UV light having an illuminance of 100 m / cm 2 at 365 nm. Thereafter, an external force was physically applied to the cell while applying a rectangular AC wave of 10 V and 100 Hz, and the stability of the white display was evaluated in the following four stages.
  • Example 1 to Comparative Example 1 Liquid crystal compositions of LC-1 to LC-14 and LC-R1 shown in the following table were prepared, and their physical properties were measured. Physical properties are as shown in Table 1.
  • the polymerizable compound-containing liquid crystal composition was prepared by adding the amount of the polymerizable compound in the table to 100 parts by mass of each liquid crystal composition described above, and the low temperature storage property, vertical alignment and pretilt angle stability were confirmed. .
  • the characteristics are as shown in Table 2. It was confirmed that the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the present invention has excellent characteristics in all cases.
  • SYMBOLS 1 Liquid crystal display element, 2 ... 1st board

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal Substances (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention addresses the problem of providing: a polymerizable liquid crystal composition that has a negative dielectric constant anisotropy (Δε), that satisfies low voltage drive properties, high-speed response, and display-ability in a wide temperature range typically required for liquid crystal compositions, and that has no or very few display defects when used in a liquid crystal display element; and a liquid crystal display element using the liquid crystal composition. This liquid crystal composition has a negative dielectric constant anisotropy (Δε) and comprises one or more polymerizable compounds and one or more compounds selected from compounds represented by general formulas (N-1), (N-2), and (N-3).

Description

液晶組成物Liquid crystal composition
　本発明は、液晶組成物に関する。 The present invention relates to a liquid crystal composition.
　液晶表示素子は２枚の基板間に挟持された液晶組成物を電圧印加により、その配向を制御することで光学的な特性を変化させ表示を行っている。液晶組成物は電圧を印加することにより、初期の配向状態から変化する。この初期の配向状態はラビングしたポリイミドを用いた配向膜により制御されていたが、ラビングしたポリイミドは、配向状態の分割が難しいことから、重合性化合物を用い、プレチルトを制御する方法が開発され、実用化された。また、配向膜自体を使用せず、自発配向性化合物により初期の配向状態を制御する方法も検討されるようになってきた。しかし、これら方法では、液晶組成物の配向を制御するため重合性化合物の重合物を用いている。 The liquid crystal display element performs display by changing the optical characteristics by controlling the alignment of the liquid crystal composition sandwiched between two substrates by applying a voltage. The liquid crystal composition changes from the initial alignment state by applying a voltage. Although the initial alignment state was controlled by the alignment film using rubbed polyimide, since it is difficult to divide the alignment state of rubbed polyimide, a method for controlling pretilt using a polymerizable compound was developed. It was put to practical use. In addition, a method of controlling an initial alignment state by a spontaneous alignment compound has been studied without using the alignment film itself. However, in these methods, a polymer of a polymerizable compound is used to control the alignment of the liquid crystal composition.
　これら液晶表示素子は、液晶組成物に重合性化合物を含有した重合性液晶組成物を基板に滴下し、もう一枚の基板を狭持した状態で、紫外線を照射し、重合性化合物を重合させる。この際に、液晶組成物を所定の配向状態になるよう重合性化合物及び液晶組成物を選定するが、従来の重合性液晶組成物では、初期の配向状態が十分でなかったり、経時的に変化してしまうなどの問題があった。これら問題が発生すると、液晶表示素子に表示不良が発生してしまう。このため、所定の配向状態を達成できる重合性液晶組成物の開発が望まれていた。 In these liquid crystal display devices, a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing a polymerizable compound in a liquid crystal composition is dropped on a substrate, and ultraviolet light is irradiated to polymerize the polymerizable compound in a state where another substrate is held. . At this time, the polymerizable compound and the liquid crystal composition are selected so that the liquid crystal composition is in a predetermined alignment state, but in the conventional polymerizable liquid crystal composition, the initial alignment state is not sufficient or changes with time. Had problems such as When these problems occur, display defects occur in the liquid crystal display element. Therefore, development of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition capable of achieving a predetermined alignment state has been desired.
特表２０１４－５２４９５１号公報JP-A-2014-524951
　本発明の課題は、誘電率異方性（Δε）が負であり、通常液晶組成物に求められる広い温度範囲での表示、高速応答性及び低電圧駆動性を満たしつつ、液晶表示素子とした際に
表示不良が無いか極めて少ない重合性液晶組成物を提供することであり、該液晶組成物を用いた液晶表示素子を提供することにある。 An object of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal display element while satisfying a display in a wide temperature range required for a liquid crystal composition, a high-speed response and a low voltage drivability, which has a negative dielectric anisotropy (Δε). An object of the present invention is to provide a polymerizable liquid crystal composition having no or very few display defects, and to provide a liquid crystal display device using the liquid crystal composition.
　本発明は、一般式（Ｎ－１）、（Ｎ－２）及び（Ｎ－３） The present invention relates to general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
（式中、ＲＮ１１、ＲＮ１２、ＲＮ２１、ＲＮ２２、ＲＮ３１及びＲＮ３２はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数１～８のアルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の１個又は非隣接の２個以上の－ＣＨ２－はそれぞれ独立して－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－Ｃ≡Ｃ－、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－又は－ＯＣＯ－によって置換されていてもよく、
　ＡＮ１１、ＡＮ１２、ＡＮ２１、ＡＮ２２、ＡＮ３１及びＡＮ３２はそれぞれ独立して
（ａ）　１，４－シクロヘキシレン基（この基中に存在する１個の－ＣＨ２－又は隣接していない２個以上の－ＣＨ２－は－Ｏ－に置き換えられてもよい。）及び
（ｂ）　１，４－フェニレン基（この基中に存在する１個の－ＣＨ＝又は隣接していない２個以上の－ＣＨ＝は－Ｎ＝に置き換えられてもよい。）
（ｃ）　ナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基、１，２，３，４－テトラヒドロナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基（ナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基又は１，２，３，４－テトラヒドロナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基中に存在する１個の－ＣＨ＝又は隣接していない２個以上の－ＣＨ＝は－Ｎ＝に置き換えられても良い。）
（ｄ）　１，４－シクロヘキセニレン基
からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基（ａ）、基（ｂ）、基（ｃ）及び基（ｄ）はそれぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていても良く、
　ＺＮ１１、ＺＮ１２、ＺＮ２１、ＺＮ２２、ＺＮ３１及びＺＮ３２はそれぞれ独立して単結合、－ＣＨ２ＣＨ２－、－（ＣＨ２）４－、－ＯＣＨ２－、－ＣＨ２Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－、－ＯＣＦ２－、－ＣＦ２Ｏ－、－ＣＨ＝Ｎ－Ｎ＝ＣＨ－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－ＣＦ＝ＣＦ－又は－Ｃ≡Ｃ－を表し、
　ＸＮ２１は水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、
　ＴＮ３１は－ＣＨ２－又は酸素原子を表し、
　ｎＮ１１、ｎＮ１２、ｎＮ２１、ｎＮ２２、ｎＮ３１及びｎＮ３２はそれぞれ独立して０～３の整数を表すが、ｎＮ１１＋ｎＮ１２、ｎＮ２１＋ｎＮ２２及びｎＮ３１＋ｎＮ３２はそれぞれ独立して１、２又は３であり、ＡＮ１１～ＡＮ３２、ＺＮ１１～ＺＮ３２が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い。）
で表される化合物から選ばれる化合物を１種又は２種以上及び重合性化合物を１種又は２種以上含有する誘電率異方性（Δε）が負の液晶組成物を提供し、併せて該重合性液晶組成物を用いた液晶表示素子を提供する。 (Wherein, R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 and R N32 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or two non-adjacent ones in the alkyl group Or more of -CH 2 -may be each independently substituted by -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -O-, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-,
A N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31 and A N32 are each independently (a) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (one —CH 2 — or adjacent group present in this group And two or more -CH 2- may be replaced by -O-) and (b) 1,4-phenylene group (one -CH = or non-adjacent 2 present in this group) Or more of -CH = may be replaced by -N =)
(C) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (naphthalene-2,6-diyl group or One —CH = or two or more non-adjacent —CH = present in the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group may be replaced by —N =. )
(D) represents a group selected from the group consisting of 1,4-cyclohexenylene groups, and the above groups (a), (b), (c) and (d) are each independently a cyano group, It may be substituted by a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
Z N11, Z N12, Z N21 , Z N22, Z N31 and Z N32 are each independently a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 -, - (CH 2) 4 -, - OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O- , -COO-, -OCO-, -OCF 2- , -CF 2 O-, -CH = N-N = CH-, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF- or -C≡C-
X N21 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom,
T N31 represents -CH 2 -or an oxygen atom,
n N11 , n N12 , n N21 , n N22 , n N31 and n N32 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, but n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22 and n N31 + n N32 are each independently When there are a plurality of A N11 to A N32 and Z N11 to Z N32 , they may be the same or different. )
Provided a liquid crystal composition having a negative dielectric anisotropy (Δε) comprising one or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by and one or more compounds and one or more polymerizable compounds. Provided is a liquid crystal display device using a polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
　本願の重合性液晶は特にアクティブマトリックス駆動用液晶表示素子として有用である。 The polymerizable liquid crystal of the present invention is particularly useful as a liquid crystal display element for driving an active matrix.
　本発明の重合性液晶組成物を用いることにより、液晶表示素子製造後の液晶組成物の配向を目的の状態とすることが出来、液晶組成物の配向不良に起因する表示不良がない又は抑えられたＶＡ型、ＩＰＳ型、ＦＦＳ型、ＰＳＡ型又はＰＳＶＡ型の液晶表示素子の提供が可能となる。 By using the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the present invention, the alignment of the liquid crystal composition after the production of the liquid crystal display element can be brought to the desired state, and display defects caused by alignment failure of the liquid crystal composition can be eliminated or suppressed. It is possible to provide a liquid crystal display element of VA type, IPS type, FFS type, PSA type or PSVA type.
液晶表示素子の一実施形態を模式的に示す図である。It is a figure which shows typically one Embodiment of a liquid crystal display element. 図１におけるＩ線で囲まれた領域を拡大した平面図である。It is the top view to which the area | region enclosed by I line in FIG. 1 was expanded.
　本発明の液晶組成物は、負の誘電率異方性を有し、ネマチック相－等方性液体の転移温度が６０℃以上であり、誘電率異方性の絶対値が１．５以上であり、下記一般式（Ｎ－１）、（Ｎ－２）及び（Ｎ－３）で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物を１種類又は２種類以上含有する。 The liquid crystal composition of the present invention has negative dielectric anisotropy, the transition temperature of nematic phase-isotropic liquid is 60 ° C. or more, and the absolute value of dielectric anisotropy is 1.5 or more. And one or more compounds selected from the group of compounds represented by the following general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3).
　一般式（Ｎ－１）、（Ｎ－２）及び（Ｎ－３）で表される化合物は誘電的に負の化合物（Δεの符号が負で、その絶対値が２より大きい。）に該当する。 The compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3) correspond to dielectrically negative compounds (the sign of Δε is negative and its absolute value is larger than 2). Do.
　一般式（Ｎ－１）、（Ｎ－２）及び（Ｎ－３）で表される化合物は、Δεが負でその絶対値が３よりも大きな化合物であることが好ましい。 The compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3) are preferably compounds having a negative Δε and an absolute value of more than 3.
　一般式（Ｎ－１）、（Ｎ－２）及び（Ｎ－３）中、ＲＮ１１、ＲＮ１２、ＲＮ２１、ＲＮ２２、ＲＮ３１及びＲＮ３２はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数１～８のアルキル基、炭素原子数１～８のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数２～８のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数２～８のアルケニルオキシ基が好ましく、炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基、炭素原子数１～５のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数２～５のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数２～５のアルケニルオキシ基が好ましく、炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基又は炭素原子数２～５のアルケニル基が更に好ましく、炭素原子数２～５のアルキル基又は炭素原子数２～３のアルケニル基が更に好ましく、炭素原子数３のアルケニル基（プロペニル基）が特に好ましい。 In the general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3), R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 and R N32 each independently have 1 to 8 carbon atoms Alkyl group, alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms or alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable, and alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, the number of carbon atoms An alkoxy group of 1 to 5, an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable. More preferably, an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms is further preferable, and an alkenyl group having 3 carbon atoms (propenyl group) is particularly preferable.
　また、それが結合する環構造がフェニル基（芳香族）である場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数１～４のアルコキシ基及び炭素原子数４～５のアルケニル基が好ましく、それが結合する環構造がシクロヘキサン、ピラン及びジオキサンなどの飽和した環構造の場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数１～４のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数２～５のアルケニル基が好ましい。ネマチック相を安定化させるためには炭素原子及び存在する場合酸素原子の合計が５以下であることが好ましく、直鎖状であることが好ましい。 When the ring structure to which it is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic), a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and carbon Alkenyl group having 4 to 5 atoms is preferable, and when the ring structure to which it is bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a straight chain Preferred is an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. In order to stabilize the nematic phase, the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present, is preferably 5 or less, preferably linear.
　アルケニル基としては、式（Ｒ１）から式（Ｒ５）のいずれかで表される基から選ばれることが好ましい。（各式中の黒点は環構造中の炭素原子を表す。） The alkenyl group is preferably selected from the groups represented by any one of formulas (R1) to (R5). (The black dot in each formula represents a carbon atom in the ring structure.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
　ＡＮ１１、ＡＮ１２、ＡＮ２１、ＡＮ２２、ＡＮ３１及びＡＮ３２はそれぞれ独立してΔｎを大きくすることが求められる場合には芳香族であることが好ましく、応答速度を改善するためには脂肪族であることが好ましく、トランス－１，４－シクロへキシレン基、１，４－フェニレン基、２－フルオロ－１，４－フェニレン基、３－フルオロ－１，４－フェニレン基、３，５－ジフルオロ－１，４－フェニレン基、２，３－ジフルオロ－１，４－フェニレン基、１，４－シクロヘキセニレン基、１，４－ビシクロ［２．２．２］オクチレン基、ピペリジン－１，４－ジイル基、ナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基、デカヒドロナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基又は１，２，３，４－テトラヒドロナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基を表すことが好ましく、下記の構造を表すことがより好ましく、 A N 11 , A N 12 , A N 21 , A N 22 , A N 31 and A N 32 are each preferably aromatic when it is required to increase Δn independently, and in order to improve the response speed, it is preferable to use fat Group is preferred, and trans-1,4-cyclohexylene, 1,4-phenylene, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene, 3,5 -Difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene group, piperidine-1 Be 2,4-diyl, naphthalene-2,6-diyl, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl Preferred, it is more preferable that represents the following structures,
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
トランス－１，４－シクロへキシレン基、１，４－シクロヘキセニレン基又は１，４－フェニレン基を表すことがより好ましい。 More preferably, it represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group.
　ＺＮ１１、ＺＮ１２、ＺＮ２１、ＺＮ２２、ＺＮ３１及びＺＮ３２はそれぞれ独立して－ＣＨ２Ｏ－、－ＣＦ２Ｏ－、－ＣＨ２ＣＨ２－、－ＣＦ２ＣＦ２－又は単結合を表すことが好ましく、－ＣＨ２Ｏ－、－ＣＨ２ＣＨ２－又は単結合が更に好ましく、－ＣＨ２Ｏ－又は単結合が特に好ましい。 Z N11, Z N12, Z N21 , Z N22, Z N31 and Z N32 -CH 2 each independently O -, - CF 2 O - , - CH 2 CH 2 -, - CF 2 CF 2 - or a single bond preferably represents an, -CH 2 O -, - CH 2 CH 2 - or a single bond is more preferable, -CH 2 O-or a single bond is particularly preferred.
　ＸＮ２１はフッ素原子が好ましい。 X N21 is preferably a fluorine atom.
　ＴＮ３１は酸素原子が好ましい。 T N31 is preferably an oxygen atom.
　ｎＮ１１＋ｎＮ１２、ｎＮ２１＋ｎＮ２２及びｎＮ３１＋ｎＮ３２は１又は２が好ましく、ｎＮ１１が１でありｎＮ１２が０である組み合わせ、ｎＮ１１が２でありｎＮ１２が０である組み合わせ、ｎＮ１１が１でありｎＮ１２が１である組み合わせ、ｎＮ１１が２でありｎＮ１２が１である組み合わせ、ｎＮ２１が１でありｎＮ２２が０である組み合わせ、ｎＮ２１が２でありｎＮ２２が０である組み合わせ、ｎＮ３１が１でありｎＮ３２が０である組み合わせ、ｎＮ３１が２でありｎＮ３２が０である組み合わせ、が好ましい。 n N 11 + n N 12 , n N 21 + n N 22 and n N 31 + n N 32 are preferably 1 or 2, and combinations in which n N 11 is 1 and n N 12 is 0, n N 11 is 2 and n N 12 is 0, n A combination in which N 11 is 1 and n N 12 is 1, a combination in which n N 11 is 2 and n N 12 is 1, a combination in which n N 21 is 1 and n N 22 is 0, n N 21 is 2 and n N 22 is A combination of 0, a combination of n N31 of 1 and n N32 of 0, and a combination of n N31 of 2 and n N32 of 0 is preferred.
　本願において％は特別な記載がない場合には、質量％を意味する。 In the present application,% means mass% unless otherwise specified.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｎ－１）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、１％であり、１０％であり、２０％であり、３０％であり、４０％であり、５０％であり、５５％であり、６０％であり、６５％であり、７０％であり、７５％であり、８０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、９５％であり、８５％であり、７５％であり、６５％であり、５５％であり、４５％であり、３５％であり、２５％であり、２０％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 10%, 20%, and 30%. 40%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 95%, 85%, 75%, 65%, 55%, 45%, 35%, 25%, 20% It is.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｎ－２）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、１％であり、１０％であり、２０％であり、３０％であり、４０％であり、５０％であり、５５％であり、６０％であり、６５％であり、７０％であり、７５％であり、８０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、９５％であり、８５％であり、７５％であり、６５％であり、５５％であり、４５％であり、３５％であり、２５％であり、２０％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-2) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 10%, 20%, 30% 40%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 95%, 85%, 75%, 65%, 55%, 45%, 35%, 25%, 20% It is.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｎ－３）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、１％であり、１０％であり、２０％であり、３０％であり、４０％であり、５０％であり、５５％であり、６０％であり、６５％であり、７０％であり、７５％であり、８０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、９５％であり、８５％であり、７５％であり、６５％であり、５５％であり、４５％であり、３５％であり、２５％であり、２０％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-3) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 10%, 20%, and 30%. 40%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 95%, 85%, 75%, 65%, 55%, 45%, 35%, 25%, 20% It is.
　本発明の組成物の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が低く上限値が低いことが好ましい。さらに、本発明の組成物のＴｎｉを高く保ち、温度安定性の良い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が低く上限値が低いことが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を高く上限値が高いことが好ましい。 When it is necessary to keep the viscosity of the composition of the present invention low and have a high response speed, it is preferable that the above lower limit is low and the upper limit is low. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention is required to keep Tni high and a composition having good temperature stability is required, it is preferable that the above lower limit is low and the upper limit is low. When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value be high and the upper limit value be high.
　一般式（Ｎ－１）で表される化合物として、下記の一般式（Ｎ－１ａ）～（Ｎ－１ｇ）で表される化合物群を挙げることができる。 Examples of the compound represented by General Formula (N-1) include compounds represented by the following General Formulas (N-1a) to (N-1g).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
（式中、ＲＮ１１及びＲＮ１２は一般式（Ｎ－１）におけるＲＮ１１及びＲＮ１２と同じ意味を表し、ｎＮａ１１は０又は１を表し、ｎＮｂ１１は１又は２を表し、ｎＮｃ１１は０又は１を表し、ｎＮｄ１１は１又は２を表し、ｎＮｅ１１は１又は２を表し、ｎＮｆ１２は１又は２を表し、ｎＮｇ１１は１又は２を表し、ＡＮｅ１１はトランス－１，４－シクロへキシレン基又は１，４－フェニレン基を表し、ＡＮｇ１１はトランス－１，４－シクロへキシレン基、１，４－シクロヘキセニレン基又は１，４－フェニレン基を表すが少なくとも１つは１，４－シクロヘキセニレン基を表し、ＺＮｅ１１は単結合又はエチレンを表すが分子内に存在する少なくとも１つはエチレンを表し、分子内に複数存在するＡＮｅ１１、ＺＮｅ１１、及び／又はＡＮｇ１１は同一であっても異なっていても良い。）
　より具体的には、一般式（Ｎ－１）で表される化合物は一般式（Ｎ－１－１）～（Ｎ－１－２１）で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 (Wherein, R N11 and R N12 are as defined R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1), n Na11 represents 0 or 1, n NB11 is 1 or 2, n NC11 is N Nd11 represents 1 or 2; n Ne11 represents 1 or 2; n Nf12 represents 1 or 2; n Ng11 represents 1 or 2; A Ne11 represents trans-1, 4 And A Ng 11 represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, but at least one of represents a 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, Z NE11 at least one present in the represents a single bond or ethylene molecules represent ethylene, a NE11 a plurality present in the molecule, Z Ne 1, and / or A NG11 may or may not be the same.)
More specifically, the compound represented by General Formula (N-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formulas (N-1-1) to (N-1-21) preferable.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－１）で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-1) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
（式中、ＲＮ１１１及びＲＮ１１２はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｎ－１）におけるＲＮ１１及びＲＮ１２と同じ意味を表す。）
　ＲＮ１１１は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基又は炭素原子数２～５のアルケニル基が好ましく、プロピル基、ペンチル基又はビニル基が好ましい。ＲＮ１１２は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基、炭素原子数４～５のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数１～４のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。 ( Wherein , R N111 and R N112 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N-1).)
R N 111 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably a propyl group, a pentyl group or a vinyl group. RN 112 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group or butoxy group.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－１）で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、２以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては１種類であり、２種類であり、３種類であり、４種類であり、５種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
　Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高く、ＴＮＩを重視する場合は含有量を低めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher, and when importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content Setting a lower value is more effective. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｎ－１－１）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、５％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり、２０％であり、２３％であり、２５％であり、２７％であり、３０％であり、３３％であり、３５％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、５０％であり、４０％であり、３８％であり、３５％であり、３３％であり、３０％であり、２８％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１３％であり、１０％であり、８％であり、７％であり、６％であり、５％であり、３％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-1) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, 35%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 50%, 40%, 38%, 35%, 33%, 30%, or 50%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, 6 %, 5% and 3%.
　さらに、一般式（Ｎ－１－１）で表される化合物は、式（Ｎ－１－１．１）から式（Ｎ－１－１．２３）で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式（Ｎ－１－１．１）～（Ｎ－１－１．４）で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式（Ｎ－１－１．１）及び式（Ｎ－１－１．３）で表される化合物が好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-1.1) to Formula (N-1-1.23) And the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.4) are preferable, and the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) and (N The compound represented by -1-1.3) is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
　式（Ｎ－１－１．１）～（Ｎ－１－１．２２）で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、本発明の組成物の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、５％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり、２０％であり、２３％であり、２５％であり、２７％であり、３０％であり、３３％であり、３５％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、５０％であり、４０％であり、３８％であり、３５％であり、３３％であり、３０％であり、２８％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１３％であり、１０％であり、８％であり、７％であり、６％であり、５％であり、３％である。 The compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.22) may be used alone or in combination, but the composition of the present invention The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds alone or in the total amount is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%, 23% 25%, 27%, 30%, 33% and 35%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 50%, 40%, 38%, 35%, 33%, 30%, or 50%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, 6 %, 5% and 3%.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－２）で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by formula (N-1-2) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
（式中、ＲＮ１２１及びＲＮ１２２はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｎ－１）におけるＲＮ１１及びＲＮ１２と同じ意味を表す。）
　ＲＮ１２１は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基又は炭素原子数２～５のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基又はペンチル基が好ましい。ＲＮ１２２は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基、炭素原子数４～５のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数１～４のアルコキシ基が好ましく、メチル基、プロピル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基又はプロポキシ基が好ましい。 (Wherein, R N121 and R N122 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N-1).)
RN 121 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group or a pentyl group. R N 122 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a methyl group, a propyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a propoxy group is preferable.
　　一般式（Ｎ－１－２）で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、２以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては１種類であり、２種類であり、３種類であり、４種類であり、５種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-2) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
　Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を低めに設定すると効果が高く、ＴＮＩを重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content lower is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content Setting high to be effective. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｎ－１－２）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、５％であり、７％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり、２０％であり、２３％であり、２５％であり、２７％であり、３０％であり、３３％であり、３５％であり、３７％であり、４０％であり、４２％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、５０％であり、４８％であり、４５％であり、４３％であり、４０％であり、３８％であり、３５％であり、３３％であり、３０％であり、２８％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１３％であり、１０％であり、８％であり、７％であり、６％であり、５％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-2) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 7%, 10%, 13% , 15%, 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, 35%, 37% 40% and 42%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 50%, 48%, 45%, 43%, 40%, 38%, 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 33%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%. %, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%.
　さらに、一般式（Ｎ－１－２）で表される化合物は、式（Ｎ－１－２．１）から式（Ｎ－１－２．２２）で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式（Ｎ－１－２．３）から式（Ｎ－１－２．７）、式（Ｎ－１－２．１０）、式（Ｎ－１－２．１１）、式（Ｎ－１－２．１３）及び式（Ｎ－１－２．２０）で表される化合物であることが好ましく、Δεの改良を重視する場合には式（Ｎ－１－２．３）から式（Ｎ－１－２．７）で表される化合物が好ましく、ＴＮＩの改良を重視する場合には式（Ｎ－１－２．１０）、式（Ｎ－１－２．１１）及び式（Ｎ－１－２．１３）で表される化合物であることが好ましく、応答速度の改良を重視する場合には式（Ｎ－１－２．２０）で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (N-1-2.1) to formula (N-1-2.22) It is preferable that the formula (N-1-2.3) to the formula (N-1-2.7), the formula (N-1-2.10), the formula (N-1-2.11), the formula Preferred are the compounds represented by (N-1-2.13) and the formula (N-1-2.20), and in the case of emphasizing the improvement of .DELTA..epsilon. is preferably a compound represented by the formula (N-1-2.7) from when emphasizing improvements in T NI formula (N-1-2.10), formula (N-1-2.11) And the compound represented by the formula (N-1-2.13), and in the case of focusing on the improvement of the response speed, the compound represented by the formula (N-1-2.20) Is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
　式（Ｎ－１－２．１）から式（Ｎ－１－２．２２）で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、本発明の組成物の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、５％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり、２０％であり、２３％であり、２５％であり、２７％であり、３０％であり、３３％であり、３５％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、５０％であり、４０％であり、３８％であり、３５％であり、３３％であり、３０％であり、２８％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１３％であり、１０％であり、８％であり、７％であり、６％であり、５％であり、３％である。 The compounds represented by the formula (N-1-2.1) to the formula (N-1-2.22) can be used alone or in combination, but the composition of the present invention The lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or in the total amount of these is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%, 23 %, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, 35%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 50%, 40%, 38%, 35%, 33%, 30%, or 50%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, 6 %, 5% and 3%.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－３）で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by formula (N-1-3) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
（式中、ＲＮ１３１及びＲＮ１３２はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｎ－１）におけるＲＮ１１及びＲＮ１２と同じ意味を表す。）
　ＲＮ１３１は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基又は炭素原子数２～５のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。ＲＮ１３２は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基、炭素原子数３～５のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数１～４のアルコキシ基が好ましく、１－プロペニル基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。 ( Wherein , R N 131 and R N 132 each independently represent the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-1).)
R N 131 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N 132 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 3 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and 1-propenyl group, ethoxy group, propoxy group or butoxy group is preferable .
　一般式（Ｎ－１－３）で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、２以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては１種類であり、２種類であり、３種類であり、４種類であり、５種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-3) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
　Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高く、ＴＮＩを重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher, and when importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content Setting high to be effective. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｎ－１－３）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、５％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり、２０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、３５％であり、３０％であり、２８％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１３％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-3) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
　さらに、一般式（Ｎ－１－３）で表される化合物は、式（Ｎ－１－３．１）から式（Ｎ－１－３．２１）で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式（Ｎ－１－３．１）～（Ｎ－１－３．７）及び式（Ｎ－１－３．２１）で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式（Ｎ－１－３．１）、式（Ｎ－１－３．２）、式（Ｎ－１－３．３）、式（Ｎ－１－３．４）及び式（Ｎ－１－３．６）で表される化合物が好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-3.1) to the formula (N-1-3-21) And the compounds represented by formulas (N-3.1) to (N-1-3.7) and formula (N-1-3.21) are preferable. -1-3.1), the formula (N-1-3.2), the formula (N-1-3.3), the formula (N-1-3.4) and the formula (N-1-3.6) The compounds represented by) are preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
　式（Ｎ－１－３．１）～式（Ｎ－１－３．４）、式（Ｎ－１－３．６）及び式（Ｎ－１－３．２１）で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、式（Ｎ－１－３．１）及び式（Ｎ－１－３．２）の組み合わせ、式（Ｎ－１－３．３）、式（Ｎ－１－３．４）及び式（Ｎ－１－３．６）から選ばれる２種又は３種の組み合わせが好ましい。本発明の組成物の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、５％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり、２０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、３５％であり、３０％であり、２８％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１３％である。 The compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-3.1) to (N-1-3.4), the formulas (N-1-3.6) and the formulas (N-1 3.21) can be used alone. Although it is possible to use in combination or in combination, a combination of formula (N-1-3.1) and formula (N-1-3.2), a formula (N-1-3.3) Or a combination of two or three selected from formula (N-1-3.4) and formula (N-1-3.6). The lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or in the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20 %. The upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－４）で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-4) are the following compounds.
（式中、ＲＮ１４１及びＲＮ１４２はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｎ－１）におけるＲＮ１１及びＲＮ１２と同じ意味を表す。）
　ＲＮ１４１及びＲＮ１４２はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基、炭素原子数４～５のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数１～４のアルコキシ基が好ましく、メチル基、プロピル基、エトキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。 ( Wherein , each of R N 141 and R N 142 independently represents the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-1).)
R N141 and R N142 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms carbon atoms 4-5 preferably a methyl group, a propyl group, an ethoxy Preferred is a group or butoxy group.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－４）で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、２以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては１種類であり、２種類であり、３種類であり、４種類であり、５種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-4) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
　Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高く、ＴＮＩを重視する場合は含有量を低めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher, and when importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content Setting a lower value is more effective. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｎ－１－４）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、３％であり、５％であり、７％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり、２０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、３５％であり、３０％であり、２８％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１３％であり、１１％であり、１０％であり、８％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-4) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 3%, 5%, 7%, 10% 13%, 15%, 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, 13%, 11%, 10%, 8%.
　さらに、一般式（Ｎ－１－４）で表される化合物は、式（Ｎ－１－４．１）から式（Ｎ－１－４．１４）で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式（Ｎ－１－４．１）～（Ｎ－１－４．４）で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式（Ｎ－１－４．１）、式（Ｎ－１－４．２）及び式（Ｎ－１－４．４）で表される化合物が好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-4) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1 -4.1) to Formula (N-1 -4.14) And the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1 -4.4) are preferable, and the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-4.1) and (N Preferred are the compounds represented by -1-4.2) and the formula (N-1-4.4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
　式（Ｎ－１－４．１）～（Ｎ－１－４．１４）で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、本発明の組成物の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、３％であり、５％であり、７％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり、２０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、３５％であり、３０％であり、２８％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１３％であり、１１％であり、１０％であり、８％である。 The compounds represented by formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.14) may be used alone or in combination, but the compounds of the present invention The lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or in the total amount is 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17% And 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, 13%, 11%, 10%, 8%.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－５）で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-5) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
（式中、ＲＮ１５１及びＲＮ１５２はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｎ－１）におけるＲＮ１１及びＲＮ１２と同じ意味を表す。）
　ＲＮ１５１及びＲＮ１５２はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基、炭素原子数４～５のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数１～４のアルコキシ基が好ましくエチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。 ( Wherein , R N 151 and R N 152 each independently represent the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-1).)
Each of R N151 and R N152 is independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group Is preferred.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－５）で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、２以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては１種類であり、２種類であり、３種類であり、４種類であり、５種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-5) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
　Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を低めに設定すると効果が高く、ＴＮＩを重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content lower is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content Setting high to be effective. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｎ－１－５）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、５％であり、８％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり、２０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、３５％であり、３３％であり、３０％であり、２８％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１３％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-5) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 8%, 10%, 13% 15%, 17% and 20%. The upper limit value of the preferred content is 35%, 33%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 18%, 15% and 13%.
　さらに、一般式（Ｎ－１－５）で表される化合物は、式（Ｎ－１－５．１）から式（Ｎ－１－５．６）で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式（Ｎ－１－５．１）、式（Ｎ－１－５．２）及び式（Ｎ－１－５．４）で表される化合物が好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-5) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-5.1) to Formula (N-1-5.6) The compounds represented by the formula (N-1-5.1), the formula (N-1-5.2) and the formula (N-1-5.4) are preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
　式（Ｎ－１－５．１）、式（Ｎ－１－５．２）及び式（Ｎ－１－５．４）で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、本発明の組成物の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、５％であり、８％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり、２０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、３５％であり、３３％であり、３０％であり、２８％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１３％である。 The compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-5.1), (N-1-5.2) and (N-1-5.4) may be used alone or in combination. The lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or in the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 8%, 10%, 13%, although it is also possible. It is 15%, 17% and 20%. The upper limit value of the preferred content is 35%, 33%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 18%, 15% and 13%.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－１０）で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-10) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
（式中、ＲＮ１１０１及びＲＮ１１０２はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｎ－１）におけるＲＮ１１及びＲＮ１２と同じ意味を表す。）
　ＲＮ１１０１は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基又は炭素原子数２～５のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ビニル基又は１－プロペニル基が好ましい。ＲＮ１１０２は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基、炭素原子数４～５のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数１～４のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。 (Wherein, each of RN 1101 and RN 1102 independently represents the same meaning as RN 11 and RN 12 in General Formula (N-1).)
R N 1101 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a vinyl group or a 1-propenyl group. R N 1102 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－１０）で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、２以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては１種類であり、２種類であり、３種類であり、４種類であり、５種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-10) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
　Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高く、ＴＮＩを重視する場合は含有量を低めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher, and when importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content Setting a lower value is more effective. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｎ－１－１０）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、５％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり、２０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、３５％であり、３０％であり、２８％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１３％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-10) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
　さらに、一般式（Ｎ－１－１０）で表される化合物は、式（Ｎ－１－１０．１）から式（Ｎ－１－１０．１４）で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式（Ｎ－１－１０．１）～（Ｎ－１－１０．５）で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式（Ｎ－１－１０．１）及び式（Ｎ－１－１０．２）で表される化合物が好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-10) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-10.1) to Formula (N-1-10.14) And the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-10.1) to (N-1-10.5) are preferable, and the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-10.1) and (N- The compound represented by -1-10.2) is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
　式（Ｎ－１－１０．１）及び式（Ｎ－１－１０．２）で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、本発明の組成物の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、５％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり、２０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、３５％であり、３０％であり、２８％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１３％である。 Although the compounds represented by the formula (N-1-10.1) and the formula (N-1-10.2) can be used alone or in combination, the composition of the present invention The lower limit value of the preferred content of these compounds alone or in the total amount of is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－１１）で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-11) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
（式中、ＲＮ１１１１及びＲＮ１１１２はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｎ－１）におけるＲＮ１１及びＲＮ１２と同じ意味を表す。）
　ＲＮ１１１１は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基又は炭素原子数２～５のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ビニル基又は１－プロペニル基が好ましい。ＲＮ１１１２は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基、炭素原子数４～５のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数１～４のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。 ( Wherein , each of R N 1111 and R N 11 12 independently represents the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-1).)
R N 1111 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a vinyl group or a 1-propenyl group. R N 1112 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－１１）で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、２以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては１種類であり、２種類であり、３種類であり、４種類であり、５種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-11) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
　Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を低めに設定すると効果が高く、ＴＮＩを重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content lower is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content Setting high to be effective. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｎ－１－１１）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、５％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり、２０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、３５％であり、３０％であり、２８％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１３％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-11) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
　さらに、一般式（Ｎ－１－１１）で表される化合物は、式（Ｎ－１－１１．１）から式（Ｎ－１－１１．１４）で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式（Ｎ－１－１１．１）～（Ｎ－１－１１．１４）で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式（Ｎ－１－１１．２及び式（Ｎ－１－１１．４）で表される化合物が好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-11) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-11.1) to Formula (N-1-11.14) And the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-11.1) to (N-1-11.14) are preferable. The compound represented by 1-11.4) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
　式（Ｎ－１－１１．２）及び式（Ｎ－１－１１．４）で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、本発明の組成物の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、５％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり、２０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、３５％であり、３０％であり、２８％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１３％である。 Although the compounds represented by the formula (N-1-11.2) and the formula (N-1-11.4) can be used alone or in combination, the composition of the present invention The lower limit value of the preferred content of these compounds alone or in the total amount of is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－１２）で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-12) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
（式中、ＲＮ１１２１及びＲＮ１１２２はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｎ－１）におけるＲＮ１１及びＲＮ１２と同じ意味を表す。）
　ＲＮ１１２１は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基又は炭素原子数２～５のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。ＲＮ１１２２は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基、炭素原子数４～５のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数１～４のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。 (Wherein, R N1121 and R N1122 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)
R N 1121 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. RN 1122 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－１２）で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、２以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては１種類であり、２種類であり、３種類であり、４種類であり、５種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-12) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
　Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高く、ＴＮＩを重視する場合は含有量を低めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher, and when importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content Setting a lower value is more effective. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｎ－１－１２）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、５％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり、２０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、３５％であり、３０％であり、２８％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１３％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-12) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－１３）で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-13) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
（式中、ＲＮ１１３１及びＲＮ１１３２はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｎ－１）におけるＲＮ１１及びＲＮ１２と同じ意味を表す。）
　ＲＮ１１３１は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基又は炭素原子数２～５のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。ＲＮ１１３２は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基、炭素原子数４～５のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数１～４のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。 ( Wherein , each of R N 1131 and R N 1132 independently represents the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-1).)
R N 1131 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N 1132 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－１３）で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、２以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては１種類であり、２種類であり、３種類であり、４種類であり、５種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-13) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
　Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高く、ＴＮＩを重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher, and when importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content Setting high to be effective. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｎ－１－１３）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、５％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり、２０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、３５％であり、３０％であり、２８％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１３％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-13) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－１４）で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-14) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
（式中、ＲＮ１１４１及びＲＮ１１４２はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｎ－１）におけるＲＮ１１及びＲＮ１２と同じ意味を表す。）
　ＲＮ１１４１は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基又は炭素原子数２～５のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。ＲＮ１１４２は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基、炭素原子数４～５のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数１～４のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。 ( Wherein , each of R N 1141 and R N 114 2 independently represents the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-1).)
R N 1141 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. RN 1142 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－１４）で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、２以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては１種類であり、２種類であり、３種類であり、４種類であり、５種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-14) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
　Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高く、ＴＮＩを重視する場合は含有量を低めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher, and when importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content Setting a lower value is more effective. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｎ－１－１４）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、５％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり、２０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、３５％であり、３０％であり、２８％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１３％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-14) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－１５）で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-15) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
（式中、ＲＮ１１５１及びＲＮ１１５２はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｎ－１）におけるＲＮ１１及びＲＮ１２と同じ意味を表す。）
　ＲＮ１１５１は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基又は炭素原子数２～５のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。ＲＮ１１５２は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基、炭素原子数４～５のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数１～４のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。 (Wherein, R N1151 and R N1152 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)
R N 1151 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N 1152 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－１５）で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、２以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては１種類であり、２種類であり、３種類であり、４種類であり、５種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-15) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
　Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高く、ＴＮＩを重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher, and when importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content Setting high to be effective. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｎ－１－１５）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、５％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり、２０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、３５％であり、３０％であり、２８％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１３％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-15) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－１６）で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-16) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
（式中、ＲＮ１１６１及びＲＮ１１６２はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｎ－１）におけるＲＮ１１及びＲＮ１２と同じ意味を表す。）
　ＲＮ１１６１は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基又は炭素原子数２～５のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。ＲＮ１１６２は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基、炭素原子数４～５のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数１～４のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。 (Wherein, R N1161 and R N1162 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)
R N 1161 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N 1162 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－１６）で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、２以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては１種類であり、２種類であり、３種類であり、４種類であり、５種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-16) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
　Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高く、ＴＮＩを重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher, and when importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content Setting high to be effective. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｎ－１－１６）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、５％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり、２０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、３５％であり、３０％であり、２８％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１３％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-16) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－１７）で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-17) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
（式中、ＲＮ１１７１及びＲＮ１１７２はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｎ－１）におけるＲＮ１１及びＲＮ１２と同じ意味を表す。）
　ＲＮ１１７１は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基又は炭素原子数２～５のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。ＲＮ１１７２は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基、炭素原子数４～５のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数１～４のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。 (Wherein, R N1171 and R N1172 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)
R N 1171 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. RN 1172 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－１７）で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、２以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては１種類であり、２種類であり、３種類であり、４種類であり、５種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-17) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
　Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高く、ＴＮＩを重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher, and when importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content Setting high to be effective. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｎ－１－１７）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、５％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり、２０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、３５％であり、３０％であり、２８％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１３％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-17) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－１８）で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-18) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
（式中、ＲＮ１１８１及びＲＮ１１８２はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｎ－１）におけるＲＮ１１及びＲＮ１２と同じ意味を表す。）
　ＲＮ１１８１は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基又は炭素原子数２～５のアルケニル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。ＲＮ１１８２は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基、炭素原子数４～５のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数１～４のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。 ( Wherein , each of R N1181 and R N1182 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N-1).)
R N 1181 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N 1182 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group of 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－１８）で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、２以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては１種類であり、２種類であり、３種類であり、４種類であり、５種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-18) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
　Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高く、ＴＮＩを重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher, and when importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content Setting high to be effective. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｎ－１－１８）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、５％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり、２０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、３５％であり、３０％であり、２８％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１３％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-18) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
　さらに、一般式（Ｎ－１－１８）で表される化合物は、式（Ｎ－１－１８．１）から式（Ｎ－１－１８．５）で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式（Ｎ－１－１８．１）～（Ｎ－１－１１．３）で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式（Ｎ－１－１８．２及び式（Ｎ－１－１８．３）で表される化合物が好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-18) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-18.1) to Formula (N-1-18.5) And the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-18.1) to (N-1-11.3) are preferable. The compound represented by 1-18.3) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
　一般式（Ｎ－１－２０）で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-20) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
（式中、ＲＮ１２０１及びＲＮ１２０２はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｎ－１）におけるＲＮ１１及びＲＮ１２と同じ意味を表す。）
　ＲＮ１２０１及びＲＮ１２０２はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基又は炭素原子数２～５のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。 ( Wherein , each of R N 1201 and R N 1202 independently represents the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-1).)
Each of R N1201 and R N1202 is independently preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－２０）で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、２以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては１種類であり、２種類であり、３種類であり、４種類であり、５種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-20) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
　Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高く、ＴＮＩを重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher, and when importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content Setting high to be effective. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｎ－１－２０）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、５％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり、２０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、３５％であり、３０％であり、２８％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１３％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-20) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－２１）で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-21) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
（式中、ＲＮ１２１１及びＲＮ１２１２はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｎ－１）におけるＲＮ１１及びＲＮ１２と同じ意味を表す。）
　ＲＮ１２１１及びＲＮ１２１２はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基又は炭素原子数２～５のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。 (Wherein, R N1211 and R N1212 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)
Each of R N1211 and R N1212 is independently preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－２１）で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、２以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては１種類であり、２種類であり、３種類であり、４種類であり、５種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-21) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
　Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高く、ＴＮＩを重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher, and when importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content Setting high to be effective. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｎ－１－２１）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、５％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり、２０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、３５％であり、３０％であり、２８％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１３％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-21) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5%, 10%, 13%, 15% 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15% and 13%.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－２２）で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by the general formula (N-1-22) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
（式中、ＲＮ１２２１及びＲＮ１２２２はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｎ－１）におけるＲＮ１１及びＲＮ１２と同じ意味を表す。）
　ＲＮ１２２１及びＲＮ１２２２はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基又は炭素原子数２～５のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。 (Wherein, R N1221 and R N1222 independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)
Each of R N1221 and R N1222 is independently preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
　一般式（Ｎ－１－２２）で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、２以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては１種類であり、２種類であり、３種類であり、４種類であり、５種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-1-22) can be used alone, but two or more compounds can also be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
　Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高く、ＴＮＩを重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher, and when importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content Setting high to be effective. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｎ－１－２１）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、１％であり、５％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり２０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、３５％であり、３０％であり、２８％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１３％であり、１０％であり、５％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-21) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 13% 15%, 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, or 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, 13%, 10%, 5%.
　さらに、一般式（Ｎ－１－２２）で表される化合物は、式（Ｎ－１－２２．１）から式（Ｎ－１－２２．１２）で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式（Ｎ－１－２２．１）～（Ｎ－１－２２．５）で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式（Ｎ－１－２２．１）～（Ｎ－１－２２．４）で表される化合物が好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (N-1-22) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-1-22.1) to Formula (N-1-22.12) Are preferably compounds represented by formulas (N-1-22.1) to (N-1-22.5), and compounds represented by formulas (N-1-22.1) to (N- The compound represented by 1-22.4) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
一般式（Ｎ－３）で表される化合物は一般式（Ｎ－３－２）で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by General Formula (N-3) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formula (N-3-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
（式中、ＲＮ３２１及びＲＮ３２２はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｎ－３）におけるＲＮ１１及びＲＮ１２と同じ意味を表す。）
　ＲＮ３２１及びＲＮ３２２は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基又は炭素原子数２～５のアルケニル基が好ましく、プロピル基又はペンチル基が好ましい。 ( Wherein , R N 321 and R N 322 each independently represent the same meaning as R N 11 and R N 12 in General Formula (N-3).)
Each of R N321 and R N322 is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group of 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably a propyl group or a pentyl group.
　　一般式（Ｎ－３－２）で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、２以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては１種類であり、２種類であり、３種類であり、４種類であり、５種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (N-3-2) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
　Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高く、ＴＮＩを重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is attached to improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher, and when importance is given to solubility at low temperature, setting the content higher is more effective, and when TNI is emphasized, the content Setting high to be effective. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｎ－３－２）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、３％であり、５％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり、２０％であり、２３％であり、２５％であり、２７％であり、３０％であり、３３％であり、３５％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、５０％であり、４０％であり、３８％であり、３５％であり、３３％であり、３０％であり、２８％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１３％であり、１０％であり、８％であり、７％であり、６％であり、５％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-3-2) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 3%, 5%, 10%, 13% , 15%, 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, 35%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 50%, 40%, 38%, 35%, 33%, 30%, or 50%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, 6 % And 5%.
　さらに、一般式（Ｎ－３－２）で表される化合物は、式（Ｎ－３－２．１）から式（Ｎ－３－２．３）で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (N-3-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (N-3-2.1) to Formula (N-3-2.3) Is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
　液晶組成物中に含有する一般式（Ｎ－１）、（Ｎ－２）及び（Ｎ－３）で表される化合物において、ＺＮ１１、ＺＮ１２、ＺＮ２１、ＺＮ２２、ＺＮ３１及びＺＮ３２が単結合である化合物の含有量の合計が、一般式（Ｎ－１）、（Ｎ－２）及び（Ｎ－３）で表される化合物の含有量の合計に対して５～５０質量％であることが好ましく、液晶組成物中に含有する一般式（Ｎ－１）で表される化合物において、ＺＮ１１、ＺＮ１２、ＺＮ２１、ＺＮ２２、ＺＮ３１及びＺＮ３２が単結合である化合物の含有量の合計が、一般式（Ｎ－１）、（Ｎ－２）及び（Ｎ－３）で表される化合物の含有量の合計に対して５～５０質量％であることが好ましい。 Among the compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3) contained in the liquid crystal composition, Z N11 , Z N12 , Z N21 , Z N22 , Z N31 and Z N32 The total content of compounds in which is a single bond is 5 to 50% by mass based on the total content of compounds represented by general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3) In the compound represented by the general formula (N-1) contained in the liquid crystal composition, wherein Z N11 , Z N12 , Z N21 , Z N22 , Z N31 and Z N32 are a single bond It is preferable that the total of the content of is 5 to 50% by mass with respect to the total of the content of the compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3).
　ＺＮ１１及びＺＮ１２が単結合である一般式（Ｎ－１）で表される化合物としては、一般式（Ｎ－１ａ）、（Ｎ－１ｂ）、（Ｎ－１ｃ）及び（Ｎ－１ｇ）で表される化合物が好ましく、（Ｎ－１ａ）、（Ｎ－１ｂ）及び（Ｎ－１ｃ）で表される化合物が好ましい。 Examples of the compound represented by General Formula (N-1) in which Z N11 and Z N12 are a single bond include General Formulas (N-1a), (N-1b), (N-1c) and (N-1g) The compounds represented by are preferred, and the compounds represented by (N-1a), (N-1b) and (N-1c) are preferred.
　また、一般式（Ｎ－１－１）、（Ｎ－１－２）、（Ｎ－１－３）、（Ｎ－１－４）、（Ｎ－１－５）及び（Ｎ－１－２２）で表される化合物が好ましく、
一般式（Ｎ－１－１）、（Ｎ－１－２）、（Ｎ－１－３）、（Ｎ－１－４）及び（Ｎ－１－５）で表される化合物が好ましい。 Also, general formulas (N-1-1), (N-1-2), (N-1-3), (N-1-4), (N-1-5) and (N-1-22) Compounds represented by) are preferred,
The compounds represented by formulas (N-1-1), (N-1-2), (N-1-3), (N-1-4) and (N-1-5) are preferred.
　誘電率異方性が負の化合物の合計の含有量における、一般式（Ｎ－１）、（Ｎ－２）及び（Ｎ－３）で表される化合物の合計の含有量は８０％以上であることが好ましく、８５％以上であることが好ましく、８７％以上であることが好ましく、９０％以上であることが好ましく、９３％以上であることが好ましく、９６％以上であることが好ましく、９８％以上であることが好ましく、実質的に１００％以上であることが好ましい。実質的にとは、製造時の不純物等の意図せずに含有する化合物を除くという意味である。 The total content of the compounds represented by general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3) in the total content of compounds having negative dielectric anisotropy is 80% or more Is preferably 85% or more, more preferably 87% or more, preferably 90% or more, preferably 93% or more, and more preferably 96% or more. It is preferable that it is 98% or more, and it is preferable that it is substantially 100% or more. Substantially means excluding the compound which is unintentionally contained, such as an impurity at the time of manufacture.
　液晶組成物中に含有する一般式（Ｎ－１）、（Ｎ－２）及び（Ｎ－３）で表される化合物におけるＺＮ１１、ＺＮ１２、ＺＮ２１、ＺＮ２２、ＺＮ３１及びＺＮ３２が単結合である化合物の含有量の合計が、一般式（Ｎ－１）、（Ｎ－２）及び（Ｎ－３）で表される化合物の含有量の合計に対して５０～１００％が好ましく、６０～１００％が好ましく、６５～９５％が好ましく、７０～９０％が好ましい。 Z N11 , Z N12 , Z N21 , Z N22 , Z N31 and Z N32 in the compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3) contained in the liquid crystal composition The total content of compounds which are single bonds is preferably 50 to 100% based on the total content of compounds represented by general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3). 60 to 100% is preferable, 65 to 95% is preferable, and 70 to 90% is preferable.
　液晶組成物中に含有する一般式（Ｎ－１）で表される化合物におけるＺＮ１１及びＺＮ１２が単結合である化合物の含有量の合計が、一般式（Ｎ－１）、（Ｎ－２）及び（Ｎ－３）で表される化合物の含有量の合計に対して５０～１００％が好ましく、６０～１００％が好ましく、６５～９５％が好ましく、７０～９０％が好ましい。 The total content of compounds in which Z N11 and Z N12 in the compound represented by General Formula (N-1) contained in the liquid crystal composition are single bonds is represented by General Formula (N-1), (N-2) 50 to 100% is preferable, 60 to 100% is preferable, 65 to 95% is preferable, and 70 to 90% is preferable with respect to the total of the content of the compound represented by (A) and (N-3).
　液晶組成物中に含有する一般式（Ｎ－１ａ）、（Ｎ－１ｂ）、（Ｎ－１ｃ）及び（Ｎ－１ｇ）で表される化合物の含有量の合計が、一般式（Ｎ－１）、（Ｎ－２）及び（Ｎ－３）で表される化合物の含有量の合計に対して５０～１００％が好ましく、６０～１００％が好ましく、６５～９５％が好ましく、７０～９０％が好ましい。 The total content of the compounds represented by General Formulas (N-1a), (N-1b), (N-1c) and (N-1g) contained in the liquid crystal composition is the general formula (N-1). 50 to 100% is preferable with respect to the sum total of content of the compound represented by (N-2) and (N-3), 60 to 100% is preferable, 65 to 95% is preferable, and 70 to 90 % Is preferred.
　液晶組成物中に含有する一般式（Ｎ－１－１）、（Ｎ－１－２）、（Ｎ－１－３）及び（Ｎ－１－４）で表される化合物の含有量の合計が、一般式（Ｎ－１）、（Ｎ－２）及び（Ｎ－３）で表される化合物の含有量の合計に対して５０～１００％が好ましく、６０～１００％が好ましく、６５～９５％が好ましく、７０～９０％が好ましい。 The total content of the compounds represented by General Formulas (N-1-1), (N-1-2), (N-1-3) and (N-1-4) contained in the liquid crystal composition Is preferably 50 to 100%, more preferably 60 to 100%, based on the total content of the compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3). 95% is preferred and 70 to 90% is preferred.
　一般式（Ｎ－１）、（Ｎ－２）及び（Ｎ－３）で表される化合物の含有量の合計に対する一般式（Ｎ－１）、（Ｎ－２）及び（Ｎ－３）で表される化合物におけるＺＮ１１、ＺＮ１２、ＺＮ２１、ＺＮ２２、ＺＮ３１及びＺＮ３２が単結合である化合物の含有量、一般式（Ｎ－１）で表される化合物におけるＺＮ１１及びＺＮ１２が単結合である化合物の含有量、一般式（Ｎ－１ａ）、（Ｎ－１ｂ）、（Ｎ－１ｃ）及び（Ｎ－１ｇ）で表される化合物の含有量及び一般式（Ｎ－１－１）、（Ｎ－１－２）、（Ｎ－１－３）及び（Ｎ－１－４）で表される化合物の含有量の好ましい下限値は、５０％であり、６０％であり、６５％であり、７０％である。同様に好ましい上限値は１００％であり、９８％であり、９５％であり、９３％であり、９１％であり、９０％である。 In the general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3) with respect to the total content of the compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3) The content of the compound in which Z N11 , Z N12 , Z N21 , Z N22 , Z N31 and Z N32 in the compound to be represented are a single bond, Z N11 and Z N12 in the compound represented by General Formula (N-1) The content of the compound in which is a single bond, the content of the compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1a), (N-1b), (N-1c) and (N-1g) and the general formula (N-1) The preferable lower limit value of the content of the compound represented by -1), (N-1-2), (N-1-3) and (N-1-4) is 50% and 60%. , 65% and 70%. Similarly preferred upper limits are 100%, 98%, 95%, 93%, 91%, 90%.
　上記含有量を調整することにより、本願発明の液晶組成物を用いて液晶表示素子を作成した際に、
　本発明の液晶組成物は、一般式（Ｌ）で表される化合物を１種類又は２種類以上含有することが好ましい。一般式（Ｌ）で表される化合物は誘電的にほぼ中性の化合物（Δεの値が－２～２）に該当する。このため、分子内に有する、ハロゲン等の極性基の個数を２個以下とした方が好ましく、１個以下とした方が好ましく、有さない方が好ましい。 When a liquid crystal display element is produced using the liquid crystal composition of the present invention by adjusting the above content,
The liquid crystal composition of the present invention preferably contains one or two or more compounds represented by General Formula (L). The compounds represented by the general formula (L) correspond to dielectric substantially neutral compounds (the value of Δε is −2 to 2). Therefore, the number of polar groups such as halogen contained in the molecule is preferably 2 or less, more preferably 1 or less, and it is more preferable not to have one.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
（式中、ＲＬ１及びＲＬ２はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数１～８のアルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の１個又は非隣接の２個以上の－ＣＨ２－はそれぞれ独立して－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－Ｃ≡Ｃ－、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－又は－ＯＣＯ－によって置換されていてもよく、
　ｎＬ１は０、１、２又は３を表し、
　ＡＬ１、ＡＬ２及びＡＬ３はそれぞれ独立して
（ａ）　１，４－シクロヘキシレン基（この基中に存在する１個の－ＣＨ２－又は隣接していない２個以上の－ＣＨ２－は－Ｏ－に置き換えられてもよい。）及び
（ｂ）　１，４－フェニレン基（この基中に存在する１個の－ＣＨ＝又は隣接していない２個以上の－ＣＨ＝は－Ｎ＝に置き換えられてもよい。）
（ｃ）　ナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基、１，２，３，４－テトラヒドロナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基（ナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基又は１，２，３，４－テトラヒドロナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基中に存在する１個の－ＣＨ＝又は隣接していない２個以上の－ＣＨ＝は－Ｎ＝に置き換えられても良い。）
からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基（ａ）、基（ｂ）及び基（ｃ）はそれぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていても良く、
　ＺＬ１及びＺＬ２はそれぞれ独立して単結合、－ＣＨ２ＣＨ２－、－（ＣＨ２）４－、－ＯＣＨ２－、－ＣＨ２Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－、－ＯＣＦ２－、－ＣＦ２Ｏ－、－ＣＨ＝Ｎ－Ｎ＝ＣＨ－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－ＣＦ＝ＣＦ－又は－Ｃ≡Ｃ－を表し、
　ｎＬ１が２又は３であってＡＬ２が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、ｎＬ１が２又は３であってＺＬ３が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良いが、一般式（Ｎ－１）、（Ｎ－２）及び（Ｎ－３）で表される化合物を除く。）
　一般式（Ｌ）で表される化合物は単独で用いてもよいが、組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの所望の性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては１種類である。あるいは本発明の別の実施形態では２種類であり、３種類であり、４種類であり、５種類であり、６種類であり、７種類であり、８種類であり、９種類であり、１０種類以上である。 (Wherein, R L1 and R L2 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or two or more non-adjacent -CH 2 -in the alkyl group are independently of each other -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -O-, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-, which may be substituted,
n L1 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3;
A L1 , A L2 and A L3 are each independently (a) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (one —CH 2 — present in this group or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — groups May be replaced by -O-) and (b) 1,4-phenylene group (one -CH = present in this group or two or more non-adjacent -CH = is -N May be replaced by =.)
(C) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (naphthalene-2,6-diyl group or One —CH = or two or more non-adjacent —CH = present in the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group may be replaced by —N =. )
And the group (a), the group (b) and the group (c) may be each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
Z L1 and Z L2 each independently represent a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 -, - (CH 2) 4 -, - OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - COO -, - OCO -, - OCF 2 -, - CF 2 O -, - CH = N-N = CH -, - CH = CH -, - represents CF = CF- or -C≡C-,
When n L1 is 2 or 3 and a plurality of A L2 is present, they may be the same or different, and when n L1 is 2 or 3 and a plurality of Z L3 is present, they may be Are the same as or different from each other, but the compounds represented by formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3) are excluded. )
The compounds represented by formula (L) may be used alone or in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the desired performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of compound used is, for example, one type in one embodiment of the present invention. Or in another embodiment of the present invention, there are 2 types, 3 types, 4 types, 5 types, 5 types, 6 types, 7 types, 8 types, 9 types and 10 It is more than kind.
　本発明の組成物において、一般式（Ｌ）で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて適宜調整する必要がある。 In the composition of the present invention, the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L) is low temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping marks, image sticking, It is necessary to appropriately adjust according to the required performance such as dielectric anisotropy.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｌ）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、１％であり、１０％であり、２０％であり、３０％であり、４０％であり、５０％であり、５５％であり、６０％であり、６５％であり、７０％であり、７５％であり、８０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、９５％であり、８５％であり、７５％であり、６５％であり、５５％であり、４５％であり、３５％であり、２５％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40 %, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%. The upper limit value of the preferred content is 95%, 85%, 75%, 65%, 55%, 45%, 35%, 25%.
　本発明の組成物の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が高く上限値が高いことが好ましい。さらに、本発明の組成物のＴｎｉを高く保ち、温度安定性の良い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が高く上限値が高いことが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を低く上限値が低いことが好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention is required to keep the viscosity low and have a high response speed, it is preferable that the above lower limit is high and the upper limit is high. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention is required to keep Tni high and a composition having good temperature stability is required, it is preferable that the above lower limit is high and the upper limit is high. When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the drive voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value be low and the upper limit value be low.
　信頼性を重視する場合にはＲＬ１及びＲＬ２はともにアルキル基であることが好ましく、化合物の揮発性を低減させることを重視する場合にはアルコキシ基であることが好ましく、粘性の低下を重視する場合には少なくとも一方はアルケニル基であることが好ましい。 When reliability is important, both R L1 and R L2 are preferably alkyl groups, and when importance is given to reducing the volatility of the compound, alkoxy groups are preferable, and viscosity reduction is important When doing, at least one is preferably an alkenyl group.
　分子内に存在するハロゲン原子は０、１、２又は３個が好ましく、０又は１が好ましく、他の液晶分子との相溶性を重視する場合には１が好ましい。 The number of halogen atoms present in the molecule is preferably 0, 1, 2 or 3 and is preferably 0 or 1. When importance is attached to compatibility with other liquid crystal molecules, 1 is preferred.
　ＲＬ１及びＲＬ２は、それが結合する環構造がフェニル基（芳香族）である場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数１～４のアルコキシ基及び炭素原子数４～５のアルケニル基が好ましく、それが結合する環構造がシクロヘキサン、ピラン及びジオキサンなどの飽和した環構造の場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数１～４のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数２～５のアルケニル基が好ましい。ネマチック相を安定化させるためには炭素原子及び存在する場合酸素原子の合計が５以下であることが好ましく、直鎖状であることが好ましい。 R L1 and R L2 are, when the ring structure to which they are bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic), a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms Alkoxy groups and alkenyl groups having 4 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred, and in the case where the ring structure to which they are attached is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane, a straight chain having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferred. An alkyl group, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferable. In order to stabilize the nematic phase, the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present, is preferably 5 or less, preferably linear.
　アルケニル基としては、式（Ｒ１）から式（Ｒ５）のいずれかで表される基から選ばれることが好ましい。（各式中の黒点は環構造中の炭素原子を表す。） The alkenyl group is preferably selected from the groups represented by any one of formulas (R1) to (R5). (The black dot in each formula represents a carbon atom in the ring structure.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
　ｎＬ１は応答速度を重視する場合には０が好ましく、ネマチック相の上限温度を改善するためには２又は３が好ましく、これらのバランスをとるためには１が好ましい。また、組成物として求められる特性を満たすためには異なる値の化合物を組み合わせることが好ましい。 n L1 is preferably 0 when importance is attached to the response speed, 2 or 3 is preferable to improve the upper limit temperature of the nematic phase, and 1 is preferable to balance them. Moreover, in order to satisfy the characteristics required as a composition, it is preferable to combine compounds of different values.
　ＡＬ１、ＡＬ２及びＡＬ３はΔｎを大きくすることが求められる場合には芳香族であることが好ましく、応答速度を改善するためには脂肪族であることが好ましく、それぞれ独立してトランス－１，４－シクロへキシレン基、１，４－フェニレン基、２－フルオロ－１，４－フェニレン基、３－フルオロ－１，４－フェニレン基、３，５－ジフルオロ－１，４－フェニレン基、１，４－シクロヘキセニレン基、１，４－ビシクロ［２．２．２］オクチレン基、ピペリジン－１，４－ジイル基、ナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基、デカヒドロナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基又は１，２，３，４－テトラヒドロナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基を表すことが好ましく、下記の構造を表すことがより好ましく、 A L 1 , A L 2 and A L 3 are preferably aromatic when it is required to increase Δn, and are preferably aliphatic to improve the response speed, and each of them is independently trans- 1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3,5-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group , 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene group, piperidine-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6 -Diyl group or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group is preferable, and the following structure is more preferable,
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
トランス－１，４－シクロへキシレン基又は１，４－フェニレン基を表すことがより好ましい。
More preferably, it represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group.
　ＺＬ１及びＺＬ２は応答速度を重視する場合には単結合であることが好ましい。 It is preferable that Z L1 and Z L2 be a single bond when the response speed is important.
　一般式（Ｌ）で表される化合物は分子内のハロゲン原子数が０個又は１個であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by formula (L) preferably has 0 or 1 halogen atoms in the molecule.
　一般式（Ｌ）で表される化合物は一般式（Ｌ－１）～（Ｌ－７）で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by formula (L) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formulas (L-1) to (L-7).
　一般式（Ｌ－１）で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by formula (L-1) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
（式中、ＲＬ１１及びＲＬ１２はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｌ）におけるＲＬ１及びＲＬ２と同じ意味を表す。）
　ＲＬ１１及びＲＬ１２は、直鎖状の炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数１～４のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数２～５のアルケニル基が好ましい。 (Wherein, R L11 and R L12 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in general formula (L).)
R L11 and R L12 are preferably linear alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and linear alkenyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
　一般式（Ｌ－１）で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、２以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては１種類であり、２種類であり、３種類であり、４種類であり、５種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (L-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
　好ましい含有量の下限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、１％であり、２％であり、３％であり、５％であり、７％であり、１０％であり、１５％であり、２０％であり、２５％であり、３０％であり、３５％であり、４０％であり、４５％であり、５０％であり、５５％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、９５％であり、９０％であり、８５％であり、８０％であり、７５％であり、７０％であり、６５％であり、６０％であり、５５％であり、５０％であり、４５％であり、４０％であり、３５％であり、３０％であり、２５％である。 The lower limit of the preferred content is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 95%, 90%, 85%, 80%, 75%, 70%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%.
　本発明の組成物の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が高く上限値が高いことが好ましい。さらに、本発明の組成物のＴｎｉを高く保ち、温度安定性の良い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が中庸で上限値が中庸であることが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値が低く上限値が低いことが好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention is required to keep the viscosity low and have a high response speed, it is preferable that the above lower limit is high and the upper limit is high. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention needs to have a high Tni and a composition having good temperature stability is required, it is preferable that the above lower limit value is medium and the upper limit value is medium. When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the drive voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value is low and the upper limit value is low.
　一般式（Ｌ－１）で表される化合物は一般式（Ｌ－１－１）で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by General Formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formula (L-1-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
（式中ＲＬ１２は一般式（Ｌ－１）における意味と同じ意味を表す。）
　一般式（Ｌ－１－１）で表される化合物は、式（Ｌ－１－１．１）から式（Ｌ－１－１．３）で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式（Ｌ－１－１．２）又は式（Ｌ－１－１．３）で表される化合物であることが好ましく、特に、式（Ｌ－１－１．３）で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 (Wherein, R L12 has the same meaning as in the general formula (L-1).)
The compound represented by General Formula (L-1-1) is a compound selected from the compound group represented by Formula (L-1-1.1) to Formula (L-1-1.3) It is preferable that it is a compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.2) or the formula (L-1-1.3), and in particular, it is represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) It is preferable that it is a compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｌ－１－１．３）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、１％であり、２％であり、３％であり、５％であり、７％であり、１０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、２０％であり、１５％であり、１３％であり、１０％であり、８％であり、７％であり、６％であり、５％であり、３％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, It is 5%, 7% and 10%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 5% and 3%.
　一般式（Ｌ－１）で表される化合物は一般式（Ｌ－１－２）で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by General Formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by General Formula (L-1-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
（式中ＲＬ１２は一般式（Ｌ－１）における意味と同じ意味を表す。）
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｌ－１－２）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、１％であり、５％であり、１０％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり、２０％であり、２３％であり、２５％であり、２７％であり、３０％であり、３５％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、６０％であり、５５％であり、５０％であり、４５％であり、４２％であり、４０％であり、３８％であり、３５％であり、３３％であり、３０％である。 (Wherein, R L12 has the same meaning as in the general formula (L-1).)
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 15% , 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 35%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 42%, 40%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 35%, 33%, and 30%.
　さらに、一般式（Ｌ－１－２）で表される化合物は、式（Ｌ－１－２．１）から式（Ｌ－１－２．４）で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式（Ｌ－１－２．２）から式（Ｌ－１－２．４）で表される化合物であることが好ましい。特に、式（Ｌ－１－２．２）で表される化合物は本発明の組成物の応答速度を特に改善するため好ましい。また、応答速度よりも高いＴｎｉを求めるときは、式（Ｌ－１－２．３）又は式（Ｌ－１－２．４）で表される化合物を用いることが好ましい。式（Ｌ－１－２．３）及び式（Ｌ－１－２．４）で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解度を良くするために３０％以上にすることは好ましくない。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-1-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-1-2.1) to Formula (L-1-2.4) The compound is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-1-2.2) to Formula (L-1-2.4). In particular, the compounds represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) are preferable because they particularly improve the response speed of the composition of the present invention. When Tni higher than the response speed is to be determined, it is preferable to use a compound represented by formula (L-1-2.3) or formula (L-1-2.4). It is not preferable to set the content of the compounds represented by Formula (L-1-2.3) and Formula (L-1-2.4) to 30% or more in order to improve the solubility at low temperature.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｌ－１－２．２）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、１０％であり、１５％であり、１８％であり、２０％であり、２３％であり、２５％であり、２７％であり、３０％であり、３３％であり、３５％であり、３８％であり、４０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、６０％であり、５５％であり、５０％であり、４５％であり、４３％であり、４０％であり、３８％であり、３５％であり、３２％であり、３０％であり、２７％であり、２５％であり、２２％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 10%, 15%, 18%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, 35%, 38%, 40%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 43%, 40%, 60%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 35%, 32%, 30%, 27%, 25%, 22%.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｌ－１－１．３）で表される化合物及び式（Ｌ－１－２．２）で表される化合物の合計の好ましい含有量の下限値は、１０％であり、１５％であり、２０％であり、２５％であり、２７％であり、３０％であり、３５％であり、４０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、６０％であり、５５％であり、５０％であり、４５％であり、４３％であり、４０％であり、３８％であり、３５％であり、３２％であり、３０％であり、２７％であり、２５％であり、２２％である。 Lower limit of preferable content of the total of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) and the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention The values are 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 35%, 40%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 43%, 40%, 60%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 35%, 32%, 30%, 27%, 25%, 22%.
　一般式（Ｌ－１）で表される化合物は一般式（Ｌ－１－３）で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (L-1-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
（式中ＲＬ１３及びＲＬ１４はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数１～８のアルキル基又は炭素原子数１～８のアルコキシ基を表す。）
　ＲＬ１３及びＲＬ１４は、直鎖状の炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数１～４のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数２～５のアルケニル基が好ましい。 (Wherein, L L13 and R L14 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.)
R L13 and R L14 are preferably linear alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and linear alkenyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｌ－１－３）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、１％であり、５％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり、２０％であり、２３％であり、２５％であり、３０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、６０％であり、５５％であり、５０％であり、４５％であり、４０％であり、３７％であり、３５％であり、３３％であり、３０％であり、２７％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１７％であり、１５％であり、１３％であり、１０％である。
さらに、一般式（Ｌ－１－３）で表される化合物は、式（Ｌ－１－３．１）から式（Ｌ－１－３．１３）で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式（Ｌ－１－３．１）、式（Ｌ－１－３．３）又は式（Ｌ－１－３．４）で表される化合物であることが好ましい。特に、式（Ｌ－１－３．１）で表される化合物は本発明の組成物の応答速度を特に改善するため好ましい。また、応答速度よりも高いＴｎｉを求めるときは、式（Ｌ－１－３．３）、式（Ｌ－１－３．４）、式（Ｌ－１－３．１１）及び式（Ｌ－１－３．１２）で表される化合物を用いることが好ましい。式（Ｌ－１－３．３）、式（Ｌ－１－３．４）、式（Ｌ－１－３．１１）及び式（Ｌ－１－３．１３）で表される化合物の合計の含有量は、低温での溶解度を良くするために２０％以上にすることは好ましくない。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 13% , 15%, 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 30%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 37%, 35%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 33%, 30%, 27%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, 10%. %.
Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-1-3) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-1-3.1) to Formula (L-1-3.13) The compound is preferably a compound represented by formula (L-1-3.1), formula (L-1-3.3) or formula (L-1-3.4). In particular, the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) is preferable in order to particularly improve the response speed of the composition of the present invention. In addition, when Tni higher than the response speed is to be determined, the formula (L-1-3.3), the formula (L-1-3.4), the formula (L-1-3.11) and the formula (L-) are used. It is preferable to use the compound represented by 1-3.12). Sum of compounds represented by the formula (L-1-3.3), the formula (L-1-3.4), the formula (L-1-3.11) and the formula (L-1-3.13) It is not preferable to make the content of 20% or more to improve the solubility at low temperature.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｌ－１－３．１）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、１％であり、２％であり、３％であり、５％であり、７％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１８％であり、２０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、２０％であり、１７％であり、１５％であり、１３％であり、１０％であり、８％であり、７％であり、６％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, or 20%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. % And 6%.
　一般式（Ｌ－１）で表される化合物は一般式（Ｌ－１－４）及び／又は（Ｌ－１－５）で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by Formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-1-4) and / or (L-1-5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
（式中ＲＬ１５及びＲＬ１６はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数１～８のアルキル基又は炭素原子数１～８のアルコキシ基を表す。）
　ＲＬ１５及びＲＬ１６は、直鎖状の炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数１～４のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数２～５のアルケニル基が好ましい。 (In the formula, R L15 and R L16 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.)
R L15 and R L16 are preferably linear alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and linear alkenyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｌ－１－４）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、１％であり、５％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり、２０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１７％であり、１５％であり、１３％であり、１０％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-4) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 13% 15%, 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 25%, 23%, 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, 10%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｌ－１－５）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、１％であり、５％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり、２０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１７％であり、１５％であり、１３％であり、１０％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-5) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 13% 15%, 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 25%, 23%, 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, 10%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %.
　さらに、一般式（Ｌ－１－４）及び（Ｌ－１－５）で表される化合物は、式（Ｌ－１－４．１）から式（Ｌ－１－５．３）で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式（Ｌ－１－４．２）又は式（Ｌ－１－５．２）で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, compounds represented by general formulas (L-1-4) and (L-1-5) are represented by formulas (L-1-4.1) to (L-1-5.3) It is preferable that it is a compound selected from the group of compounds, and it is preferable that it is a compound represented by Formula (L-1-4.2) or Formula (L-1-5.2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｌ－１－４．２）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、１％であり、２％であり、３％であり、５％であり、７％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１８％であり、２０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、２０％であり、１７％であり、１５％であり、１３％であり、１０％であり、８％であり、７％であり、６％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-4.2) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, or 20%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. % And 6%.
　式（Ｌ－１－１．３）、式（Ｌ－１－２．２）、式（Ｌ－１－３．１）、式（Ｌ－１－３．３）、式（Ｌ－１－３．４）、式（Ｌ－１－３．１１）及び式（Ｌ－１－３．１２）で表される化合物から選ばれる２種以上の化合物を組み合わせることが好ましく、式（Ｌ－１－１．３）、式（Ｌ－１－２．２）、式（Ｌ－１－３．１）、式（Ｌ－１－３．３）、式（Ｌ－１－３．４）及び式（Ｌ－１－４．２）で表される化合物から選ばれる２種以上の化合物を組み合わせることが好ましく、これら化合物の合計の含有量の好ましい含有量の下限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、１％であり、２％であり、３％であり、５％であり、７％であり、１０％であり、１３％であり、１５％であり、１８％であり、２０％であり、２３％であり、２５％であり、２７％であり、３０％であり、３３％であり、３５％であり、上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、８０％であり、７０％であり、６０％であり、５０％であり、４５％であり、４０％であり、３７％であり、３５％であり、３３％であり、３０％であり、２８％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％である。組成物の信頼性を重視する場合には、式（Ｌ－１－３．１）、式（Ｌ－１－３．３）及び式（Ｌ－１－３．４））で表される化合物から選ばれる２種以上の化合物を組み合わせることが好ましく、組成物の応答速度を重視する場合には、式（Ｌ－１－１．３）、式（Ｌ－１－２．２）で表される化合物から選ばれる２種以上の化合物を組み合わせることが好ましい。
一般式（Ｌ－１）で表される化合物は一般式（Ｌ－１－６）で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 Formula (L-1-1.3), Formula (L-1-2.2), Formula (L-1-3.1), Formula (L-1-3.3), Formula (L-1-1.3) 3.4), It is preferable to combine 2 or more types of compounds selected from the compounds represented by Formula (L-1-3.11) and Formula (L-1-3.12), -1.3), formula (L-1-2.2), formula (L-1-3.1), formula (L-1-3.3), formula (L-1-3.4) and It is preferable to combine two or more types of compounds selected from the compounds represented by the formula (L-1-4.2), and the lower limit of the preferable content of the total content of these compounds is the composition of the present invention 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18% with respect to the total amount of 20% and 23%, 5%, 27%, 30%, 33%, 35%, and the upper limit is 80%, 70% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention, 60%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 37%, 35%, 33%, 30%, 30%, 28%, 25%, It is 23% and 20%. When importance is placed on the reliability of the composition, compounds represented by Formula (L-1-3.1), Formula (L-1-3.3) and Formula (L-1-3.4)) It is preferable to combine two or more compounds selected from the above, and when importance is attached to the response speed of the composition, it is represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) and the formula (L-1-2.2) It is preferable to combine two or more compounds selected from
The compound represented by formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by formula (L-1-6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
（式中ＲＬ１７及びＲＬ１８はそれぞれ独立してメチル基又は水素原子を表す。）
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｌ－１－６）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、１％であり、５％であり、１０％であり、１５％であり、１７％であり、２０％であり、２３％であり、２５％であり、２７％であり、３０％であり、３５％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、６０％であり、５５％であり、５０％であり、４５％であり、４２％であり、４０％であり、３８％であり、３５％であり、３３％であり、３０％である。 (In the formula, R L17 and R L18 each independently represent a methyl group or a hydrogen atom.)
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-6) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 5%, 10%, 15% , 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 35%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 42%, 40%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 35%, 33%, and 30%.
　さらに、一般式（Ｌ－１－６）で表される化合物は、式（Ｌ－１－６．１）から式（Ｌ－１－６．３）で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-1-6) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-1-6.1) to Formula (L-1-6.3) Is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
　一般式（Ｌ－２）で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by formula (L-2) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
（式中、ＲＬ２１及びＲＬ２２はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｌ）におけるＲＬ１及びＲＬ２と同じ意味を表す。）
　ＲＬ２１は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基又は炭素原子数２～５のアルケニル基が好ましく、ＲＬ２２は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基、炭素原子数４～５のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数１～４のアルコキシ基が好ましい。 (Wherein, R L21 and R L22 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in general formula (L).)
R L21 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R L22 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or a carbon atom The alkoxy groups of 1 to 4 are preferable.
　一般式（Ｌ－２）で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、２以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては１種類であり、２種類であり、３種類であり、４種類であり、５種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (L-2) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
　低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高く、反対に、応答速度を重視する場合は含有量を低めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When importance is given to solubility at low temperatures, setting the content high is effective, and conversely, setting importance to the content is high when response speed is important. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｌ－２）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、１％であり、２％であり、３％であり、５％であり、７％であり、１０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、２０％であり、１５％であり、１３％であり、１０％であり、８％であり、７％であり、６％であり、５％であり、３％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-2) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7% and 10%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 5% and 3%.
　さらに、一般式（Ｌ－２）で表される化合物は、式（Ｌ－２．１）から式（Ｌ－２．６）で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式（Ｌ－２．１）、式（Ｌ－２．３）、式（Ｌ－２．４）及び式（Ｌ－２．６）で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-2) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-2.1) to Formula (L-2.6), Compounds represented by (L-2.1), formula (L-2.3), formula (L-2.4) and formula (L-2.6) are preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
　一般式（Ｌ－３）で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by formula (L-3) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
（式中、ＲＬ３１及びＲＬ３２はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｌ）におけるＲＬ１及びＲＬ２と同じ意味を表す。）
　ＲＬ３１及びＲＬ３２はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基、炭素原子数４～５のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数１～４のアルコキシ基が好ましい。 (Wherein, R L31 and R L32 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in general formula (L).)
R L31 and R L32 are preferably each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
　一般式（Ｌ－３）で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、２以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては１種類であり、２種類であり、３種類であり、４種類であり、５種類以上である。 The compounds represented by formula (L-3) can be used alone or in combination of two or more. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｌ－３）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、１％であり、２％であり、３％であり、５％であり、７％であり、１０％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、２０％であり、１５％であり、１３％であり、１０％であり、８％であり、７％であり、６％であり、５％であり、３％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-3) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7% and 10%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, based on the total weight of the composition of the present invention. %, 5% and 3%.
　高い複屈折率を得る場合は含有量を高めに設定すると効果が高く、反対に、高いＴｎｉを重視する場合は含有量を低めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When high birefringence is to be obtained, setting the content high is effective, and conversely, when emphasizing high Tni, setting the content low is effective. Furthermore, in the case of improving the drop marks and the sticking characteristic, it is preferable to set the range of the content in the middle.
　さらに、一般式（Ｌ－３）で表される化合物は、式（Ｌ－３．１）から式（Ｌ－３．７）で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式（Ｌ－３．２）から式（Ｌ－３．５）で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-3) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-3.1) to Formula (L-3.7), Compounds represented by (L-3.2) to (L-3.5) are preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
　一般式（Ｌ－４）で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by formula (L-4) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
（式中、ＲＬ４１及びＲＬ４２はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｌ）におけるＲＬ１及びＲＬ２と同じ意味を表す。）
　ＲＬ４１は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基又は炭素原子数２～５のアルケニル基が好ましく、ＲＬ４２は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基、炭素原子数４～５のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数１～４のアルコキシ基が好ましい。）
　一般式（Ｌ－４）で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、２以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては１種類であり、２種類であり、３種類であり、４種類であり、５種類以上である。 (Wherein, R L41 and R L42 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in General Formula (L).)
R L41 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R L42 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or a carbon atom The alkoxy groups of 1 to 4 are preferable. )
The compounds represented by formula (L-4) can be used alone or in combination of two or more compounds. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
　本発明の組成物において、一般式（Ｌ－４）で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて適宜調整する必要がある。 In the composition of the present invention, the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is low temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping marks, It is necessary to appropriately adjust according to the required performance such as burn-in and dielectric anisotropy.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｌ－４）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、１％であり、２％であり、３％であり、５％であり、７％であり、１０％であり、１４％であり、１６％であり、２０％であり、２３％であり、２６％であり、３０％であり、３５％であり、４０％である。本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｌ－４）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、５０％であり、４０％であり、３５％であり、３０％であり、２０％であり、１５％であり、１０％であり、５％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7%, 10%, 14%, 16%, 20%, 23%, 26%, 30%, 35%, 40% . The upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 50%, 40%, 35%, and 30%. 20%, 15%, 10% and 5%.
　一般式（Ｌ－４）で表される化合物は、例えば式（Ｌ－４．１）から式（Ｌ－４．３）で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by General Formula (L-4) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-4.1) to Formula (L-4.3), for example.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
　低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、式（Ｌ－４．１）で表される化合物を含有していても、式（Ｌ－４．２）で表される化合物を含有していても、式（Ｌ－４．１）で表される化合物と式（Ｌ－４．２）で表される化合物との両方を含有していても良いし、式（Ｌ－４．１）から式（Ｌ－４．３）で表される化合物を全て含んでいても良い。本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｌ－４．１）又は式（Ｌ－４．２）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、３％であり、５％であり、７％であり、９％であり、１１％であり、１２％であり、１３％であり、１８％であり、２１％であり、好ましい上限値は、４５であり、４０％であり、３５％であり、３０％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１３％であり、１０％であり、８％である。 Depending on required properties such as low temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, etc., the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) can be represented by the formula (L-4.1) Even if it contains the compound represented by -4.2), it contains both the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.2) Or all of the compounds represented by Formula (L-4.1) to Formula (L-4.3) may be contained. The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) or the formula (L-4.2) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 3%, 5% Yes, 7%, 9%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 18%, 21%, preferred upper limit is 45, 40% , 35%, 30%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8% .
　式（Ｌ－４．１）で表される化合物と式（Ｌ－４．２）で表される化合物との両方を含有する場合は、本発明の組成物の総量に対しての両化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、１５％であり、１９％であり、２４％であり、３０％であり、好ましい上限値は、４５であり、４０％であり、３５％であり、３０％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１３％である。 When both the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.2) are contained, both compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention The lower limit of the preferable content is 15%, 19%, 24%, 30%, and the preferable upper limit is 45, 40%, 35%, 30% Yes, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%.
　一般式（Ｌ－４）で表される化合物は、例えば式（Ｌ－４．４）から式（Ｌ－４．６）で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式（Ｌ－４．４）で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by General Formula (L-4) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-4.4) to Formula (L-4.6), for example. It is preferable that it is a compound represented by these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
　低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、式（Ｌ－４．４）で表される化合物を含有していても、式（Ｌ－４．５）で表される化合物を含有していても、式（Ｌ－４．４）で表される化合物と式（Ｌ－４．５）で表される化合物との両方を含有していても良い。 Depending on required properties such as low temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, etc., the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) may be represented by the formula (L-4.4) Even if it contains the compound represented by -4.5), it contains both the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.5) May be
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｌ－４．４）又は式（Ｌ－４．５）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、３％であり、５％であり、７％であり、９％であり、１１％であり、１２％であり、１３％であり、１８％であり、２１％である。好ましい上限値は、４５であり、４０％であり、３５％であり、３０％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１３％であり、１０％であり、８％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) or the formula (L-4.5) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 3%, 5% Yes, 7%, 9%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 18%, 21%. The preferred upper limit is 45, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%. %, 10%, and 8%.
　式（Ｌ－４．４）で表される化合物と式（Ｌ－４．５）で表される化合物との両方を含有する場合は、本発明の組成物の総量に対しての両化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、１５％であり、１９％であり、２４％であり、３０％であり、好ましい上限値は、４５であり、４０％であり、３５％であり、３０％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１３％である。 When both the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.5) are contained, both compounds relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention The lower limit of the preferable content is 15%, 19%, 24%, 30%, and the preferable upper limit is 45, 40%, 35%, 30% Yes, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%.
　一般式（Ｌ－４）で表される化合物は、式（Ｌ－４．７）から式（Ｌ－４．１０）で表される化合物であることが好ましく、特に、式（Ｌ－４．９）で表される化合物が好ましい。 The compound represented by Formula (L-4) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-4.7) to Formula (L-4.10), and in particular, a compound represented by Formula (L-4. The compound represented by 9) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
　一般式（Ｌ－５）で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (L-5) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
（式中、ＲＬ５１及びＲＬ５２はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｌ）におけるＲＬ１及びＲＬ２と同じ意味を表す。）
　ＲＬ５１は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基又は炭素原子数２～５のアルケニル基が好ましく、ＲＬ５２は炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基、炭素原子数４～５のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数１～４のアルコキシ基が好ましい。 (Wherein, R L51 and R L52 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in general formula (L).)
R L51 is preferably an alkyl group or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, R L52 is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or a carbon atom of the carbon atoms 4-5 of 1-5 carbon atoms The alkoxy groups of 1 to 4 are preferable.
　一般式（Ｌ－５）で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、２以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては１種類であり、２種類であり、３種類であり、４種類であり、５種類以上である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (L-5) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
　本発明の組成物において、一般式（Ｌ－５）で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて適宜調整する必要がある。 In the composition of the present invention, the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is low temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping marks, It is necessary to appropriately adjust according to the required performance such as burn-in and dielectric anisotropy.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｌ－５）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、１％であり、２％であり、３％であり、５％であり、７％であり、１０％であり、１４％であり、１６％であり、２０％であり、２３％であり、２６％であり、３０％であり、３５％であり、４０％である。本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｌ－５）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、５０％であり、４０％であり、３５％であり、３０％であり、２０％であり、１５％であり、１０％であり、５％である
　一般式（Ｌ－５）で表される化合物は、式（Ｌ－５．１）又は式（Ｌ－５．２）で表される化合物であることが好ましく、特に、式（Ｌ－５．１）で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-5) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7%, 10%, 14%, 16%, 20%, 23%, 26%, 30%, 35%, 40% . The upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-5) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 50%, 40%, 35%, and 30%. 20%, 15%, 10% and 5% The compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is a compound represented by the formula (L-5.1) or the formula (L-5.2) It is preferable that it is a compound represented by these, and it is especially preferable that it is a compound represented by Formula (L-5.1).
　本発明の組成物の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、１％であり、２％であり、３％であり、５％であり、７％である。これら化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、２０％であり、１５％であり、１３％であり、１０％であり、９％である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%. The upper limit of the preferable content of these compounds is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, and 9%.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
　一般式（Ｌ－５）で表される化合物は、式（Ｌ－５．３）又は式（Ｌ－５．４）で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by General Formula (L-5) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-5.3) or Formula (L-5.4).
　本発明の組成物の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、１％であり、２％であり、３％であり、５％であり、７％である。これら化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、２０％であり、１５％であり、１３％であり、１０％であり、９％である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%. The upper limit of the preferable content of these compounds is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, and 9%.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
　一般式（Ｌ－５）で表される化合物は、式（Ｌ－５．５）から式（Ｌ－５．７）で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、特に式（Ｌ－５．７）で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by General Formula (L-5) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by Formula (L-5.5) to Formula (L-5.7), and in particular It is preferable that it is a compound represented by L-5.7).
　本発明の組成物の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、１％であり、２％であり、３％であり、５％であり、７％である。これら化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、２０％であり、１５％であり、１３％であり、１０％であり、９％である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%. The upper limit of the preferable content of these compounds is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, and 9%.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
　一般式（Ｌ－６）で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (L-6) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
（式中、ＲＬ６１及びＲＬ６２はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｌ）におけるＲＬ１及びＲＬ２と同じ意味を表し、ＸＬ６１及びＸＬ６２はそれぞれ独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表す。）
　ＲＬ６１及びＲＬ６２はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基又は炭素原子数２～５のアルケニル基が好ましく、ＸＬ６１及びＸＬ６２のうち一方がフッ素原子他方が水素原子であることが好ましい。 (Wherein, R L61 and R L62 each independently represent the same as R L1 and R L2 in General Formula (L), and X L61 and X L62 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom. )
Each of R L61 and R L62 is preferably independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and one of X L61 and X L62 is a fluorine atom, and the other is a hydrogen atom Is preferred.
　一般式（Ｌ－６）で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、２以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては１種類であり、２種類であり、３種類であり、４種類であり、５種類以上である。 The compounds represented by formula (L-6) can be used alone or in combination of two or more compounds. There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combination according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of the compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, four types, five types or more as one embodiment of the present invention.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｌ－６）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、１％であり、２％であり、３％であり、５％であり、７％であり、１０％であり、１４％であり、１６％であり、２０％であり、２３％であり、２６％であり、３０％であり、３５％であり、４０％である。本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｌ－６）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、５０％であり、４０％であり、３５％であり、３０％であり、２０％であり、１５％であり、１０％であり、５％である。Δｎを大きくすることに重点を置く場合には含有量を多くした方が好ましく、低温での析出に重点を置いた場合には含有量は少ない方が好ましい。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-6) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7%, 10%, 14%, 16%, 20%, 23%, 26%, 30%, 35%, 40% . The upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-6) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 50%, 40%, 35%, and 30%. 20%, 15%, 10% and 5%. When emphasis is placed on increasing Δn, it is preferable to increase the content, and when emphasis is put on precipitation at low temperature, it is preferable to reduce the content.
　一般式（Ｌ－６）で表される化合物は、式（Ｌ－６．１）から式（Ｌ－６．９）で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by General Formula (L-6) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-6.1) to Formula (L-6.9).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
　組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、これらの化合物の中から１種～３種類含有することが好ましく、１種～４種類含有することがさらに好ましい。また、選ぶ化合物の分子量分布が広いことも溶解性に有効であるため、例えば、式（Ｌ－６．１）又は（Ｌ－６．２）で表される化合物から１種類、式（Ｌ－６．４）又は（Ｌ－６．５）で表される化合物から１種類、式（Ｌ－６．６）又は式（Ｌ－６．７）で表される化合物から１種類、式（Ｌ－６．８）又は（Ｌ－６．９）で表される化合物から１種類の化合物を選び、これらを適宜組み合わせることが好ましい。その中でも、式（Ｌ－６．１）、式（Ｌ－６．３）式（Ｌ－６．４）、式（Ｌ－６．６）及び式（Ｌ－６．９）で表される化合物を含むことが好ましい。 There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but it is preferable to include one to three of these compounds, and it is more preferable to include one to four. In addition, since a broad molecular weight distribution of the selected compound is also effective for solubility, for example, one compound represented by the formula (L-6.1) or (L-6.2), a compound of the formula (L- 6.4) or (L-6.5) from the compound represented by the formula (L-6.6) or the formula (L-6.7) It is preferable to select one type of compound from the compounds represented by -6.8) or (L-6.9) and appropriately combine them. Among them, they are represented by the formula (L-6.1), the formula (L-6.3), the formula (L-6.4), the formula (L-6.6) and the formula (L-6.9) It is preferred to include a compound.
　さらに、一般式（Ｌ－６）で表される化合物は、例えば式（Ｌ－６．１０）から式（Ｌ－６．１７）で表される化合物であることが好ましく、その中でも、式（Ｌ－６．１１）で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-6) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-6.10) to Formula (L-6.17), for example. The compound represented by L-6.11) is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
　本発明の組成物の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、１％であり、２％であり、３％であり、５％であり、７％である。これら化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、２０％であり、１５％であり、１３％であり、１０％であり、９％である。 The lower limit value of the preferable content of these compounds to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%. The upper limit of the preferable content of these compounds is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, and 9%.
　一般式（Ｌ－７）で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compounds represented by General Formula (L-7) are the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
（式中、ＲＬ７１及びＲＬ７２はそれぞれ独立して一般式（Ｌ）におけるＲＬ１及びＲＬ２と同じ意味を表し、ＡＬ７１及びＡＬ７２はそれぞれ独立して一般式（Ｌ）におけるＡＬ２及びＡＬ３と同じ意味を表すが、ＡＬ７１及びＡＬ７２上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子によって置換されていてもよく、ＺＬ７１は一般式（Ｌ）におけるＺＬ２と同じ意味を表し、ＸＬ７１及びＸＬ７２はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子又は水素原子を表す。）
　式中、ＲＬ７１及びＲＬ７２はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基、炭素原子数２～５のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数１～４のアルコキシ基が好ましく、ＡＬ７１及びＡＬ７２はそれぞれ独立して１,４-シクロヘキシレン基又は１,４-フェニレン基が好ましく、ＡＬ７１及びＡＬ７２上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子によって置換されていてもよく、ＺＬ７１は単結合又はＣＯＯ－が好ましく、単結合が好ましく、ＸＬ７１及びＸＬ７２は水素原子が好ましい。 (Wherein, R L71 and R L72 each independently represent the same as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L), and A L71 and A L72 are each independently A L2 and A L2 in the general formula (L) A hydrogen having the same meaning as A L3 is represented, but each of hydrogen atoms on A L71 and A L72 may be independently substituted by a fluorine atom, and Z L71 has the same meaning as Z L2 in formula (L), X L71 and X L72 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom.)
Wherein, R L71 and R L72 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms of 2 to 5 carbon atoms preferably, A L71 and A L72 each independently 1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group is preferably a hydrogen atom on a L71 and a L72 may be substituted by fluorine atoms independently, Z L71 is a single A bond or COO- is preferable, a single bond is preferable, and X L71 and X L72 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
　組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて組み合わせる。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては１種類であり、２種類であり、３種類であり、４種類である。 There is no particular limitation on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are combined according to the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like. The type of compound used is, for example, one type, two types, three types, and four types according to one embodiment of the present invention.
　本発明の組成物において、一般式（Ｌ－７）で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて適宜調整する必要がある。 In the composition of the present invention, the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is low temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping mark, It is necessary to appropriately adjust according to the required performance such as burn-in and dielectric anisotropy.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｌ－７）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、１％であり、２％であり、３％であり、５％であり、７％であり、１０％であり、１４％であり、１６％であり、２０％である。本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式（Ｌ－７）で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、３０％であり、２５％であり、２３％であり、２０％であり、１８％であり、１５％であり、１０％であり、５％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-7) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1%, 2%, 3%, 5% 7%, 10%, 14%, 16% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-7) to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 30%, 25%, 23%, and 20%. 18%, 15%, 10% and 5%.
　本発明の組成物が高いＴｎｉの実施形態が望まれる場合は式（Ｌ－７）で表される化合物の含有量を多めにすることが好ましく、低粘度の実施形態が望まれる場合は含有量を少なめにすることが好ましい。 It is preferable to increase the content of the compound represented by formula (L-7) when the composition of the present invention is desired to have a high Tni embodiment, and the content is desired if a low viscosity embodiment is desired. It is preferable to reduce the
　さらに、一般式（Ｌ－７）で表される化合物は、式（Ｌ－７．１）から式（Ｌ－７．４）で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式（Ｌ－７．２）で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7.1) to Formula (L-7.4), and Formula (L-7. It is preferable that it is a compound represented by 2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
　さらに、一般式（Ｌ－７）で表される化合物は、式（Ｌ－７．１１）から式（Ｌ－７．１３）で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式（Ｌ－７．１１）で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7.11) to Formula (L-7.13), and the compound represented by Formula (L-7. It is preferable that it is a compound represented by 11).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
　さらに、一般式（Ｌ－７）で表される化合物は、式（Ｌ－７．２１）から式（Ｌ－７．２３）で表される化合物である。式（Ｌ－７．２１）で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is a compound represented by Formula (L-7.21) to Formula (L-7.23). It is preferable that it is a compound represented by Formula (L-7.21).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
　さらに、一般式（Ｌ－７）で表される化合物は、式（Ｌ－７．３１）から式（Ｌ－７．３４）で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式（Ｌ－７．３１）又は／及び式（Ｌ－７．３２）で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7. 31) to Formula (L-7. 34), and the compound represented by Formula (L-7. 31) or / and a compound represented by the formula (L-7. 32) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
　さらに、一般式（Ｌ－７）で表される化合物は、式（Ｌ－７．４１）から式（Ｌ－７．４４）で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式（Ｌ－７．４１）又は／及び式（Ｌ－７．４２）で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7.41) to Formula (L-7.44), and the compound represented by Formula (L-7. 41) or / and a compound represented by the formula (L-7. 42) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
　さらに、一般式（Ｌ－７）で表される化合物は、式（Ｌ－７．５１）から式（Ｌ－７．５３）で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by General Formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by Formula (L-7.51) to Formula (L-7.53).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての一般式（ｉ）、一般式（ｉｉ）、一般式（Ｌ）及び（Ｎ）で表される化合物の合計の好ましい含有量の下限値は、８０％であり、８５％であり、８８％であり、９０％であり、９２％であり、９３％であり、９４％であり、９５％であり、９６％であり、９７％であり、９８％であり、９９％であり、１００％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、１００％であり、９９％であり、９８％であり、９５％である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the total of the compounds represented by General Formula (i), General Formula (ii), and General Formulas (L) and (N) relative to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 80% , 85%, 88%, 90%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% 99% and 100%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 100%, 99%, 98% and 95%.
　本発明の組成物の総量に対しての一般式（ｉ）、一般式（ｉｉ）、一般式（Ｌ－１）から（Ｌ－７）及び（Ｍ－１）から（Ｍ－８）で表される化合物の合計の好ましい含有量の下限値は、８０％であり、８５％であり、８８％であり、９０％であり、９２％であり、９３％であり、９４％であり、９５％であり、９６％であり、９７％であり、９８％であり、９９％であり、１００％である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、１００％であり、９９％であり、９８％であり、９５％である。 The general formula (i), the general formula (ii), the general formulas (L-1) to (L-7) and (M-1) to (M-8) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention Lower limit value of the total content of the compound to be added is 80%, 85%, 88%, 90%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95% %, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 100%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 100%, 99%, 98% and 95%.
　本願発明の組成物は、分子内に過酸（－ＣＯ－ＯＯ－）構造等の酸素原子同士が結合した構造を持つ化合物を含有しないことが好ましい。 The composition of the present invention preferably does not contain a compound having a structure in which oxygen atoms such as a peracid (—CO—OO—) structure are bonded to each other in the molecule.
　組成物の信頼性及び長期安定性を重視する場合にはカルボニル基を有する化合物の含有量を前記組成物の総質量に対して５％以下とすることが好ましく、３％以下とすることがより好ましく、１％以下とすることが更に好ましく、実質的に含有しないことが最も好ましい。 When importance is placed on the reliability and long-term stability of the composition, the content of the compound having a carbonyl group is preferably 5% or less, more preferably 3% or less, based on the total mass of the composition. Preferably, it is more preferably 1% or less, and most preferably substantially free.
　ＵＶ照射による安定性を重視する場合、塩素原子が置換している化合物の含有量を前記組成物の総質量に対して１５％以下とすることが好ましく、１０％以下とすることが好ましく、８％以下とすることが好ましく、５％以下とすることがより好ましく、３％以下とすることが好ましく、実質的に含有しないことが更に好ましい。 When importance is placed on stability due to UV irradiation, the content of the compound substituted with chlorine atoms is preferably 15% or less, preferably 10% or less, based on the total mass of the composition. % Is preferable, 5% or less is more preferable, 3% or less is preferable, and substantially no content is further preferable.
　分子内の環構造がすべて６員環である化合物の含有量を多くすることが好ましく、分子内の環構造がすべて６員環である化合物の含有量を前記組成物の総質量に対して８０％以上とすることが好ましく、９０％以上とすることがより好ましく、９５％以上とすることが更に好ましく、実質的に分子内の環構造がすべて６員環である化合物のみで組成物を構成することが最も好ましい。 It is preferable to increase the content of compounds in which all ring structures in the molecule are six-membered rings, and the content of compounds in which all ring structures in the molecule are six-membered rings is 80 based on the total mass of the composition. % Or more is preferable, 90% or more is more preferable, 95% or more is more preferable, and the composition is composed only of compounds in which all ring structures in the molecule are substantially 6-membered rings. Most preferred.
　組成物の酸化による劣化を抑えるためには、環構造としてシクロヘキセニレン基を有する化合物の含有量を少なくすることが好ましく、シクロヘキセニレン基を有する化合物の含有量を前記組成物の総質量に対して１０％以下とすることが好ましく、８％以下とすることが好ましく、５％以下とすることがより好ましく、３％以下とすることが好ましく、実質的に含有しないことが更に好ましい。 In order to suppress deterioration due to oxidation of the composition, it is preferable to reduce the content of the compound having a cyclohexenylene group as a ring structure, and the content of the compound having a cyclohexenylene group is the total mass of the composition. On the other hand, it is preferably 10% or less, preferably 8% or less, more preferably 5% or less, preferably 3% or less, and even more preferably substantially non-containing.
　粘度の改善及びＴｎｉの改善を重視する場合には、水素原子がハロゲンに置換されていてもよい２－メチルベンゼン－１，４－ジイル基を分子内に持つ化合物の含有量を少なくすることが好ましく、前記２－メチルベンゼン－１，４－ジイル基を分子内に持つ化合物の含有量を前記組成物の総質量に対して１０％以下とすることが好ましく、８％以下とすることが好ましく、５％以下とすることがより好ましく、３％以下とすることが好ましく、実質的に含有しないことが更に好ましい。 In the case of focusing on the improvement of viscosity and the improvement of Tni, the content of a compound having a 2-methylbenzene-1,4-diyl group in which the hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen in the molecule may be reduced. Preferably, the content of the compound having a 2-methylbenzene-1,4-diyl group in the molecule is preferably 10% or less, and more preferably 8% or less based on the total mass of the composition. And 5% or less is more preferable, 3% or less is preferable, and substantially no content is more preferable.
　本願において実質的に含有しないとは、意図せずに含有する物を除いて含有しないという意味である。 In the present application, "not substantially contained" means that it is not contained except for unintentionally contained substances.
　本発明の第一実施形態の組成物に含有される化合物が、側鎖としてアルケニル基を有する場合、前記アルケニル基がシクロヘキサンに結合している場合には当該アルケニル基の炭素原子数は２～５であることが好ましく、前記アルケニル基がベンゼンに結合している場合には当該アルケニル基の炭素原子数は４～５であることが好ましく、前記アルケニル基の不飽和結合とベンゼンは直接結合していないことが好ましい。 When the compound contained in the composition of the first embodiment of the present invention has an alkenyl group as a side chain, when the alkenyl group is bonded to cyclohexane, the number of carbon atoms of the alkenyl group is 2 to 5 When the alkenyl group is bonded to benzene, the number of carbon atoms of the alkenyl group is preferably 4 to 5, and the unsaturated bond of the alkenyl group and benzene are directly bonded. Preferably not.
　本発明に使用される液晶組成物の平均弾性定数（ＫＡＶＧ）は１０から２５が好ましいが、その下限値としては、１０が好ましく、１０．５が好ましく、１１が好ましく、１１．５が好ましく、１２が好ましく、１２．３が好ましく、１２．５が好ましく、１２．８が好ましく、１３が好ましく、１３．３が好ましく、１３．５が好ましく、１３．８が好ましく、１４が好ましく、１４．３が好ましく、１４．５が好ましく、１４．８が好ましく、１５が好ましく、１５．３が好ましく、１５．５が好ましく、１５．８が好ましく、１６が好ましく、１６．３が好ましく、１６．５が好ましく、１６．８が好ましく、１７が好ましく、１７．３が好ましく、１７．５が好ましく、１７．８が好ましく、１８が好ましく、その上限値としては、２５が好ましく、２４．５が好ましく、２４が好ましく、２３．５が好ましく、２３が好ましく、２２．８が好ましく、２２．５が好ましく、２２．３が好ましく、２２が好ましく、２１．８が好ましく、２１．５が好ましく、２１．３が好ましく、２１が好ましく、２０．８が好ましく、２０．５が好ましく、２０．３が好ましく、２０が好ましく、１９．８が好ましく、１９．５が好ましく、１９．３が好ましく、１９が好ましく、１８．８が好ましく、１８．５が好ましく、１８．３が好ましく、１８が好ましく、１７．８が好ましく、１７．５が好ましく、１７．３が好ましく、１７が好ましい。消費電力削減を重視する場合にはバックライトの光量を抑えることが有効であり、液晶表示素子は光の透過率を向上させることが好ましく、そのためにはＫＡＶＧの値を低めに設定することが好ましい。応答速度の改善を重視する場合にはＫＡＶＧの値を高めに設定することが好ましい。 The average elastic constant (K AVG ) of the liquid crystal composition used in the present invention is preferably 10 to 25, but the lower limit is preferably 10, 10.5 is preferred, 11 is preferred and 11.5 is preferred. , 12 is preferable, 12.3 is preferable, 12.5 is preferable, 12.8 is preferable, 13 is preferable, 13.3 is preferable, 13.5 is preferable, 13.8 is preferable, 14 is preferable, 14 3 is preferable, 14.5 is preferable, 14.8 is preferable, 15 is preferable, 15.3 is preferable, 15.5 is preferable, 15.8 is preferable, 16 is preferable, 16.3 is preferable, 16 5 is preferable, 16.8 is preferable, 17 is preferable, 17.3 is preferable, 17.5 is preferable, 17.8 is preferable, and 18 is preferable, and the upper limit thereof is 25 is preferable, 24.5 is preferable, 24 is preferable, 23.5 is preferable, 23 is preferable, 22.8 is preferable, 22.5 is preferable, 22.3 is preferable, 22 is preferable, 21.8 is 21.5 is preferable, 21.3 is preferable, 21 is preferable, 20.8 is preferable, 20.5 is preferable, 20.3 is preferable, 20 is preferable, 19.8 is preferable, and 19.5 is 19.3 is preferable, 19 is preferable, 18.8 is preferable, 18.5 is preferable, 18.3 is preferable, 18 is preferable, 17.8 is preferable, 17.5 is preferable, 17.3 is Preferably, 17 is preferable. When importance is given to reducing power consumption, it is effective to reduce the amount of light from the backlight, and it is preferable to improve the light transmittance of the liquid crystal display element. For that purpose, the value of K AVG should be set lower. preferable. When emphasis is placed on improvement of response speed, it is preferable to set the value of K AVG higher.
　本発明に係る重合性化合物としては、以下の一般式（Ｐ） As a polymeric compound concerning this invention, the following general formula (P)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
（上記一般式（Ｐ）中、Ｒｐ１は、水素原子、フッ素原子、シアノ基、水素原子、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数１～１５のアルキル基、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数１～１５のアルコキシ基、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数１～１５のアルケニル基、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数１～１５のアルケニルオキシ基又は－Ｓｐｐ２－Ｐｐ２を表し、
　Ｐｐ１及びＰｐ２はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｐｐ１－１）～式（Ｐｐ１－９） (In the above general formula (P), R p1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted by a halogen atom, a hydrogen atom is An alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom, an alkenyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may optionally have a hydrogen atom substituted for the halogen atom, a hydrogen atom is substituted for the halogen atom And optionally represents an alkenyloxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms or -Sp p2 -P p2 ;
P p1 and P p2 are each independently represented by general formula (P p1 -1) to formula (P p1 -9)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
（式中、Ｒｐ１１及びＲｐ１２はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基又は炭素原子数１～５のハロゲン化アルキル基を表し、Ｗｐ１１は単結合、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－又はメチレン基を表し、ｔｐ１１は、０、１又は２を表すが、分子内にＲｐ１１、Ｒｐ１２、Ｗｐ１１及び／又はｔｐ１１が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い。）
のいずれかを表し、
　Ｓｐｐ１及びＳｐｐ２はそれぞれ独立して、単結合又はスペーサー基を表し、
　Ｚｐ１及びＺｐ２はそれぞれ独立して、単結合、－Ｏ－、－Ｓ－、－ＣＨ２－、－ＯＣＨ２－、－ＣＨ２Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－、－Ｃ２Ｈ４－、－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－、－ＯＣＯＯＣＨ２－、－ＣＨ２ＯＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＨ２ＣＨ２Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－ＮＲＺＰ１－、－ＮＲＺＰ１－ＣＯ－、－ＳＣＨ２－、－ＣＨ２Ｓ－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＲＺＰ１－ＣＯＯ－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＲＺＰ１－ＯＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－ＣＲＺＰ１＝ＣＨ－、－ＯＣＯ－ＣＲＺＰ１＝ＣＨ－、－ＣＯＯ－ＣＲＺＰ１＝ＣＨ－ＣＯＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－ＣＲＺＰ１＝ＣＨ－ＯＣＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－ＣＲＺＰ１＝ＣＨ－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－ＣＲＺＰ１＝ＣＨ－ＯＣＯ－、－（ＣＨ２）ｚ－ＣＯＯ－、－（ＣＨ２）２－ＯＣＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－（ＣＨ２）２－、－（Ｃ＝Ｏ）－Ｏ－（ＣＨ２）２－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－ＣＦ＝ＣＦ－、－ＣＦ＝ＣＨ－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＦ－、－ＣＦ２－、－ＣＦ２Ｏ－、－ＯＣＦ２－、－ＣＦ２ＣＨ２－、－ＣＨ２ＣＦ２－、－ＣＦ２ＣＦ２－又は－Ｃ≡Ｃ－（式中、ＲＺＰ１はそれぞれ独立して水素原子又は炭素原子数１～４のアルキル基を表すが、分子内にＲＺＰ１が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い。）
を表し、
　Ａｐ２は、１，４－フェニレン基、１，４－シクロヘキシレン基、アントラセン－２，６－ジイル基、フェナントレン－２，７－ジイル基、ピリジン－２，５－ジイル基、ピリミジン－２，５－ジイル基、ナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基、インダン－２，５－ジイル基、１，２，３，４－テトラヒドロナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基又は１，３－ジオキサン－２，５－ジイル基を表すが、Ａｐ２は無置換であるか又は炭素原子数１～１２のアルキル基、炭素原子数１～１２のハロゲン化アルキル基、炭素原子数１～１２のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数１～１２のハロゲン化アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基又は－Ｓｐｐ２－Ｐｐ２で置換されていても良く、
　Ａｐ１は（Ａｐ１－１１）～（Ａｐ１－１９） (Wherein, R p11 and R p12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogenated alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and W p11 is a single bond, —O -, -COO-, or a methylene group, and t p11 represents 0, 1 or 2, but when there are a plurality of R p11 , R p12 , W p11 and / or t p11 in the molecule, they are identical It may be different or different.)
Represents one of the
Sp p1 and Sp p2 each independently represent a single bond or a spacer group,
Z p1 and Z p2 are each independently a single bond, -O-, -S-, -CH 2- , -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -CO-, -C 2 H 4 -,- COO -, - OCO -, - OCOOCH 2 -, - CH 2 OCOO -, - OCH 2 CH 2 O -, - CO-NR ZP1 -, - NR ZP1 -CO -, - SCH 2 -, - CH 2 S- , -CH = CR ZP1 -COO -, - CH = CR ZP1 -OCO -, - COO-CR ZP1 = CH -, - OCO-CR ZP1 = CH -, - COO-CR ZP1 = CH-COO -, - COO -CR ZP1 = CH- OCO-, -OCO -CR ZP1 = CH- COO-, -OCO -CR ZP1 = CH-OCO-,-(CH 2 ) z -COO-,-(CH 2 ) 2 -OCO- , -OCO- (CH 2) 2 , - (C = O) -O- (CH 2) 2 -, - CH = CH -, - CF = CF -, - CF = CH -, - CH = CF -, - CF 2 -, - CF 2 O —, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CF 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 — or —C≡C— (wherein, each R ZP 1 independently represents a hydrogen atom or the number of carbon atoms. 1 to 4 alkyl groups are represented, but when there are a plurality of R ZP1 in the molecule, they may be the same or different.)
Represents
A p2 is a 1,4-phenylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexylene group, an anthracene-2,6-diyl group, a phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, a pyridine-2,5-diyl group, a pyrimidine-2, 5-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, indane-2,5-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1,3-dioxane-2,5 -Represents a diyl group, wherein A p2 is unsubstituted or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbon atom And may be substituted with a halogenated alkoxy group of a number of 1 to 12, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group or -Sp 2 -P p 2 ;
A p1 is (A p1 -11) to (A p1 -19)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
（式中、★でＳｐｐ１又はＺｐ１と結合し、★★でＺｐ１と結合し、構造中の１又は２以上の水素原子は炭素原子数１～１２のアルキル基、炭素原子数１～１２のハロゲン化アルキル基、炭素原子数１～１２のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数１～１２のハロゲン化アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基又は－Ｓｐｐ２－Ｐｐ２によって置換されていても良い。）で表される基を表し、
　Ａｐ３は（Ａｐ３－１１）～（Ａｐ３－１９） (Wherein, ★ binds to Sp p 1 or Z p 1 and ★ ★ binds to Z p 1 and one or more hydrogen atoms in the structure are an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, 1 to 12 carbon atoms Even when substituted by 12 halogenated alkyl groups, alkoxy groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, halogenated alkoxy groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group or -Sp 2 -P p 2 Represents a group represented by
A p3 is (A p3 -11) to (A p3 -19)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
（式中、★でＺｐ２と結合し、★★でＲｐ１又はＺｐ２と結合し、構造中の１又は２以上の水素原子は炭素原子数１～１２のアルキル基、炭素原子数１～１２のハロゲン化アルキル基、炭素原子数１～１２のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数１～１２のハロゲン化アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基又は－Ｓｐｐ２－Ｐｐ２によって置換されていても良い。）で表される基を表し、
　ｍｐ２及びｍｐ３はそれぞれ独立して、０、１、２又は３を表し、ｍｐ１及びｍｐ４はそれぞれ独立して１、２又は３を表すが、分子内にＰｐ１、Ｓｐｐ１、Ａｐ１、Ｚｐ１、Ｚｐ２、Ａｐ３及び／又はＲｐ１が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い。）
で表される化合物が好ましい。また、当該重合性モノマーは１種又は２種以上含有することが好ましい。 (Wherein, ★ binds to Z p2 , ★ ★ binds to R p1 or Z p2, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the structure are an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or 1 to 12 carbon atoms Even when substituted by 12 halogenated alkyl groups, alkoxy groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, halogenated alkoxy groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group or -Sp 2 -P p 2 Represents a group represented by
m p2 and m p3 each independently represent 0, 1, 2, or 3, and m p1 and m p4 each independently represent 1, 2 or 3, but P p1 , Sp p1 , A When a plurality of p 1 , Z p 1 , Z p 2 , Ap 3 and / or R p 1 are present, they may be the same or different. )
The compound represented by is preferable. Moreover, it is preferable that the said polymerizable monomer contains 1 type, or 2 or more types.
　本発明に係る一般式（Ｐ）において、Ｒｐ１は－Ｓｐｐ２－Ｐｐ２であることが好ましい。 In the general formula (P) according to the present invention, R p1 is preferably -Sp 2 -P p 2 .
　Ｐｐ１及びＰｐ２はそれぞれ独立して式（Ｐｐ１－１）～式（Ｐｐ１－３）のいずれかであることが好ましく、（Ｐｐ１－１）であることが好ましい。 It is preferable that P p1 and P p2 be each independently any one of the formulas (P p1 -1) to (P p1 -3), and it is preferable that it is (P p1 -1).
　Ｒｐ１１及びＲｐ１２はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はメチル基であることが好ましい。 R p11 and R p12 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
　ｍｐ１＋ｍｐ４は２以上であることが好ましく、２又は３が好ましい。 m p1 + m p4 is preferably 2 or more, preferably 2 or 3.
　Ｚｐ１及びＺｐ２はそれぞれ独立して、単結合、－ＯＣＨ２－、－ＣＨ２Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－、－Ｃ２Ｈ４－、－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯＣ２Ｈ４－、－ＯＣＯＣ２Ｈ４－、－Ｃ２Ｈ４ＯＣＯ－、－Ｃ２Ｈ４ＣＯＯ－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－ＣＦ２－、－ＣＦ２Ｏ－、－（ＣＨ２）２－ＣＯＯ－、－（ＣＨ２）２－ＯＣＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－（ＣＨ２）２－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－ＣＯＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－ＯＣＯＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－ＣＯＯ－（ＣＨ２）２－、－ＯＣＦ２－又は－Ｃ≡Ｃ－が好ましく、単結合、－ＯＣＨ２－、－ＣＨ２Ｏ－、－Ｃ２Ｈ４－、－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯＣ２Ｈ４－、－ＯＣＯＣ２Ｈ４－、－Ｃ２Ｈ４ＯＣＯ－、－Ｃ２Ｈ４ＣＯＯ－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－（ＣＨ２）２－ＣＯＯ－、－（ＣＨ２）２－ＯＣＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－（ＣＨ２）２－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－ＣＯＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－ＯＣＯＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－ＣＯＯ－（ＣＨ２）２－又は－Ｃ≡Ｃ－が好ましく、分子内に存在する１つのみが－ＯＣＨ２－、－ＣＨ２Ｏ－、－Ｃ２Ｈ４－、－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯＣ２Ｈ４－、－ＯＣＯＣ２Ｈ４－、－Ｃ２Ｈ４ＯＣＯ－、－Ｃ２Ｈ４ＣＯＯ－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－（ＣＨ２）２－ＣＯＯ－、－（ＣＨ２）２－ＯＣＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－（ＣＨ２）２－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－ＣＯＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－ＯＣＯＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－ＣＯＯ－（ＣＨ２）２－又は－Ｃ≡Ｃ－であり、他がすべて単結合であることが好ましく、分子内に存在する１つのみが、－ＯＣＨ２－、－ＣＨ２Ｏ－、－Ｃ２Ｈ４－、－ＣＯＯ－又は－ＯＣＯ－であり、他がすべて単結合であることが好ましく、すべてが単結合であることが好ましい。 Z p1 and Z p2 are each independently a single bond, -OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - CO -, - C 2 H 4 -, - COO -, - OCO -, - COOC 2 H 4 - , -OCOC 2 H 4 -, - C 2 H 4 OCO -, - C 2 H 4 COO -, - CH = CH -, - CF 2 -, - CF 2 O -, - (CH 2) 2 -COO- ,-(CH 2 ) 2 -OCO-, -OCO- (CH 2 ) 2- , -CH = CH-COO-, -COO-CH = CH-, -OCOCH = CH-, -COO- (CH 2 ) 2 -, - OCF 2 - or -C≡C-, more preferably a single bond, -OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - C 2 H 4 -, - COO -, - OCO -, - COOC 2 H 4 -, - OCOC 2 H 4 - , - C 2 H 4 OCO -, - C 2 H 4 COO -, - CH = C -, - (CH 2) 2 -COO -, - (CH 2) 2 -OCO -, - OCO- (CH 2) 2 -, - CH = CH-COO -, - COO-CH = CH -, - OCOCH = CH-, -COO- (CH 2 ) 2 -or -C≡C- is preferable, and only one of them present in the molecule is -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -C 2 H 4 -,- COO -, - OCO -, - COOC 2 H 4 -, - OCOC 2 H 4 -, - C 2 H 4 OCO -, - C 2 H 4 COO -, - CH = CH -, - (CH 2) 2 - COO -, - (CH 2) 2 -OCO -, - OCO- (CH 2) 2 -, - CH = CH-COO -, - COO-CH = CH -, - OCOCH = CH -, - COO- (CH 2 ) 2 -or -C≡C-, and all other single bonds are preferred, and Only one present in the, -OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - C 2 H 4 -, - COO- or a -OCO-, preferably other are all single bonds, all single Preferably it is a bond.
　また、分子内に存在するＺｐ１及びＺｐ２の１つのみが、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－ＣＯＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－（ＣＨ２）２－ＣＯＯ－、－（ＣＨ２）２－ＯＣＯ－、－Ｏ－ＣＯ－（ＣＨ２）２－、－ＣＯＯ－（ＣＨ２）２－からなる群から選択される連結基であり、他は単結合であることが好ましい。 In addition, only one of Z p1 and Z p2 present in the molecule is -CH = CH-COO-, -COO-CH = CH-,-(CH 2 ) 2 -COO-,-(CH 2 ) 2 It is a linking group selected from the group consisting of —OCO—, —O—CO— (CH 2 ) 2 — and —COO— (CH 2 ) 2 —, and the others are preferably single bonds.
　Ｓｐｐ１及びＳｐｐ２はそれぞれ独立して、単結合又は炭素原子数１～３０のアルキレン基を表し、該アルキレン基中の－ＣＨ２－は酸素原子同士が直接連結しない限りにおいて－Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－又は－Ｃ≡Ｃ－で置換されていてもよく、該アルキレン基中の水素原子はハロゲン原子で置換されていても良いが、直鎖の炭素原子数１～１０のアルキレン基又は単結合が好ましい。 Each of Sp p1 and Sp p2 independently represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and -CH 2- in the alkylene group is -O-,-as long as oxygen atoms are not directly linked to each other. It may be substituted by CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CH = CH- or -C≡C-, and a hydrogen atom in the alkylene group may be substituted by a halogen atom, The chain is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a single bond.
　Ａｐ２は、１，４－フェニレン基、１，４－シクロヘキシレン基、アントラセン－２，６－ジイル基、フェナントレン－２，７－ジイル基又はナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基が好ましく、１，４－フェニレン基、１，４－シクロヘキシレン基、フェナントレン－２，７－ジイル基又はナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基が好ましく、ｍｐ２＋ｍｐ３が０の時にはフェナントレン－２，７－ジイル基が好ましく、ｍｐ２＋ｍｐ３が１、２又は３の時には１，４－フェニレン基又は１，４－シクロヘキシレン基が好ましい。Ａｐ２は、液晶化合物との相溶性を改善するために、その構造中の１又は２以上の水素原子がメチル基、エチル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基又はフッ素原子に置換されていても良い。 A p2 is preferably 1,4-phenylene, 1,4-cyclohexylene, anthracene-2,6-diyl, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl or naphthalene-2,6-diyl; 4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexylene group, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group or naphthalene-2,6-diyl group is preferable, and when m p2 + m p3 is 0, phenanthrene 2,7-diyl group is Preferably, when m p 2 + m p 3 is 1, 2 or 3, a 1,4-phenylene group or a 1,4-cyclohexylene group is preferable. One or more hydrogen atoms in the structure of A p2 may be substituted with a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a fluorine atom in order to improve the compatibility with the liquid crystal compound.
　Ａｐ１は式（Ａｐ１－１５）、（Ａｐ１－１６）、（Ａｐ１－１７）又は（Ａｐ１－１８）が好ましい。Ａｐ１は、液晶化合物との相溶性を改善するために、その構造中の１又は２以上の水素原子がメチル基、エチル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基又はフッ素原子に置換されていても良い。 A p1 is preferably of the formula (A p1 -15), (A p1 -16), (A p1 -17) or (A p1 -18). One or more hydrogen atoms in the structure of A p1 may be substituted by a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a fluorine atom in order to improve the compatibility with the liquid crystal compound.
　Ａｐ３は式（Ａｐ１－１４）、（Ａｐ１－１５）、（Ａｐ１－１６）、（Ａｐ１－１７）又は（Ａｐ１－１８）が好ましい。Ａｐ３は、液晶化合物との相溶性を改善するために、その構造中の１又は２以上の水素原子がメチル基、エチル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基又はフッ素原子に置換されていても良い。 A p3 is preferably of the formula (A p1 -14), (A p1 -15), (A p1 -16), (A p1 -17) or (A p1 -18). One or more hydrogen atoms in the structure of A p3 may be substituted with a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a fluorine atom in order to improve the compatibility with the liquid crystal compound.
　ｍｐ２＋ｍｐ３は０、１、２又は３が好ましく、１又は２が好ましい。 m p2 + m p3 is preferably 0, 1, 2 or 3 and 1 or 2 is preferable.
　一般式（Ｐ）で表される化合物の合計の含有量は、本願の一般式（Ｐ）で表される化合物を含む組成物に対して、０．０５～１０％含んでいることが好ましく、０．１～８％含んでいることが好ましく、０．１～５％含んでいることが好ましく、０．１～３％含んでいることが好ましく、０．２～２％含んでいることが好ましく、０．２～１．３％含んでいることが好ましく、０．２～１％含んでいることが好ましく、０．２～０．５６％含んでいることが好ましい。 The total content of the compound represented by the general formula (P) is preferably 0.05 to 10% of the composition containing the compound represented by the general formula (P) of the present application, It is preferable to contain 0.1 to 8%, to contain 0.1 to 5%, to contain 0.1 to 3%, and to contain 0.2 to 2%. Preferably, 0.2 to 1.3% is contained, 0.2 to 1% is preferably contained, and 0.2 to 0.56% is preferably contained.
　一般式（Ｐ）で表される化合物の合計の含有量の好ましい下限値は、本願の一般式（Ｐ）で表される化合物を含む組成物に対して、０．０１％であり、０．０３％であり、０．０５％であり、０．０８％であり、０．１％であり、０．１５％であり、０．２％であり、０．２５％であり、０．３％である。 The preferable lower limit of the total content of the compounds represented by General Formula (P) is 0.01% with respect to the composition containing the compound represented by General Formula (P) of the present application, and 0. 0%. 03%, 0.05%, 0.08%, 0.1%, 0.15%, 0.2%, 0.25%, 0.3% %.
　一般式（Ｐ）で表される化合物の合計の含有量の好ましい上限値は、本願の一般式（Ｐ）で表される化合物を含む組成物に対して、１０％であり、８％であり、５％であり、３％であり、１．５％であり、１．２％であり、１％であり、０．８％であり、０．５％である。 The preferred upper limit of the total content of the compounds represented by general formula (P) is 10% and 8% with respect to the composition containing the compound represented by general formula (P) of the present application 5%, 3%, 1.5%, 1.2%, 1%, 0.8% and 0.5%.
　含有量が少ないと一般式（Ｐ）で表される化合物を加える効果が現れにくく、液晶組成物の配向規制力が弱い又は経時的に弱くなってしまうなどの問題が発生し、多すぎると硬化後に残存する量が多くなる、硬化に時間がかかる、液晶の信頼性が低下する等の問題が生じる。このため、これらのバランスを考慮し含有量を設定する。 If the content is small, the effect of adding the compound represented by the general formula (P) is difficult to appear, and problems such as weak alignment control of the liquid crystal composition or weakening with time occur. There are problems such as a large amount remaining later, long time for curing, and a decrease in the reliability of the liquid crystal. Therefore, the content is set in consideration of these balances.
　一般式（Ｐ）で表される化合物は、一般式（Ｐ－１）、一般式（Ｐ－２）、一般式（Ｐ－３）及び一般式（Ｐ－４）で表される化合物が好ましい。 The compounds represented by General Formula (P) are preferably compounds represented by General Formula (P-1), General Formula (P-2), General Formula (P-3) and General Formula (P-4) .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
（式中、Ｐｐ１１、Ｐｐ１２、Ｐｐ２１、Ｐｐ２２、Ｐｐ３１、Ｐｐ３２、Ｐｐ４１及びＰｐ４２はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｐ）におけるＰｐ１と同じ意味を表し、
Ｓｐｐ１１、Ｓｐｐ１２、Ｓｐｐ２１、Ｓｐｐ２２、Ｓｐｐ３１及びＳｐｐ３２、Ｓｐｐ４１及びＳｐｐ４２はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｐ）におけるＳｐｐ１と同じ意味を表し、
Ａｐ１１、Ａｐ１２、Ａｐ１３、Ａｐ２１、Ａｐ２２、Ａｐ２３、Ａｐ３２及びＡｐ４２はそれぞれ独立して、１，４－フェニレン基、１，４－シクロヘキシレン基、アントラセン－２，６－ジイル基、フェナントレン－２，７－ジイル基、ピリジン－２，５－ジイル基、ピリミジン－２，５－ジイル基、ナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基、インダン－２，５－ジイル基、１，２，３，４－テトラヒドロナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基又は１，３－ジオキサン－２，５－ジイル基を表すが、Ａｐ１１、Ａｐ１２、Ａｐ１３、Ａｐ２１、Ａｐ２２、Ａｐ２３、Ａｐ３２及びＡｐ４２はそれぞれ独立して、無置換であるか又は炭素原子数１～１２のアルキル基、炭素原子数１～１２のハロゲン化アルキル基、炭素原子数１～１２のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数１～１２のハロゲン化アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基又は一般式（Ｐ）における－Ｓｐｐ２－Ｐｐ２で置換されていても良く、
Ａｐ４１は、一般式（Ｐ）のＡｐ１と同じ意味を表し、
Ａｐ４３は、一般式（Ｐ）のＡｐ３と同じ意味を表し、
Ｚｐ２１、Ｚｐ２２、Ｚｐ４１及びＺｐ４２は、単結合、－Ｏ－、－Ｓ－、－ＣＨ２－、－ＯＣＨ２－、－ＣＨ２Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－、－Ｃ２Ｈ４－、－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－、－ＯＣＯＯＣＨ２－、－ＣＨ２ＯＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＨ２ＣＨ２Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－ＮＲＺＰ１－、－ＮＲＺＰ１－ＣＯ－、－ＳＣＨ２－、－ＣＨ２Ｓ－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＲＺＰ１－ＣＯＯ－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＲＺＰ１－ＯＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－ＣＲＺＰ１＝ＣＨ－、－ＯＣＯ－ＣＲＺＰ１＝ＣＨ－、－ＣＯＯ－ＣＲＺＰ１＝ＣＨ－ＣＯＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－ＣＲＺＰ１＝ＣＨ－ＯＣＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－ＣＲＺＰ１＝ＣＨ－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－ＣＲＺＰ１＝ＣＨ－ＯＣＯ－、－（ＣＨ２）ｚ－ＣＯＯ－、－（ＣＨ２）２－ＯＣＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－（ＣＨ２）２－、－（Ｃ＝Ｏ）－Ｏ－（ＣＨ２）２－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－ＣＦ＝ＣＦ－、－ＣＦ＝ＣＨ－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＦ－、－ＣＦ２－、－ＣＦ２Ｏ－、－ＯＣＦ２－、－ＣＦ２ＣＨ２－、－ＣＨ２ＣＦ２－、－ＣＦ２ＣＦ２－又は－Ｃ≡Ｃ－（式中、ＲＺＰ１はそれぞれ独立して水素原子又は炭素原子数１～４のアルキル基を表すが、分子内にＲＺＰ１が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い。）を表すが、分子内に存在するＺｐ２１及びＺｐ２２の少なくとも１つは、単結合以外を表す。）
　Ｐｐ１１、Ｐｐ１２、Ｐｐ２１、Ｐｐ２２、Ｐｐ３１、Ｐｐ３２、Ｐｐ４１及びＰｐ４２は、それぞれ独立して一般式（Ｐ）におけるＰｐ１と同様に式（Ｐｐ１－１）～式（Ｐｐ１－３）のいずれかであることが好ましく、（Ｐｐ１－１）であることが好ましく、Ｒｐ１１及びＲｐ１２はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はメチル基であることが好ましい。 ( Wherein , P p11 , P p12 , P p21 , P p22 , P p31 , P p32 , P p41 and P p42 each independently represent the same meaning as P p1 in the general formula (P),
Sp p11 , Sp p12 , Sp p21 , Sp p22 , Sp p31 and Sp p32 , Sp p41 and Sp p42 each independently represent the same meaning as Sp p1 in formula (P),
Ap11 , Ap12 , Ap13 , Ap21 , Ap22 , Ap23 , Ap32 and Ap42 are each independently a 1,4-phenylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexylene group, anthracene-2,6- Diyl group, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, pyridine-2,5-diyl group, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, indane-2,5-diyl group, 1,1 2, 3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2, 6-diyl group or 1,3-dioxane-2, 5-diyl group is represented by Ap11 , Ap12 , Ap13 , Ap21 , Ap22 , Ap23 , A p32 and A p42 are each independently an unsubstituted or alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or 1 to 12 carbon atoms And the halogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, or -Sp 2 -P p 2 in the general formula (P).
A p41 represents the same meaning as A p1 of the general formula (P),
A p43 has the same meaning as A p3 in formula (P),
Z p21, Z p22, Z p41 and Z p42 is a single bond, -O -, - S -, - CH 2 -, - OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - CO -, - C 2 H 4 - , -COO -, - OCO -, - OCOOCH 2 -, - CH 2 OCOO -, - OCH 2 CH 2 O -, - CO-NR ZP1 -, - NR ZP1 -CO -, - SCH 2 -, - CH 2 S-, -CH = CR ZP1 -COO-, -CH = CR ZP1 -OCO- , -COO-CR ZP1 = CH-, -OCO-CR ZP1 = CH-, -COO-CR ZP1 = CH- COO- , -COO-CR ZP1 = CH-OCO -, - OCO-CR ZP1 = CH-COO -, - OCO-CR ZP1 = CH-OCO -, - (CH 2) z -COO -, - (CH 2) 2 - OCO-, -OCO- (C 2) 2 -, - (C = O) -O- (CH 2) 2 -, - CH = CH -, - CF = CF -, - CF = CH -, - CH = CF -, - CF 2 -, -CF 2 O -, - OCF 2 -, - CF 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 CF 2 -, - CF 2 CF 2 - or -C≡C- (wherein, R ZP1 are each independently a hydrogen atom or represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, if R ZP1 there are a plurality in the molecule, Z although they represent good.) to be the same or different and present in the molecule p21 And at least one of Z p22 represents other than a single bond. )
P p11 , P p12 , P p21 , P p22 , P p31 , P p32 , P p41 and P p42 are each independently a group (P p1 -1) to a group (P p1 in the same manner as P p1 in formula (P)) It is preferably any one of P p1 -3), preferably (P p1-1 ), and R p11 and R p12 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
　Ｓｐｐ１１、Ｓｐｐ１２、Ｓｐｐ２１、Ｓｐｐ２２、Ｓｐｐ３１及びＳｐｐ３２、Ｓｐｐ４１及びＳｐｐ４２はそれぞれ独立して、単結合又は炭素原子数１～３０のアルキレン基を表し、該アルキレン基中の－ＣＨ２－は酸素原子同士が直接連結しない限りにおいて－Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－又は－Ｃ≡Ｃ－で置換されていてもよく、該アルキレン基中の水素原子はハロゲン原子で置換されていても良いが、直鎖の炭素原子数１～１０のアルキレン基又は単結合が好ましい。 Sp p11 , Sp p12 , Sp p21 , Sp p22 , Sp p31 and Sp p32 , Sp p41 and Sp p42 each independently represent a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and in the alkylene group CH 2 -may be substituted by -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CH = CH- or -C≡C-, as long as the oxygen atoms are not directly linked to each other, and the alkylene The hydrogen atom in the group may be substituted with a halogen atom, but a linear alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a single bond is preferable.
　Ａｐ１１、Ａｐ１２、Ａｐ１３、Ａｐ２１、Ａｐ２２、Ａｐ２３、Ａｐ３２及びＡｐ４２はそれぞれ独立して、１，４－フェニレン基、１，４－シクロヘキシレン基、アントラセン－２，６－ジイル基、フェナントレン－２，７－ジイル基又はナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基が好ましく、１，４－フェニレン基、１，４－シクロヘキシレン基、フェナントレン－２，７－ジイル基又はナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基が好ましい。一般式（Ｐ－１）及び（Ｐ－２）においてはそれぞれ独立して１，４－フェニレン基又は１，４－シクロヘキシレン基が好ましく、液晶化合物との相溶性を改善するために、その構造中の１又は２以上の水素原子がメチル基、エチル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基又はフッ素原子に置換されていても良い。一般式（Ｐ－３）においてはフェナントレン－２，７－ジイル基が好ましく、液晶化合物との相溶性を改善するために、その構造中の１又は２以上の水素原子がメチル基、エチル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基又はフッ素原子に置換されていても良い。 Ap11 , Ap12 , Ap13 , Ap21 , Ap22 , Ap23 , Ap32 and Ap42 are each independently a 1,4-phenylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexylene group, anthracene-2,6- Diyl group, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group or naphthalene-2,6-diyl group is preferable, 1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexylene group, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group or naphthalene-2 , 6-diyl group is preferred. In general formulas (P-1) and (P-2), a 1,4-phenylene group or a 1,4-cyclohexylene group is independently preferred, and the structure thereof is to improve the compatibility with the liquid crystal compound. Among them, one or more hydrogen atoms may be substituted by a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a fluorine atom. In the general formula (P-3), a phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group is preferable, and in order to improve the compatibility with the liquid crystal compound, one or two or more hydrogen atoms in the structure thereof are a methyl group, an ethyl group, It may be substituted by a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a fluorine atom.
　Ｚｐ２１は、単結合、－ＯＣＨ２－、－ＣＨ２Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－、－Ｃ２Ｈ４－、－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯＣ２Ｈ４－、－ＯＣＯＣ２Ｈ４－、－Ｃ２Ｈ４ＯＣＯ－、－Ｃ２Ｈ４ＣＯＯ－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－ＣＦ２－、－ＣＦ２Ｏ－、－（ＣＨ２）２－ＣＯＯ－、－（ＣＨ２）２－ＯＣＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－（ＣＨ２）２－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－ＣＯＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－ＯＣＯＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－ＣＯＯ－（ＣＨ２）２－、－ＯＣＦ２－又は－Ｃ≡Ｃ－が好ましく、単結合、－ＯＣＨ２－、－ＣＨ２Ｏ－、－Ｃ２Ｈ４－、－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯＣ２Ｈ４－、－ＯＣＯＣ２Ｈ４－、－Ｃ２Ｈ４ＯＣＯ－、－Ｃ２Ｈ４ＣＯＯ－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－（ＣＨ２）２－ＣＯＯ－、－（ＣＨ２）２－ＯＣＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－（ＣＨ２）２－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－ＣＯＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－ＯＣＯＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－ＣＯＯ－（ＣＨ２）２－又は－Ｃ≡Ｃ－が好ましく、分子内に存在する１つのみが－ＯＣＨ２－、－ＣＨ２Ｏ－、－Ｃ２Ｈ４－、－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯＣ２Ｈ４－、－ＯＣＯＣ２Ｈ４－、－Ｃ２Ｈ４ＯＣＯ－、－Ｃ２Ｈ４ＣＯＯ－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－（ＣＨ２）２－ＣＯＯ－、－（ＣＨ２）２－ＯＣＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－（ＣＨ２）２－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－ＣＯＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－ＯＣＯＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－ＣＯＯ－（ＣＨ２）２－又は－Ｃ≡Ｃ－であり、他がすべて単結合であることが好ましく、分子内に存在する１つのみが、－ＯＣＨ２－、－ＣＨ２Ｏ－、－Ｃ２Ｈ４－、－ＣＯＯ－又は－ＯＣＯ－であり、他がすべて単結合であることが好ましく、すべてが単結合であることが好ましい。 Z p21 is a single bond, -OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - CO -, - C 2 H 4 -, - COO -, - OCO -, - COOC 2 H 4 -, - OCOC 2 H 4 - , -C 2 H 4 OCO -, - C 2 H 4 COO -, - CH = CH -, - CF 2 -, - CF 2 O -, - (CH 2) 2 -COO -, - (CH 2) 2 -OCO-, -OCO- (CH 2 ) 2- , -CH = CH-COO-, -COO-CH = CH-, -OCOCH = CH-, -COO- (CH 2 ) 2- , -OCF 2- or -C≡C-, more preferably a single bond, -OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - C 2 H 4 -, - COO -, - OCO -, - COOC 2 H 4 -, - OCOC 2 H 4 -, - C 2 H 4 OCO -, - C 2 H 4 COO -, - CH = CH -, - (CH 2) 2 - OO -, - (CH 2) 2 -OCO -, - OCO- (CH 2) 2 -, - CH = CH-COO -, - COO-CH = CH -, - OCOCH = CH -, - COO- (CH 2) 2 - or -C≡C- are preferred, only one present in the molecule is -OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - C 2 H 4 -, - COO -, - OCO -, - COOC 2 H 4 -, - OCOC 2 H 4 -, - C 2 H 4 OCO -, - C 2 H 4 COO -, - CH = CH -, - (CH 2) 2 -COO -, - (CH 2) 2 -OCO-, -OCO- (CH 2 ) 2- , -CH = CH-COO-, -COO-CH = CH-, -OCOCH = CH-, -COO- (CH 2 ) 2 -or -C≡C And all others are preferably single bonds, and only one present in the molecule is CH 2 -, - CH 2 O -, - C 2 H 4 -, - COO- or a -OCO-, preferably other are all single bonds, it is preferred that all is a single bond.
　また、分子内に存在するＺｐ２１の１つのみが、－（ＣＨ２）２－ＣＯＯ－、－（ＣＨ２）２－ＯＣＯ－、－Ｏ－ＣＯ－（ＣＨ２）２－、－ＣＯＯ－（ＣＨ２）２－からなる群から選択される連結基であり、他は単結合であることが好ましい。 In addition, only one of Z p21 present in the molecule is- (CH 2 ) 2 -COO-,-(CH 2 ) 2 -OCO-, -O-CO- (CH 2 ) 2- , -COO- It is a linking group selected from the group consisting of (CH 2 ) 2- , and the others are preferably single bonds.
　本発明に係る一般式（Ｐ－１）で表される化合物の好ましい例として、下記式（Ｐ－１－１）～式（Ｐ－１－４６）で表される重合性化合物が挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the compound represented by General Formula (P-1) according to the present invention include polymerizable compounds represented by the following Formula (P-1-1) to Formula (P-1-46).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
（式中、Ｐｐ１１、Ｐｐ１２、Ｓｐｐ１１及びＳｐｐ１２は、一般式（Ｐ－１）におけるＰｐ１１、Ｐｐ１２、Ｓｐｐ１１及びＳｐｐ１２と同じ意味を表す。）
　本発明に係る一般式（Ｐ－２）で表される化合物の好ましい例として、下記式（Ｐ－２－１）～式（Ｐ－２－１２）で表される重合性化合物が挙げられる。 ( Wherein , P p11 , P p12 , Sp p11 and Sp p12 have the same meaning as P p11 , P p12 , Sp p11 and Sp p12 in general formula (P-1))
Preferred examples of the compound represented by General Formula (P-2) according to the present invention include polymerizable compounds represented by the following Formula (P-2-1) to Formula (P-2-12).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
（式中、Ｐｐ２１、Ｐｐ２２、Ｓｐｐ２１及びＳｐｐ２２は、一般式（Ｐ－２）におけるＰｐ２１、Ｐｐ２２、Ｓｐｐ２１及びＳｐｐ２２と同じ意味を表す。）
　本発明に係る一般式（Ｐ－３）で表される化合物の好ましい例として、下記式（Ｐ－３－１）～式（Ｐ－３－１５）で表される重合性化合物が挙げられる。 ( Wherein , P p21 , P p22 , Sp p21 and Sp p22 have the same meaning as P p21 , P p22 , Sp p21 and Sp p22 in formula (P-2))
As preferable examples of the compound represented by the general formula (P-3) according to the present invention, polymerizable compounds represented by the following formulas (P-3-1) to (P-3-15) can be mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
（式中、Ｐｐ３１、Ｐｐ３２、Ｓｐｐ３１及びＳｐｐ３２は、一般式（Ｐ－３）におけるＰｐ３１、Ｐｐ３２、Ｓｐｐ３１及びＳｐｐ３２と同じ意味を表す。）
　本発明に係る一般式（Ｐ－４）で表される化合物の好ましい例として、下記式（Ｐ－４－１）～式（Ｐ－４－１５）で表される重合性化合物が挙げられる。 ( Wherein , P p31 , P p32 , Sp p31 and Sp p32 have the same meaning as P p31 , P p32 , Sp p31 and Sp p32 in general formula (P-3).)
As preferable examples of the compound represented by the general formula (P-4) according to the present invention, polymerizable compounds represented by the following formulas (P-4-1) to (P-4-15) can be mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
（式中、Ｐｐ４１、Ｐｐ４２、Ｓｐｐ４１及びＳｐｐ４２は、一般式（Ｐ－４）におけるＰｐ４１、Ｐｐ４２、Ｓｐｐ４１及びＳｐｐ４２と同じ意味を表す。）
　本発明に係る組成物は更に垂直配向性を付与するため、自発配向性化合物を含有することが好ましい。自発配向性化合物は、従来のポリイミド等の液晶配向膜を基板の片方又は両方に用いることなく、液晶組成物の配向性を制御する化合物である。 ( Wherein , P p41 , P p42 , Sp p41 and Sp p42 have the same meaning as P p41 , P p42 , Sp p41 and Sp p42 in General Formula (P-4).)
The composition according to the present invention preferably further contains a spontaneous orientation compound in order to impart vertical orientation. The spontaneous orientation compound is a compound that controls the orientation of the liquid crystal composition without using a conventional liquid crystal alignment film such as polyimide for one or both of the substrates.
　自発配向性化合物は、主として液晶組成物に添加して用いられ、当該液晶組成物を含む液晶層と直接当接する部材（電極（例えば、ＩＴＯ）、基板（例えば、ガラス基板、アクリル基板、透明基板、フレキシブル基板等）、樹脂層（例えば、カラーフィルター、配向膜、オーバーコート層等）、絶縁膜（例えば、無機材料膜、ＳｉＮｘ等））に対して相互作用し、液晶層の液晶分子のホメオトロピック配列又はホモジニアス配向を誘起する機能を備えている。特に液晶組成物を基板に対し、垂直又は略垂直に配向することが出来る化合物が好ましい。 The spontaneous orientation compound is mainly added to the liquid crystal composition and used, and a member (for example, ITO) directly in contact with the liquid crystal layer containing the liquid crystal composition, a substrate (for example, a glass substrate, an acrylic substrate, a transparent substrate , A flexible substrate, etc.), a resin layer (eg, color filter, alignment film, overcoat layer), an insulating film (eg, inorganic material film, It has a function of inducing tropic alignment or homogeneous orientation. In particular, a compound capable of orienting the liquid crystal composition vertically or almost perpendicularly to the substrate is preferable.
　自発配向性化合物は、重合するための重合性基と、液晶分子と類似するメソゲン基と、液晶層と直接当接する部材と相互作用可能な吸着基と、液晶分子の配向を誘起する屈曲基を有することが好ましい。 The spontaneously orienting compound includes a polymerizable group for polymerization, a mesogenic group similar to liquid crystal molecules, an adsorptive group capable of interacting with a member in direct contact with the liquid crystal layer, and a bending group for inducing the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules. It is preferable to have.
　自発配向性化合物は、以下の一般式（ＳＡＬ）で表される化合物が好ましい。 The spontaneously orienting compound is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (SAL).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
（上記式中、Ｐａｌは、一般式（Ｐ－Ｉ）～一般式（Ｐ－ＩＸ） (Wherein P al represents a group represented by general formula (PI) to general formula (P-IX)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
（式中、Ｒｐ１１及びＲｐ１２はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基又は炭素原子数１～５のハロゲン化アルキル基を表し、Ｗｐ１１は単結合、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－又はメチレン基を表し、ｔｐ１１は、０、１又は２を表す。）
で表される基を表し、
　Ｓｐａｌは単結合又は直鎖状若しくは分岐状の炭素原子数１～２０個のアルキレン基を表すが、アルキレン基中の１個又は隣接していない２個以上の－ＣＨ２－は、それぞれ独立して、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－Ｃ≡Ｃ－、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－又は－ＯＣＯ－によって置換されていてもよく、
　Ｔは吸着基を表し、
　ＭＧはメソゲン基を表し、
　Ｃｇは水素原子、前記吸着基、前記－Ｓｐａｌ－Ｐａｌ又は直鎖状若しくは分岐状の炭素原子数１～２０のアルキレン基を表し、当該アルキレン基中の１個又は隣接していない２個以上の－ＣＨ２－は、それぞれ独立して、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－Ｃ≡Ｃ－、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－又は－ＯＣＯ－によって置換されていてもよく、Ｃｇ、ＭＧ及びＴのいずれも上記重合性基である－Ｓｐａｌ－Ｐａｌ－に置換されてもよく、
ｎｓａｌ１、ｎｓａｌ２及びｎｓａｌ３はそれぞれ独立して、１～５の自然数を表す。）
　本発明に係る重合性基は、Ｐａｌで表される基であり、直接又は必要に応じスペーサー基を介して他の構造と結合する。重合性基は、Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－で表されることが好ましい。 (Wherein, R p11 and R p12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogenated alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and W p11 is a single bond, —O -, -COO- or a methylene group, and t p11 represents 0, 1 or 2.)
Represents a group represented by
Sp al is a single bond or a linear or branched alkylene group having a carbon atom number of 1 to 20, two or more -CH 2 that is not one or adjacent in the alkylene group - are each independently And may be substituted by -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -O-, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-,
T represents an adsorptive group,
MG represents a mesogenic group,
Cg represents a hydrogen atom, the suction group, an alkylene group of the -Sp al -P al or a linear or branched having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, 2 which is not one or adjacent in the alkylene group Each of the above -CH 2 -may be independently substituted by -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -O-, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-; -Sp al -P al all at the polymerizable groups of MG and T - may be substituted by,
n sal1 , n sal2 and nsal3 each independently represent a natural number of 1 to 5. )
The polymerizable group according to the present invention is a group represented by P al and is bonded to another structure directly or optionally via a spacer group. Polymerizable group, P al -Sp al - is preferably represented by.
　Ｐａｌは、以下の一般式（Ｐ－Ｉ）～一般式（Ｐ－ＩＸ）で表される群より選ばれる基であることが好ましい。 P al is preferably a group selected from the group represented by general formula (PI) to general formula (P-IX) below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095
（式中、Ｒｐ１１及びＲｐ１２はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基又は炭素原子数１～５のハロゲン化アルキル基を表し、Ｗｐ１１は単結合、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－又はメチレン基を表し、ｔｐ１１は、０、１又は２を表す。）
　上記Ｐａ１は、以下の一般式（Ｐ－Ｉ）～一般式（Ｐ－ＩＸ）で表される群より選ばれる基であることが好ましく、一般式（Ｐ－Ｉ）であることが好ましい。 (Wherein, R p11 and R p12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogenated alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and W p11 is a single bond, —O -, -COO- or a methylene group, and t p11 represents 0, 1 or 2.)
The above-mentioned P a1 is preferably a group selected from the group represented by the following Formula (PI) to Formula (P-IX), and is more preferably Formula (PI).
　本発明に係る自発配向性化合物において、Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－は、メソゲン基、吸着基及び／又は屈曲基に対して結合してもよい。 In spontaneous orientation compounds according to the present invention, P al -Sp al - it is mesogenic groups may be bonded to an adsorptive group and / or bending group.
　また、本発明に係る自発配向性化合物において、重合性基は、メソゲン基、吸着基又は屈曲基に対して直接又はスペーサー基を介して結合することが好ましく、メソゲン基又は吸着基に対して直接又はスペーサー基を介して結合することがより好ましい。 Further, in the spontaneously orienting compound according to the present invention, the polymerizable group is preferably bonded to the mesogenic group, the adsorptive group or the bending group directly or via a spacer group, and the direct bond to the mesogenic group or the adsorptive group Or it is more preferable to couple | bond through a spacer group.
　上記スペーサー基（Ｓｐａｌ）は、単結合又は直鎖状若しくは分岐状の炭素原子数１～２０個のアルキレン基を表すことが好ましく、単結合又は直鎖状の炭素原子数１～２０個のアルキレン基を表すことがより好ましく、単結合又は直鎖状の炭素原子数２～１０個のアルキレン基を表すことがより好ましい。また、上記スペーサー基（Ｓｐａｌ）において、アルキレン基中の１個又は隣接していない２個以上の－ＣＨ２－は、それぞれ独立して、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－Ｃ≡Ｃ－、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－又は－ＯＣＯ－によって置換されていてもよい。 The above spacer group (S p al ) preferably represents a single bond or a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a single bond or a linear chain having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. It is more preferable to represent an alkylene group, and more preferable to represent a single bond or a linear alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms. Further, in the spacer group (Sp al), 1 one or non-adjacent two or more -CH 2 in the alkylene group - are each independently, -CH = CH -, - C [identical to] C -, - It may be substituted by O-, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-.
　本発明に係る自発配向性化合物において、重合性基（Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－）の数は、１以上５以下であることが好ましく、１以上４以下であることがより好ましく、２以上４以下であることがさらに好ましく、２又は３であることがさらに好ましく、２であることがよりさらに好ましい。 In spontaneous orientation compounds according to the present invention, the polymerizable group (P al -Sp al -) number of, preferably 1 to 5 or less, more preferably 1 to 4, 2 to 4 Is more preferably, 2 or 3 is more preferable, and 2 is even more preferable.
　Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－中の水素原子は、重合性基、吸着基及び／又は屈曲基で置換されていても良い。 P al -Sp al - hydrogen atoms in the polymerizable group, may be substituted with an adsorptive group and / or bending group.
　本発明に係るメソゲン基は、剛直な部分を備えた基、例えば環式基を１つ以上備えたものをいい、環式基を２～４個を有していることが好ましく、環式基を３～４個を有していることがより好ましく、必要に応じ環式基は連結基で連結されていても良い。メソゲン基は液晶層に使用される液晶化合物と類似の骨格であることが好ましい。 The mesogenic group according to the present invention refers to a group having a rigid portion, for example, one having one or more cyclic groups, and preferably has 2 to 4 cyclic groups, and is preferably a cyclic group. Is more preferably 3 to 4. If necessary, the cyclic group may be linked by a linking group. The mesogenic group is preferably a skeleton similar to the liquid crystal compound used in the liquid crystal layer.
　なお、本明細書において「環式基」は、構成する原子が環状に結合した原子団をいい、炭素環、複素環、飽和又は不飽和環式構造、単環、２環式構造、多環式構造、芳香族、非芳香族などを含む。また、環式基は、少なくとも１つのヘテロ原子を含んでもよく、さらに、少なくとも１つの置換基（ハロゲン原子、反応性官能基、有機基（アルキル、アリール等）によって置換されてもよい。環式基が単環である場合には、メソゲン基は２以上の単環を含んでいることが好ましい。 In the present specification, the term "cyclic group" refers to an atomic group in which the constituting atoms are cyclically bound, and includes a carbocyclic ring, a heterocyclic ring, a saturated or unsaturated cyclic structure, a single ring, a bicyclic structure and a polycyclic ring. Including formula structures, aromatics, non-aromatics, etc. Also, the cyclic group may contain at least one hetero atom, and may be further substituted by at least one substituent (halogen atom, reactive functional group, organic group (alkyl, aryl etc.). When the group is a single ring, the mesogenic group preferably contains two or more single rings.
　上記メソゲン基は、例えば、一般式（ＡＬ）で表されることが好ましい。 It is preferable that the said mesogenic group is represented, for example by General formula (AL).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096
（式中、ＺＡＬは、単結合、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－ＣＦ＝ＣＦ－、－Ｃ≡Ｃ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－、－ＯＣＯＯ－、－ＣＦ２Ｏ－、－ＯＣＦ２－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－ＣＨ２－ＣＨ２ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯＣＨ２―ＣＨ２－、－ＣＨ＝Ｃ（ＣＨ３）ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯＣ（ＣＨ３）＝ＣＨ－、－ＣＨ２－ＣＨ（ＣＨ３）ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯＣＨ（ＣＨ３）－ＣＨ２－、－ＯＣＨ２ＣＨ２Ｏ－又は炭素原子数１～２０のアルキレン基を表し、このアルキレン基中の１個又は隣接しない２個以上の－ＣＨ２－は－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－又は－ＯＣＯ－で置換されてもよく、
ＡＡＬは、２価の環式基を表し、
ＺＡＬ及びＡＡＬ中の１個又は２個以上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立して、ハロゲン原子、吸着基、Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－又は１価の有機基で置換されていてもよく、
ＺＡＬ及びＡＡＬがそれぞれ複数存在する場合は、それぞれ互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよく、ｍＡＬは、１～５の整数を表し、
上記式中の左端の＊及び右端の＊は結合手を表す。）
　一般式（ＡＬ）中、ＺＡＬは、単結合又は炭素原子数２～２０のアルキレン基が好ましく、単結合又は炭素原子数２～１０のアルキレン基がより好ましい。上記アルキレン基中の１個又は隣接しない２個以上の－ＣＨ２－は－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－又は－ＯＣＯ－で置換されてもよい。さらに、棒状分子の直線性を目的とする場合は、環と環とが直接連結した形態である単結合や環と環とを直接結ぶ原子の数が偶数個の形態が好ましい。例えば、－ＣＨ２－ＣＨ２ＣＯＯ－の場合、環と環とを直接結ぶ原子の数は４つである。 (Wherein, Z AL represents a single bond, —CH = CH—, —CF = CF—, —C≡C—, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCOO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 -, - CH = CHCOO -, - OCOCH = CH -, - CH 2 -CH 2 COO -, - OCOCH 2 -CH 2 -, - CH = C (CH 3) COO -, - OCOC (CH 3) = CH -, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3 ) COO-, -OCOCH (CH 3 ) -CH 2- , -OCH 2 CH 2 O- or an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and in this alkylene group One or two or more non-adjacent -CH 2- may be substituted with -O-, -COO- or -OCO-,
A AL represents a divalent cyclic group,
One or more hydrogen atoms in Z AL and A AL are each independently a halogen atom, an adsorption group, P al -Sp al - may be substituted by or a monovalent organic group,
When a plurality of Z AL and A AL are present, they may be the same as or different from each other, and m AL represents an integer of 1 to 5,
The leftmost * and the rightmost * in the above formulas represent a bond. )
In the general formula (AL), Z AL is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a single bond or an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms. One or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in the alkylene group may be substituted with —O—, —COO— or —OCO—. Furthermore, when aiming at the linearity of a rod-like molecule, it is preferable that the number of the single bond which is a form in which a ring and a ring are directly connected and the number of atoms directly connecting the ring and the ring is an even number. For example, in the case of —CH 2 —CH 2 COO—, the number of atoms directly linking the ring to the ring is four.
　一般式（ＡＬ）中、環式基は、１，４－フェニレン基、１，４－シクロヘキシレン基、１，４－シクロヘキセニル基、テトラヒドロピラン－２，５－ジイル基、１，３－ジオキサン－２，５－ジイル基、テトラヒドロチオピラン－２，５－ジイル基、チオフェン－２，５－ジイル基、１，４－ビシクロ（２，２，２）オクチレン基、デカヒドロナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基、ピリジン－２，５－ジイル基、ピリミジン－２，５－ジイル基、ピラジン－２，５－ジイル基、チオフェン－２，５－ジイル基－、１，２，３，４－テトラヒドロナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基、２，６－ナフチレン基、フェナントレン－２，７－ジイル基、９，１０－ジヒドロフェナントレン－２，７－ジイル基、１，２，３，４，４ａ，９，１０ａ－オクタヒドロフェナントレン－２，７－ジイル基、１，４－ナフチレン基、ベンゾ［１，２－ｂ：４，５－ｂ‘］ジチオフェン－２，６－ジイル基、ベンゾ［１，２－ｂ：４，５－ｂ‘］ジセレノフェン－２，６－ジイル基、［１］ベンゾチエノ［３，２－ｂ］チオフェン－２，７－ジイル基、［１］ベンゾセレノフェノ［３，２－ｂ］セレノフェン－２，７－ジイル基及びフルオレン－２，７－ジイル基からなる群から選択される１種の構造を表すことが好ましく、これらの構造は非置換又は置換されていてもよく、１，４－フェニレン基、１，４－シクロヘキシレン基、２，６－ナフチレン基又はフェナントレン－２，７－ジイル基がより好ましく、１，４－フェニレン基又は１，４－シクロヘキシレン基が好ましい。また、環式基中の１個又は２個以上の水素原子はハロゲン原子、吸着基、Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－又は１価の有機基で置換されてもよい。 In general formula (AL), the cyclic group is 1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-cyclohexenyl group, tetrahydropyran-2,5-diyl group, 1,3-dioxane -2,5-diyl group, tetrahydrothiopyran-2,5-diyl group, thiophene-2,5-diyl group, 1,4-bicyclo (2,2,2) octylene group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6 -Diyl group, pyridine-2,5-diyl group, pyrimidine-2,5-diyl group, pyrazine-2,5-diyl group, thiophene-2,5-diyl group-, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 2,6-naphthylene group, phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, 9,10-dihydrophenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, 1,2,3,4,4a, 9 , 10a-octahyd Phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, 1,4-naphthylene group, benzo [1,2-b: 4,5-b ′] dithiophene-2,6-diyl group, benzo [1,2-b: 4, 5-b '] Diselenophene-2, 6-diyl group, [1] benzothieno [3, 2-b] thiophene-2, 7-diyl group, [1] benzoselenopheno [3, 2- b] selenophen-2 It is preferable to represent one structure selected from the group consisting of 7, 7-diyl group and fluorene-2, 7-diyl group, and these structures may be unsubstituted or substituted, 1,4-phenylene Group, 1,4-cyclohexylene group, 2,6-naphthylene group or phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group is more preferable, and 1,4-phenylene group or 1,4-cyclohexylene group is preferable. Also, one or more hydrogen atoms of the halogen atom in the cyclic group, adsorptive group, P al -Sp al - may be substituted with or a monovalent organic group.
　一般式（ＡＬ）中、一価の有機基とは、有機化合物が１価の基の形態になることによって、化学構造が構成された基であり、有機化合物から水素原子を１つ取り除いてなる原子団をいい、例えば、炭素原子数１～１５のアルキル基、炭素原子数２～１５のアルケニル基、炭素原子数１～１４のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数２～１５のアルケニルオキシ基などが挙げられ、炭素原子数１～１５のアルキル基又は炭素原子数１～１４のアルコキシ基が好ましい。また、上記アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アルケニルオキシ基中の１個又は隣接しない２個以上の－ＣＨ２－は－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－又は－ＯＣＯ－で置換されてもよい。さらには、上記一価の有機基は、後述の屈曲基としての役割を有しても良い。 In general formula (AL), a monovalent organic group is a group having a chemical structure constituted by the organic compound being in the form of a monovalent group, and is formed by removing one hydrogen atom from the organic compound. And an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms, an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, etc. Preferred is an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms. In addition, one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in the alkyl group, the alkenyl group, the alkoxy group and the alkenyloxy group may be substituted by —O—, —COO— or —OCO—. Furthermore, the monovalent organic group may have a role as a bending group described later.
　上記一般式（ＡＬ）中、ｍＡＬは、２～４の整数であることが好ましい。 In the above general formula (AL), m AL is preferably an integer of 2 to 4.
　上記メソゲン基のうち特に好ましい形態は、以下の一般式（ＡＬ－１）又は（ＡＬ－２）で表され、式（ＡＬ－１）がより好ましい。 Among the above mesogen groups, a particularly preferred form is represented by the following Formula (AL-1) or (AL-2), and Formula (AL-1) is more preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000097
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000097
（上記式中、Ｘａ１１～Ｘａｌ１８はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－、吸着基又は屈曲基を表し、環Ａ及び環Ｂはそれぞれ独立して、シクロヘキサン環又はベンゼン環を表し、
Ｘａ１１～Ｘａｌ１８のいずれか１種又は２種以上が前記吸着基に置換されており、
Ｘａ１１～Ｘａｌ１８のいずれか１種又は２種以上が前記屈曲基に置換されており、
前記吸着基および前記屈曲基は前記Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－に置換されていてもよく、
一般式（ＡＬ－１）又は一般式（ＡＬ－２）のそれぞれに前記Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－を１種又は２種以上有する。）
　上記式（ＡＬ－１）において、Ｘａ１１又はＸａ１８～Ｘａ１１２の少なくとも１種又は２種以上が吸着基に置換されていることが好ましく、Ｘａ１１又はＸａ１１０の少なくとも１種又は２種以上が吸着基に置換されていることがより好ましい。なお、この場合、前記吸着基はＰａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－に置換されてもよい。特に、環Ａがシクロヘキサン環の場合は、Ｘａ１１０が吸着基に置換されていることが好ましい。 (In the formula, X a11 ~ X al18 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, P al -Sp al -, represents an adsorption group or bend group, ring A and ring B are each independently a cyclohexane ring Or a benzene ring,
One or more of X a11 to X al 18 are substituted with the above-mentioned adsorptive group,
One or more of X a11 to X al 18 are substituted with the above-mentioned bending group,
The adsorptive group and said bending group wherein P al -Sp al - may be substituted with,
Each of the general formula (AL-1) and the general formula (AL-2) has one or more of P al -S al- . )
In the above formula (AL-1), it is preferable that at least one or more of X a11 or X a18 to X a112 be substituted with an adsorptive group, and at least one or more of X a11 or X a110 Is more preferably substituted by an adsorptive group. In this case, the suction group P al -Sp al - may be substituted for. In particular, when ring A is a cyclohexane ring, it is preferable that X a110 be substituted with an adsorptive group.
　上記式（ＡＬ－１）において、Ｘａ１６～Ｘａ１１４の少なくとも１種又は２種以上が重合性基に置換されていることが好ましく、Ｘａｌ９又はＸａ１１１のいずれか一方がＰａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－に置換されていることがより好ましい。 In the above formulas (AL-1), at least one or preferably two or more is replaced with the polymerizable group, either X Al9 or X a111 is P al -Sp al of X a16 ~ X a114 More preferably, it is substituted by-.
　上記式（ＡＬ－１）において、Ｘａ１１～Ｘａ１３、Ｘａ６～Ｘａ１１４、Ｘａ１１７～Ｘａ１１８の少なくとも１種又は２種以上が屈曲基に置換されていることが好ましく、Ｘａ１１～Ｘａ１３、Ｘａ６～Ｘａ１９、Ｘａ１１１～Ｘａ１１４またはＸａ１１７～Ｘａ１１８の少なくとも１種又は２種以上が屈曲基に置換されていることが好ましい。Ｘａ１１が屈曲基に置換されており、かつＸａ６～Ｘａ１９またはＸａ１１１～Ｘａ１１４のいずれか１種が屈曲基に置換されていることがより好ましい。この場合、前者のＸａ１１における屈曲基の方が後者の屈曲基より炭素原子数が多い方がさらに好ましい。屈曲基はＰａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－に置換されてもよい。 In the above formula (AL-1), it is preferable that at least one or more of X a11 to X a13 , X a6 to X a114 , and X a117 to X a118 be substituted with a bending group, and X a11 to X It is preferable that at least one or two or more of a13 , X a6 to X a19 , X a111 to X a114 or X a117 to X a118 be substituted with a bending group. More preferably, X a11 is substituted with a bending group, and any one of X a6 to X a19 or X a111 to X a114 is substituted with a bending group. In this case, it is more preferable that the number of carbon atoms in the former X a11 is larger than that in the latter X a11 . The bending group may be substituted by P al -S al- .
　上記式（ＡＬ－２）において、Ｘａ１１又はＸａ１６～Ｘａ１１０の少なくとも１種又は２種以上が吸着基に置換されていることが好ましく、Ｘａ１１又はＸａ１８が吸着基に置換されていることがより好ましい。なお、この場合、吸着基はＰａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－に置換されてもよい。特に、環Ａがシクロヘキサン環の場合は、Ｘａ１８が吸着基に置換されていることが好ましい。 In the above formula (AL-2), it is preferable that more than at least one or two of X a11 or X a16 ~ X a110 is replaced by a suction group, X a11 or X a18 is substituted with an adsorptive group Is more preferred. In this case, the adsorptive group may be substituted by P al -S al- . In particular, when ring A is a cyclohexane ring, X a18 is preferably substituted with an adsorptive group.
　上記式（ＡＬ－２）において、Ｘａｌ６～Ｘａ１１０のいずれか１種又は２種以上がＰａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－に置換されていることが好ましく、Ｘａｌ７又はＸａ１９のいずれか一方がＰａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－に置換されていることがより好ましい。 In the above formula (AL-2), it is preferable that any one or more of X al 6 to X a 110 be substituted with P al -S al- , and one of X al 7 or X a 19 is P More preferably, it is substituted by al -Sp al- .
　上記式（ＡＬ－２）において、Ｘａ１６～Ｘａ１１０の少なくとも１種又は２種以上がＰａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－に置換されていることが好ましく、Ｘａ１７又はＸａ１４のいずれか一方がＰａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－に置換されていることがより好ましい。 In the above formula (AL-2), at least one or two or more P al -Sp al of X a16 ~ X a110 - is preferably substituted in either one of X a17 or X a14 is P al it is more preferably substituted in the - -sp al.
　上記式（ＡＬ－２）において、Ｘａ１１～Ｘａ１７又はＸａ９～Ｘａ１１４の少なくとも１種又は２種以上が屈曲基に置換されていることが好ましく、Ｘａ１１、Ｘａ４～Ｘａ１７又はＸａ１９～Ｘａ１１２の少なくとも１種又は２種以上が屈曲基に置換されていることが好ましい。Ｘａ１１が屈曲基に置換されており、かつＸａｌ４～Ｘａ１７またはＸａ１９～Ｘａ１１２のいずれか１種が屈曲基に置換されていることがより好ましい。この場合、前者のＸａ１１における屈曲基の方が後者の屈曲基より炭素原子数が多い方がさらに好ましい。屈曲基はＰａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－に置換されてもよい。 In the above formula (AL-2), it is preferable that at least one or more of X a11 to X a17 or X a9 to X a114 be substituted with a bending group, and X a11 , X a4 to X a17 or X It is preferable that at least one or more of a19 to Xa112 be substituted with a bending group. More preferably, X a11 is substituted with a bending group, and any one of X al4 to X a17 or X a19 through X a112 is substituted with a bending group. In this case, it is more preferable that the number of carbon atoms in the former X a11 is larger than that in the latter X a11 . The bending group may be substituted by P al -S al- .
　上記メソゲン基の好ましい形態としては、以下の式（ＡＬ－１－１）～（ＡＬ－２－）が挙げられる。一般式（ＡＬ）は、これらの構造中の２個の水素原子が脱離した構造である。 As preferable forms of the mesogen group, the following formulas (AL-1-1) to (AL-2-) can be mentioned. General formula (AL) is a structure where two hydrogen atoms in these structures are eliminated.
　これら一般式（ＡＬ－１－１）～（ＡＬ－２－３）中のシクロヘキサン環、ベンゼン環、ピラン環又はジオキサン環中の水素原子の１つ又は２つ以上は、ハロゲン原子、Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－、１価の有機基（例えば、炭素原子数１～１５のアルキル基、炭素原子数１～１４のアルコキシ基）、吸着基又は屈曲基に置換されてもよい。 One or more of hydrogen atoms in a cyclohexane ring, a benzene ring, a pyran ring or a dioxane ring in any of the general formulas (AL-1-1) to (AL-2-3) are a halogen atom, P al − It may be substituted by Sp al- , a monovalent organic group (eg, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 14 carbon atoms), an adsorptive group or a bending group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000098
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000098
　上記メソゲン基のうち好ましい形態は、一般式（ＡＬ－１－１）、一般式（ＡＬ－１－４）、一般式（ＡＬ－１－７）、一般式（ＡＬ－２－１）又は一般式（ＡＬ－２－３）で表される構造であり、一般式一般式（ＡＬ－１－４）、一般式（ＡＬ－１－７）又は一般式（ＡＬ－２－３）で表される構造であり、一般式一般式（ＡＬ－１－４）又は一般式（ＡＬ－１－７）で表される構造である。 Among the above-mentioned mesogenic groups, preferred embodiments are the general formula (AL-1-1), the general formula (AL-1-4), the general formula (AL-1-7), the general formula (AL-2-1) or the general formula A structure represented by formula (AL-2-3), which is represented by a general formula (AL-1-4), a general formula (AL-1-7) or a general formula (AL-2-3); And a structure represented by formula (AL-1-4) or (AL-1-7).
　本発明に係る吸着基は、基板、膜、電極などの吸着媒と吸着する役割を備えた基である。吸着は、一般的に、化学結合（共有結合、イオン結合又は金属結合）をつくって吸着媒と吸着質との間で吸着する化学吸着、又は当該化学吸着以外の物理吸着に分別され、本明細書の吸着は化学吸着又は物理吸着のいずれでもよいが、物理吸着により吸着媒と吸着することが好ましい。そのため、本発明に係る吸着基は、吸着媒と物理吸着可能な基であることが好ましく、当該吸着基は分子間力により吸着媒と結合することがより好ましい。当該分子間力により吸着媒と結合する形態としては、永久双極子、永久四重極子、分散力、電荷移動力又は水素結合などの相互作用により吸着媒と結合していることが挙げられる。本発明に係る吸着基の好ましい形態としては、水素結合により吸着媒と結合可能な形態が挙げられる。この場合、本発明に係る吸着基が水素結合を介在するプロトンのドナー若しくはアクセプターになってもよく、また両方であってもよい。 The adsorbing group according to the present invention is a group having a function of adsorbing to an adsorbent such as a substrate, a film, an electrode and the like. Adsorption is generally separated into chemical adsorption in which a chemical bond (covalent bond, ionic bond or metal bond) is formed to be adsorbed between an adsorbent and an adsorbate, or physical adsorption other than the chemical adsorption. The adsorption of the paper may be either chemical adsorption or physical adsorption, but it is preferable to adsorb with the adsorbent by physical adsorption. Therefore, the adsorptive group according to the present invention is preferably a group capable of physically adsorbing to the adsorbent, and the adsorptive group is more preferably bonded to the adsorbent by an intermolecular force. As a form couple | bonded with an adsorbent by the said intermolecular force, it has couple | bonded with the adsorbent by interaction, such as a permanent dipole, a permanent quadrupole, a dispersive power, a charge transfer force, or a hydrogen bond. As a preferable form of the adsorption group which concerns on this invention, the form which can couple | bond with an adsorbent by a hydrogen bond is mentioned. In this case, the adsorptive group according to the present invention may be a donor or acceptor of a proton that mediates a hydrogen bond, or both.
　本発明に係る吸着基は、炭素原子とヘテロ原子とが連結した原子団を有する極性要素を含む基であることが好ましい。本明細書でいう極性要素とは、炭素原子とヘテロ原子とが直接連結した原子団をいう。上記ヘテロ原子としては、Ｎ、Ｏ、Ｓ、Ｐ、Ｂ及びＳｉからなる群から選択される少なくとも１種であることが好ましく、Ｎ、Ｏ及びＳからなる群から選択される少なくとも１種であることが好ましく、Ｎ及びＯからなる群から選択される少なくとも１種であることが好ましく、Ｏであることが好ましい。 The adsorptive group according to the present invention is preferably a group containing a polar element having an atomic group in which a carbon atom and a hetero atom are linked. The polar element as used herein means an atomic group in which a carbon atom and a hetero atom are directly linked. The hetero atom is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of N, O, S, P, B and Si, and is at least one selected from the group consisting of N, O and S. Is preferable, and at least one selected from the group consisting of N and O is preferable, and O is preferable.
　また、本発明に係る自発配向性化合物において、本発明に係る極性要素の価数は、一価、二価、三価など特に制限されず、また吸着基中の極性要素の個数も特に制限されることは無い。 In the spontaneously orienting compound according to the present invention, the valence of the polar element according to the present invention is not particularly limited, such as monovalent, divalent or trivalent, and the number of polar elements in the adsorptive group is also particularly limited. There is nothing to do.
　本発明に係る自発配向性化合物において、上記吸着基は、一分子中に１～８個有することが好ましく、１～４個有することがより好ましく、１～３個有することがさらに好ましい。 In the spontaneously orienting compound according to the present invention, the number of the adsorption groups is preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 1 to 4, and still more preferably 1 to 3, in one molecule.
　なお、本発明に係る吸着基は、Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－及び屈曲基は除く。 Incidentally, the adsorption group according to the present invention, P al -Sp al - and bent groups are excluded.
　本発明に係る吸着基は、１又は２以上の極性要素を含み、吸着基は環式基型と鎖式基型に大別される。環式基型はその構造中に極性要素を含む環状構造を備えた環式基を含む形態であり、鎖式基型はその構造中に極性要素を含む環状構造を備えた環式基を含まない形態である。鎖式基は直鎖又は分岐した鎖状基中に極性要素を有する形態であり、この一部に極性要素を含まない環状構造を有していても良い。 The adsorptive group according to the present invention contains one or more polar elements, and the adsorptive group is roughly classified into cyclic group type and chain group type. A cyclic group type is a form that includes a cyclic group with a cyclic structure that includes a polar element in its structure, and a chain group type includes a cyclic group that includes a cyclic structure that includes a polar element in its structure. There is no form. The chain group is a form having a polar element in a linear or branched chain group, and a part thereof may have a cyclic structure not containing a polar element.
　本発明に係る吸着基が環式基を含む形態であるとは、少なくとも１つの極性要素が環状の原子配列内に含まれる形態を意味する。なお、本明細書における環式基とは、上述した通りである。そのため、本発明に係る吸着基が環式基を含む形態の場合は、極性要素を含む環式基さえ含んでいればよく、吸着基全体としては分岐しても直鎖状であってもよい。 The form in which the adsorptive group according to the present invention contains a cyclic group means a form in which at least one polar element is contained in a cyclic atomic arrangement. The cyclic group in the present specification is as described above. Therefore, in the case where the adsorptive group according to the present invention contains a cyclic group, it only needs to contain a cyclic group containing a polar element, and the entire adsorptive group may be branched or linear. .
　本発明に係る吸着基が鎖式基の形態とは、分子内に極性要素を含む環状の原子配列がなく、かつ少なくとも１つの極性要素が線状の原子配列（枝分かれしてもよい）内に含まれる形態を意味する。なお、本明細書における鎖式基とは、構造式中に環状の原子配列のない、構成する原子が線状（分岐してもよい）に結合した原子団をいい、非環式基をいう。換言すると、直鎖状又は分枝状の脂肪族基を言い、飽和結合又は不飽和結合のどちらを含んでもよく、例えば、アルキル、アルケニル、アルコキシ、エステル、エーテル又はケトンなどを含み、少なくとも１つの置換基（反応性官能基（ビニル基、アクリル基、メタクリル基等）、鎖状有機基（アルキル、シアノ等）によって置換されてもよい概念である。また、本発明の鎖式基は、直鎖状又は分岐状のいずれでもよい。 The adsorptive group according to the present invention is in the form of a chain group in that there is no cyclic atomic arrangement containing polar elements in the molecule, and at least one polar element can be linear (possibly branched) It means the form included. The term “chain group” as used herein refers to an atomic group in which structural atoms have no linear atomic arrangement in the structural formula and in which the constituting atoms are linearly (or may be branched) bonded, and an acyclic group. . In other words, it refers to a linear or branched aliphatic group, which may contain either a saturated bond or an unsaturated bond, including, for example, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, ester, ether or ketone, etc., at least one It is a concept which may be substituted by a substituent (reactive functional group (vinyl group, acryl group, methacryl group, etc.), chain organic group (alkyl, cyano, etc.). It may be linear or branched.
　本発明に係る吸着基は、鎖式基又は環式基を有することが好ましく、吸着能を重視する場合は鎖式基が好ましく、液晶組成物に対する安定性の観点では環式基が好ましい。 The adsorptive group according to the present invention preferably has a chain group or a cyclic group. When importance is attached to the adsorptivity, a chain group is preferable, and a cyclic group is preferable from the viewpoint of the stability to the liquid crystal composition.
　本発明に係る吸着基が環式基の場合は、炭素原子数３～２０個の複素芳香族基（縮合環を含む）又は炭素原子数３～２０個の複素脂肪族基（縮合環を含む）がより好ましく、炭素原子数３～１２個の複素芳香族基（縮合環を含む）又は炭素原子数３～１２個の複素脂肪族基（縮合環を含む）がさらに好ましく、５員環複素芳香族基、５員環複素脂肪族基、６員環複素芳香族基又は６員環複素脂肪族基を表すことがよりさらに好ましく、これらの環構造中の水素原子はハロゲン原子、炭素原子数１～５の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキル基又はアルキルオキシ基に置換されてもよい。 When the adsorptive group according to the present invention is a cyclic group, it has a heteroaromatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms (including a fused ring) or a heteroaliphatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms (including a fused ring) Is more preferable, a C 3-12 heteroaromatic group (including a fused ring) or a C 3-12 heteroaliphatic group (including a fused ring) is more preferable, and a 5-membered ring complex is more preferable. More preferably, it represents an aromatic group, a 5-membered ring heteroaliphatic group, a 6-membered ring heteroaromatic group or a 6-membered ring heteroaliphatic group, and the hydrogen atom in these ring structures is a halogen atom, the number of carbon atoms It may be substituted by 1 to 5 linear or branched alkyl groups or alkyloxy groups.
　本発明に係る吸着基が鎖式基の場合は、直鎖状若しくは分岐状の炭素原子数１～２０個のアルキル基中の水素原子や－ＣＨ２－が極性要素に置換されることが好ましく、当該アルキル基中の１個又は隣接していない２個以上の－ＣＨ２－は、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－Ｃ≡Ｃ－、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－又は－ＯＣＯ－によって置換されていてもよい。また、本発明に係る吸着基が鎖式基の場合は、端部に極性要素を含むまたは２個以上の極性要素を含むことが好ましい。 When the adsorptive group according to the present invention is a chain group, it is preferable that a hydrogen atom or -CH 2 -in a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms be substituted by a polar element , One or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in the alkyl group are —CH = CH—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO— May be replaced by In the case where the adsorptive group according to the present invention is a chain group, it is preferable that the end portion contains a polar element or two or more polar elements.
　本発明に係る吸着基の水素原子は、重合性基に置換されてもよい。 The hydrogen atom of the adsorptive group according to the present invention may be substituted by a polymerizable group.
　本発明に係る極性要素の種類は、具体的には、酸素原子を含む極性要素（以下、含酸素極性要素）、窒素原子を含む極性要素（以下、含窒素極性要素）、リン原子を含む極性要素（以下、含リン極性要素）、ホウ素原子を含む極性要素（以下、含ホウ素極性要素）、ケイ素原子を含む極性要素（以下、含ケイ素極性要素）又は硫黄原子を含む極性要素（以下、含硫黄極性要素）で表される部分構造であることが好ましく、吸着能の観点から、含窒素極性要素、含窒素極性要素又は含酸素極性要素がより好ましく、含酸素極性要素がさらに好ましい。 Specifically, the type of polar element according to the present invention includes an oxygen atom-containing polar element (hereinafter, oxygen-containing polar element), a nitrogen atom-containing polar element (hereinafter, nitrogen-containing polar element), and a phosphorus atom Element (hereinafter, phosphorus-containing polar element), polar element including boron atom (hereinafter, boron-containing polar element), polar element including silicon atom (hereinafter, silicon-containing polar element) or polar element including sulfur atom (hereinafter, including It is preferable that it is a partial structure represented by (sulfur polar element), and from the viewpoint of adsorption capacity, nitrogen-containing polar element, nitrogen-containing polar element or oxygen-containing polar element is more preferable, and oxygen-containing polar element is even more preferable.
　上記含酸素極性要素としては、水酸基（－ＯＨ）、アルキロール基（－Ｒｔ－ＯＨ；Ｒｔはアルキレン基）、アルコキシ基（－ＯＲ；但し、Ｒはアルキル基）、ホルミル基（－ＣＨＯ）、カルボキシル基（－ＣＯＯＨ）、エーテル基（－ＲｔＯＲｔ’－；但し、Ｒｔ、Ｒｔ’はアルキレン基又はアルケニレン基）、カルボニル基（－Ｒｔ－Ｃ（＝Ｏ）－Ｒｔ’－；但し、Ｒｔ、Ｒｔ’はアルキレン基又はアルケニレン基）、カーボネート基（－Ｏ－Ｃ（＝Ｏ）－Ｏ－）及びエステル基（－ＣＯＯＲｔ’－；但しＲｔ’はアルキレン基又はアルケニレン基）からなる群から選択される少なくとも１種の基又は当該基が炭素原子に連結している基であることが好ましい。 Examples of the oxygen-containing polar elements, a hydroxyl group (-OH), alkylol group (-R t -OH; R t is an alkylene group), an alkoxy group (-OR; where, R represents an alkyl group), a formyl group (-CHO ), carboxyl (-COOH), an ether group (-R t oR t '-; however, R t, R t' represents an alkylene group or alkenylene group), carbonyl group (-R t -C (= O) -R t '-; however, R t, R t' represents an alkylene group or alkenylene group), a carbonate group (-O-C (= O) -O-) and ester groups (-COOR t '-; where R t' is It is preferred that at least one group selected from the group consisting of an alkylene group or an alkenylene group) or a group in which the group is linked to a carbon atom.
　上記含窒素極性要素としては、シアノ基（－ＣＮ）、１級アミノ基（－ＮＨ２）、２級アミノ基（－ＮＨ－）、３級アミノ基（－ＮＲＲ’；但し、Ｒ，Ｒ’はアルキル基）、ピリジル基、カルバモイル基（－ＣＯＮＨ２）及びウレイド基（－ＮＨＣＯＮＨ２）からなる群から選択される少なくとも１種の基又は当該基が炭素原子に連結している基であることが好ましい。 As the nitrogen-containing polar elements, cyano group (-CN), primary amino group (-NH 2 ), secondary amino group (-NH-), tertiary amino group (-NRR '; however, R, R' Is at least one group selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group), pyridyl group, carbamoyl group (-CONH 2 ) and ureido group (-NHCONH 2 ), or a group in which the group is linked to a carbon atom Is preferred.
　上記含リン極性要素としては、ホスフィニル基（－ＣＸ２－Ｐ（＝Ｏ）Ｈ２）及びリン酸基（－ＣＸ２－ＯＰ（＝Ｏ）（ＯＨ）２）からなる群から選択される少なくとも１種の基又は当該基が炭素原子に連結している基であることが好ましい。 The phosphorus-containing polar element is at least selected from the group consisting of phosphinyl group (-CX 2 -P (= O) H 2 ) and phosphoric acid group (-CX 2 -OP (= O) (OH) 2 ). It is preferable that one group or a group in which the group is linked to a carbon atom.
　上記含ホウ素極性要素としては、ホウ酸基（－Ｂ（ＯＨ）２）が炭素原子に連結している基であることが好ましい。 The boron-containing polar element is preferably a group in which a boric acid group (—B (OH) 2 ) is linked to a carbon atom.
　上記含ケイ素極性要素としては、－Ｓｉ（ＯＨ）３基又は－Ｓｉ（ＯＲ）（ＯＲ’）（ＯＲ’’）；但し、Ｒ，Ｒ’，Ｒ’’はアルキル基）基が炭素原子に連結している基であることが好ましい。 As the silicon-containing polar element, -Si (OH) 3 group or -Si (OR) (OR ') (OR''); provided that R, R' and R '' are alkyl groups, and the carbon atom is It is preferable that it is a connected group.
　上記含硫黄極性要素としては、メルカプト基（－ＳＨ）、スルフィド基（－Ｓ－）、スルフィニル基（－Ｓ（＝Ｏ）－）、スルホニル基（－ＳＯ２－）、スルホンアミド基（－ＳＯ２ＮＨ２）、スルホ酸基（－ＳＯ３Ｈ）及びスルフィノ基（－Ｓ（＝Ｏ）ＯＨ）からなる群から選択される少なくとも１種の基又は当該基が炭素原子に連結している基であることが好ましい。 As the sulfur-containing polar elements, a mercapto group (-SH), sulfide groups (-S-), sulfinyl group (-S (= O) -) , a sulfonyl group (-SO 2 -), sulfonamide group (-SO 2 NH 2 ), at least one group selected from the group consisting of a sulfonic acid group (—SO 3 H) and a sulfino group (—S (= O) OH) or a group in which the group is linked to a carbon atom Is preferred.
　そのため、本発明に係る吸着基は、環式基が含酸素極性要素を備えた基（以下、含酸素環式基）、環式基が窒素原子極性要素を備えた基（以下、含窒素環式基）、環式基が含リン極性要素を備えた基（以下、含リン環式基）、環式基が含ホウ素極性要素を備えた基（以下、含ホウ素環式基）、環式基が含ケイ素極性要素を備えた基（以下、含ケイ素環式基）、環式基が含硫黄極性要素を備えた基（以下、含硫黄環式基）、鎖式基が含酸素極性要素を備えた基（以下、含酸素鎖式基）、鎖式基が窒素原子極性要素を備えた基（以下、含窒素鎖式基）、鎖式基が含リン極性要素を備えた基（以下、含リン鎖式基）、鎖式基が含ホウ素極性要素を備えた基（以下、含ホウ素鎖式基）、鎖式基が含ケイ素極性要素を備えた基（以下、含ケイ素鎖式基）及び鎖式基が含硫黄極性要素を備えた基（以下、含硫黄鎖式基）からなる群から選択される１種又は２種以上の基自体または当該基を含むことが好ましく、吸着能の観点から含酸素環式基、含硫黄環式基、含酸素鎖式基及び含窒素鎖式基からなる群から選択される１種又は２種以上の基を含むことがより好ましい。 Therefore, the adsorptive group according to the present invention is a group in which the cyclic group has an oxygen-containing polar element (hereinafter, an oxygen-containing cyclic group) and a group in which the cyclic group has a nitrogen atom polar element (hereinafter, a nitrogen-containing ring Formula group), a group in which the cyclic group has a phosphorus-containing polar element (hereinafter referred to as a phosphorus-containing cyclic group), a group in which the cyclic group has a boron-containing polar element (hereinafter referred to as a boron-containing cyclic group), cyclic A group having a silicon-containing polar element (hereinafter, a silicon-containing cyclic group), a group having a sulfur group containing a sulfur-containing polar element (hereinafter, a sulfur-containing cyclic group), a chain group having an oxygen-containing polar element (Hereinafter referred to as an oxygen-containing chain group), a chain group includes a nitrogen atom polar element (hereinafter referred to as a nitrogen-containing chain group), and a chain group includes a phosphorus-containing polar element (hereinafter referred to as , A phosphorus-containing chain group), a group in which the chain group has a boron-containing polar element (hereinafter referred to as a boron-containing chain group), a group in which the chain group has a silicon-containing polar element (hereinafter, a silicon-containing chain group) And the chain group is preferably one or more groups selected from the group consisting of sulfur group-containing polar elements (hereinafter, sulfur-containing chain group) itself or preferably contains the group, and From the viewpoint, it is more preferable to include one or more groups selected from the group consisting of an oxygen-containing cyclic group, a sulfur-containing cyclic group, an oxygen-containing chain group and a nitrogen-containing chain group.
　本発明に係る吸着基としては、以下の一般式（Ｔ）で表される基が好ましい。 As the adsorptive group according to the present invention, a group represented by the following general formula (T) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000099
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000099
　（上記一般式（Ｔ）中、Ｘｔ１は、炭素原子数１～１８個の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキル基又は－ＮＨ２を表し、前記アルキル基中の水素原子はシアノ基、Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－に置換されてもよく、又は前記アルキル基の－ＣＨ２－は酸素原子が直接隣接しないように－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－Ｃ（＝Ｏ）－、－ＯＣＯ－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－に置換されてもよく、
上記Ｒｔ１は、水素原子、炭素原子数１～５個のアルキル基又はＺｔ１と結合してもよい炭素原子数１～８個の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキレン基又はＺｔ１と結合してもよい炭素原子数２～８個の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルケニレン基を表し、上記Ｚｔ２は、単結合、炭素原子数１～１８個の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキレン基又は炭素原子数２～１８個の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルケニレン基を表し、当該アルキレン基又は当該アルケニレン基の－ＣＨ２－は酸素原子が直接隣接しないように－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－Ｃ（＝Ｏ）－、－ＯＣＯ－に置換されてもよく、
　Ｚｔ１は、単結合、炭素原子数１～１８個の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキレン基又は炭素原子数２～１８個の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルケニレン基を表し、当該アルキレン基の－ＣＨ２－は酸素原子が直接隣接しないように－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－Ｃ（＝Ｏ）－、－ＯＣＯ－に置換されてもよく、またＸｔ１が－Ｚｔ２－Ｏ－Ｒａｔ基であり、かつＲａｔがアルキレン基又はアルケニレン基の場合、Ｚｔ１の水素原子を置換してＲｔ１と結合してもよく
　Ｗｔ０は、炭素原子数１～１８個の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキレン基を表し、当該アルキレン基の－ＣＨ２－は酸素原子が直接隣接しないように－Ｏ－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－Ｃ（＝Ｏ）－、－ＯＣＯ－に置換されてもよく、また前記アルキレン基の水素原子は一般式（Ｔ）に置換されてもよく、
　Ｗｔ１は、単結合又は直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキレン基を表し、当該アルキレン基の－ＣＨ２－は酸素原子が直接隣接しないように－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－Ｃ（＝Ｏ）－、－ＯＣＯ－に置換されてもよく、
　ｎｔ１は０以上４以下の整数を表し、
　分子内の水素原子は上記重合性基Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－に置換されてもよく、＊は結合手を表し、メソゲン基、重合性基、屈曲基又はスペーサー基と結合する。）
　上記一般式（Ｔ）において、好ましいＸｔ１は、炭素原子数１～１７個の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキル基、－ＮＨ２又は－Ｚｔ２－Ｏ－Ｒｔ１基を表し、当該アルキル基中の水素原子はシアノ基、Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－に置換されてもよく、上記Ｒｔ１は、水素原子、炭素原子数１～５個のアルキル基又はＺｔ１と結合してもよい炭素原子数１～８個の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキレン基又はＺｔ１と結合してもよい炭素原子数２～８個の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルケニレン基を表し、上記Ｚｔ２は、単結合、炭素原子数１～１８個の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキレン基又は炭素原子数２～１８個の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルケニレン基を表し、当該アルキレン基又は当該アルケニレン基の－ＣＨ２－は酸素原子が直接隣接しないように－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－Ｃ（＝Ｏ）－、－ＯＣＯ－に置換されてもよい。 (In the above general formula (T), X t1 represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms or -NH 2, and the hydrogen atom in the alkyl group is a cyano group, P al -sp al - may be substituted by, or -CH 2 of the alkyl groups - as is not directly adjacent oxygen atoms -O -, - COO -, - C (= O) -, - OCO -, - It may be substituted by CH = CH-,
The R t1 represents a hydrogen atom, and a carbon atom number of 1 to 5 alkyl groups or Z t1 carbon atoms which may combine with one to eight linear or branched alkylene group or Z t1 R 2 represents a linear or branched alkenylene group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and Z t2 represents a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or carbon A linear or branched alkenylene group having 2 to 18 atoms is represented, and the alkylene group or -CH 2-of the alkenylene group is -O-, -COO-, -C so that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent. (= O)-, -OCO- may be substituted,
Z t1 represents a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched alkenylene group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and CH 2 -may be substituted by -O-, -COO-, -C (= O)-, -OCO- so that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent, and X t1 is -Z t2 -O-R at And when R at is an alkylene group or an alkenylene group, the hydrogen atom of Z t1 may be substituted and R t1 may be bonded to R t1, and W t0 is a linear or branched C 1-18 C atom And the —CH 2 — of the alkylene group is —O—, —CH = CH—, —COO—, —C (= O) — or —OCO— such that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent to it. And may be substituted, and also the hydrogen atom of the alkylene group It may be substituted in the general formula (T),
W t1 represents a single bond or a linear or branched alkylene group, and the —CH 2 — of the alkylene group is —O—, —COO—, —C (= O) so that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent. -, -OCO- may be substituted,
n t1 represents an integer of 0 or more and 4 or less,
Hydrogen atoms in the molecule of the polymerizable group P al -Sp al - may be substituted by, * represents a bond, mesogenic group, the polymerizable group which bonds to bend group or spacer group. )
In the above general formula (T), preferable X t1 represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms, -NH 2 or -Z t2 -O-R t1 group, and the alkyl group hydrogen atom a cyano group in, P al -Sp al - may be substituted by the above R t1 represents a hydrogen atom, a carbon atom bonded to an alkyl group or Z t1 of 1 to 5 carbon atoms 1 to represent the eight linear or branched alkylene group or Z t1 carbon atoms which may be coupled with 2 to 8 linear or branched alkenylene group, the Z t2 are single Represents a bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched alkenylene group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and the alkylene group or —CH 2 of the corresponding alkenylene group 2 - is directly adjacent oxygen atom No way -O -, - COO -, - C (= O) -, - OCO- may be substituted.
　上記一般式（Ｔ）において、吸着基（一般式（Ｔ））が吸着基（一般式（Ｔ））で置換されてもよい形態としては、上記一般式（Ｔ）が以下の一般式（ｔ）で表される基が挙げられる。 In the above general formula (T), as a form in which the adsorptive group (general formula (T)) may be substituted with the adsorptive group (general formula (T)), the above general formula (T) has the following general formula (t Groups represented by) are mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000100
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000100
（上記一般式（ｔ）中、Ｘｔ１、Ｚｔ１、Ｗｔ１およびｎｔ１は、上記一般式（Ｔ）における記号と同じであり、
Ｗｔ２は単結合又は２価～４価の有機基を表し、
ｍｔ１は１以上３以下の整数を表し、分子内の水素原子は上記重合性基Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－に置換されてもよく、＊は結合手を表し、メソゲン基、重合性基、屈曲基又はスペーサー基と結合する。）
　上記一般式（ｔ）中の「－Ｗｔ２－Ａｎｙ」は、Ｗｔ２が単結合～多価基を表し、結合手が１価～多価（Ａｎｙ）であることを示す。 (In the above general formula (t), X t1 , Z t1 , W t1 and n t1 are the same as the symbols in the above general formula (T),
W t2 represents a single bond or a divalent to tetravalent organic group,
m t1 represents an integer of 1 to 3, hydrogen atoms in the molecule of the polymerizable group P al -Sp al - may be substituted by, * represents a bond, mesogenic group, the polymerizable group, flexion It bonds to a group or a spacer group. )
“-W t2 -Any” in the general formula (t) indicates that W t2 represents a single bond to a multivalent group, and the bond is monovalent to multivalent (Any).
　上記一般式（ｔ）において、２～４価の有機基とは、有機化合物が２～４価の基の形態になることによって、化学構造が構成された基であり、有機化合物から水素原子を２～４つ取り除いてなる原子団をいう。 In the general formula (t), a divalent to tetravalent organic group is a group having a chemical structure constituted by the organic compound being in the form of a divalent to tetravalent group, and a hydrogen atom is selected from the organic compound. It refers to an atomic group formed by removing two to four.
　上記一般式（ｔ）において、２価～４価の有機基である－Ｗｔ２－Ａｎｙは、鎖状の有機基が好ましく、例えば、直鎖状若しくは分岐状の炭素原子数１個～１０個のアルキレン基（当該アルキレン基の－ＣＨ２－は酸素原子が直接隣接しないように－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－Ｃ（＝Ｏ）－、－ＯＣＯ－に置換されてもよい）、直鎖状若しくは分岐状の炭素原子数１個～１０個のアルキレン多価基（当該アルキレン基の－ＣＨ２－は酸素原子が直接隣接しないように－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－Ｃ（＝Ｏ）－、－ＯＣＯ－に置換されてもよい）、－ＰＨ－、－ＰＯＨ－、－ＮＨ－、窒素原子又はリン原子などが挙げられる。当該アルキレン多価基は、アルキレン基からさらに水素原子を１～２つ除いてできる３価又は４価の基をいい、いわゆる炭化水素鎖に遊離原子価がある３～４価の基をいう。 In the above general formula (t), a divalent to tetravalent organic group -W t2 -Any is preferably a chain organic group, and, for example, a linear or branched C1 to C10 carbon atoms An alkylene group of (wherein —CH 2 — of the alkylene group may be substituted with —O—, —COO—, —C (= O) —, —OCO— such that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent), a straight chain Or branched alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (the —CH 2 — of the alkylene group is —O—, —COO—, —C (= O) so that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent to each other) -, -OCO-), -PH-, -POH-, -NH-, a nitrogen atom or a phosphorus atom, etc. may be mentioned. The alkylene multivalent group is a trivalent or tetravalent group formed by removing one or two hydrogen atoms from the alkylene group, and a trivalent to tetravalent group having a free valence in a so-called hydrocarbon chain.
　上記一般式（ｔ）で表される基は、一般式（Ｔ）におけるＷｔ０の好ましい態様、すなわち吸着基（一般式（Ｔ））が吸着基（一般式（Ｔ））で置換されてもよい形態の一態様であり、上記一般式（ｔ）で表される基の好ましい形態としては、例えば、Ｗｔ２が３価の有機基の場合、すなわちｍｔ１’が２であり、Ｗｔ２が窒素原子又はアルキレン多価基の場合、例えば以下の一般式（ｔ－ａ）又は（ｔ－ｂ）が挙げられる。 The group represented by the above general formula (t) is a preferred embodiment of W t0 in the general formula (T), that is, even though the adsorptive group (general formula (T)) is substituted by the adsorptive group (general formula (T)) This is one aspect of a good form, and as a preferable form of the group represented by the above general formula (t), for example, when W t2 is a trivalent organic group, that is, mt1 ′ is 2 and W t2 is nitrogen In the case of an atom or an alkylene polyvalent group, for example, the following general formula (ta) or (tb) may be mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000101
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000101
　（上記式（ｔ－ａ）及び（ｔ－ｂ）中、Ｒｔｃは水素原子、直鎖状若しくは分岐状の炭素原子数１個～１０個のアルキル基又は重合性基Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－で表され、
　Ｚｔ１及びＺｔ１’はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｔ）中のＺｔ１と同じ意味を表し、
　Ｘｔ１及びＸｔ１’はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｔ）中のＺｔ１と同じ意味を表し、
　Ｗｔ１は、一般式（Ｔ）中のＷｔ１と同じ意味を表し、
　ｎｔ１及びｎｔ１’はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｔ）中のｎｔ１と同じ意味を表し、
分子内の水素原子は上記重合性基Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－に置換されてもよく、＊は結合手を表し、メソゲン基、重合性基、屈曲基又はスペーサー基と結合する。）
　一般式（ｔ）において、例えば、－Ｗｔ２－Ａｎｙが４価の有機基の場合、すなわちｍｔ１’が３であり、－Ｗｔ２－Ａｎｙがアルキレン多価基の場合、例えば以下の一般式（ｔ－ｃ）が挙げられる。 (In the above formulas (t-a) and (t-b), R tc represents a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a polymerizable group P al -S al- Represented by
Z t1 and Z t1 ′ independently represent the same meaning as Z t1 in the general formula (T),
X t1 and X t1 ′ each independently represent the same meaning as Z t1 in the general formula (T),
W t1 represents the same meaning as W t1 in the general formula (T),
n t1 and n t1 ′ independently represent the same meaning as n t1 in the general formula (T),
Hydrogen atoms in the molecule of the polymerizable group P al -Sp al - may be substituted by, * represents a bond, mesogenic group, the polymerizable group which bonds to bend group or spacer group. )
In the general formula (t), for example, when -W t2 -Any is a tetravalent organic group, ie, mt1 'is 3, and -W t2 -Any is an alkylene multivalent group, for example, t-c).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000102
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000102
　（上記式（ｔ－ｃ）中、Ｚｔ１、Ｚｔ１’及びＺｔ１’’はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｔ）中のＺｔ１と同じ意味を表し、
　Ｘｔ１、Ｘｔ１’及びＸｔ１’’はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｔ）中のＸｔ１と同じ意味を表し、
　Ｗｔ１は、一般式（Ｔ）中のＷｔ１と同じ意味を表し、
　ｎｔ１、ｎｔ１’及びｎｔ１’’はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｔ）中のｎｔ１と同じ意味を表し、分子内の水素原子は上記重合性基Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－に置換されてもよく、＊は結合手を表し、メソゲン基、重合性基、屈曲基又はスペーサー基と結合する。）
　上記一般式（ｔ）において、ｍｔ１’は１又は２が好ましく、ｍｔ１’は１がより好ましい。また、上記一般式（ｔ－ａ）、一般式（ｔ－ｂ）、一般式（ｔ－ｃ）で表される形態のうちでは、上記一般式（ｔ－ａ）で表される形態が好ましい。 (In the above formula (t-c), Z t1 , Z t1 ′ and Z t1 ′ ′ each independently represent the same meaning as Z t1 in the general formula (T),
X t1 , X t1 ′ and X t1 ′ ′ each independently represent the same meaning as X t1 in the general formula (T),
W t1 represents the same meaning as W t1 in the general formula (T),
n t1, n t1 'and n t1''each independently represents the same meaning as n t1 in the general formula (T), a hydrogen atom in the molecule of the polymerizable group P al -Sp al - substituted And * represents a bond, which is bonded to a mesogen group, a polymerizable group, a bending group or a spacer group. )
In the above general formula (t), mt1 ′ is preferably 1 or 2, and mt1 ′ is more preferably 1. Further, among the embodiments represented by the above general formula (ta), general formula (tb) and general formula (tc), the embodiment represented by the above general formula (ta) is preferable .
　上記一般式（ｔ）において、－Ｗｔ２－Ａｎｙは、単結合又は２価～３価の有機基が好ましく、単結合、直鎖状若しくは分岐状の炭素原子数１～８個のアルキレン基（当該アルキレン基の－ＣＨ２－は酸素原子が直接隣接しないように－Ｏ－に置換されてもよい。）、直鎖状若しくは分岐状の炭素原子数１～８個のアルカントリイル基（当該アルカントリイル基の－ＣＨ２－は酸素原子が直接隣接しないように－Ｏ－に置換されてもよい。）又は直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキル－イリデン基（当該アルキル－イリデン基の－ＣＨ２－は酸素原子が直接隣接しないように－Ｏ－に置換されてもよい。）がより好ましい。例えば、以下の基が挙げられる。 In the above general formula (t), -W t2 -Any is preferably a single bond or a divalent to trivalent organic group, and is a single bond or a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms The —CH 2 — of the alkylene group may be substituted by —O— so that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent to it, a linear or branched alkanetriyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms The —CH 2 — of the alkanetriyl group may be substituted by —O— so that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent to it, or a linear or branched alkyl-ylidene group (—CH of the alkyl-ylidene group concerned) 2- is more preferably -O- such that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent. For example, the following groups may be mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000103
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000103
（上記式中、Ｒｔｃは、炭素原子数１～８個のアルキル基又は重合性基（Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－）を表し、ｎｔ０は、１～７の整数を表し、＊は結合手を表す。）また、Ｗｔ２の水素原子に重合性基（Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－）を置換してもよい。 (In the formula, R tc represents an alkyl group or a polymerizable group of 1 to 8 carbon atoms (P al -Sp al -) represent, NT0 is an integer of 1-7, * a is a bond . represented) Further, W t2 of the hydrogen atoms in the polymerizable group (P al -Sp al -) may be substituted.
　上記一般式（ｔ）において、ｍｔ１は１または２を表すことが好ましい。 In the above general formula (t), mt1 preferably represents 1 or 2.
　上記一般式（Ｔ）または一般式（ｔ）において、Ｗｔ１は、単結合又は直鎖状若しくは分岐状の炭素原子数１～８個のアルキレン基（単結合又は直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキレン基を表し、当該アルキレン基の－ＣＨ２－は酸素原子が直接隣接しないように－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－Ｃ（＝Ｏ）－、－ＯＣＯ－に置換されてもよい。）を表すことが好ましく、単結合又は直鎖状若しくは分岐状の炭素原子数１～７個のアルキレン基（単結合又は直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキレン基を表し、当該アルキレン基の－ＣＨ２－は酸素原子が直接隣接しないように－Ｏ－に置換されてもよい。）を表すことがより好ましい。またＷｔ１は、メソゲン基、重合性基又は屈曲基の水素原子に置換して結合してもよい。 In the above general formula (T) or general formula (t), W t1 is a single bond or a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (single bond or linear or branched alkylene And —CH 2 — of the alkylene group represents —O—, —COO—, —C (= O) — or —OCO— such that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent to each other. Is preferably a single bond or a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms (a single bond or a linear or branched alkylene group, and —CH 2 — in the alkylene group is an oxygen More preferably, the atoms may be substituted with -O- so that they are not immediately adjacent. W t1 may be substituted for and bonded to a hydrogen atom of a mesogenic group, a polymerizable group or a bending group.
　上記一般式（Ｔ）または一般式（ｔ）において、Ｘｔ１はＺｔ１と結合しない形態（鎖式基）と、Ｘｔ１はＺｔ１と結合して環を形成する形態（環式基）とを含んでいる。 In the above general formula (T) or general formula (t), X t1 is a form not bound to Z t1 (chain group), and X t1 is a form (cyclic group) forming a ring by binding to Z t1 Contains.
　前者の形態の場合、炭素原子数１～８個の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキル基、－ＮＨ２、－Ｚｔ２－Ｏ－Ｒｔ１基又はシアノ基で置換された炭素原子数１～７個の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素原子数１～７個の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキル基、－Ｚｔ２－Ｏ－Ｒｔ１基、シアノ基で置換された炭素原子数１～７個の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキル基がより好ましい。また前者の形態の場合、前記Ｒｔ１はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素原子数１～５個のアルキル基を表し、上記Ｚｔ２は、単結合、炭素原子数１～１０個の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキレン基又は炭素原子数２～１０個の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルケニレン基が好ましい（当該アルキレン基又は当該アルケニレン基の－ＣＨ２－は酸素原子が直接隣接しないように－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－Ｃ（＝Ｏ）－、－ＯＣＯ－に置換されてもよい）。 In the former form, it has 1 to 7 carbon atoms substituted with a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, -NH 2 , -Z t2 -O-R t1 group or cyano group. Linear or branched alkyl group is preferable, and a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, a -Z t2 -O-R t1 group, or a carbon atom substituted with a cyano group The linear or branched alkyl group of 1 to 7 is more preferable. In the former embodiment, each R t1 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and the above Z t2 is a single bond or a straight chain having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Linear or branched alkylene group or a linear or branched alkenylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable (as the alkylene group or —CH 2 — of the alkenylene group is such that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent to each other— O-, -COO-, -C (= O)-, -OCO- may be substituted).
　後者の形態の場合、ｎｔ１が１以上、Ｘｔ１は－Ｚｔ２－Ｏ－Ｒｔ１であり、Ｒｔ１が炭素原子数１～７個の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキレン基又は炭素原子数２～７個の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルケニレン基であり、Ｚｔ１の水素原子を置換してＲｔ１と結合することが好ましく、例えば、以下の一般式（Ｔ’）で表されることが好ましい。 In the latter form, nt1 is 1 or more, X t1 is -Z t2 -O-R t1 , and R t1 is a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms or 2 carbon atoms It is preferable that R 7 be a linear or branched alkenylene group and that a hydrogen atom of Z t 1 be substituted and be bonded to R t 1 , for example, be represented by the following general formula (T ′) preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000104
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000104
（上記一般式（Ｔ’）中、Ｒｔ１’はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数１～８の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキレン基又は炭素原子数２～８の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルケニレン基を表し、
　Ｚｔ２’はそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数１～１０の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキレン基又は炭素原子数２～１０の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルケニレン基を表し、当該アルキレン基又は当該アルケニレン基の－ＣＨ２－は酸素原子が直接隣接しないように－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－Ｃ（＝Ｏ）－、－ＯＣＯ－に置換されてもよく、
　Ｚｔ１’は、炭素原子数１～１８個の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキレン３価基又は炭素原子数１～１８個の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルケニレン３価基を表し、当該アルキレン３価基又はアルケニレン３価基の－ＣＨ２－は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－Ｃ（＝Ｏ）－又はＯＣＯ－に置換されてもよく、
　Ｗｔ２は、単結合又は２価～４価の有機基を表し、
　－Ｗｔ１－は、単結合又は直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキレン基を表し、当該アルキレン基の－ＣＨ２－は酸素原子が直接隣接しないように－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－Ｃ（＝Ｏ）－、－ＯＣＯ－に置換されてもよく、
　ｎｔ１’は１以上４以下の整数を表し、
　ｍｔ１’は１以上３以下の整数を表し、分子内の水素原子は上記重合性基Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－に置換されてもよく、＊は結合手を表し、メソゲン基、重合性基、屈曲基又はスペーサー基と結合する。）
　当該アルキレン３価基は、アルキレン基からさらに水素原子を１つ除いてできる３価の基をいう。当該アルケニレン３価基は、アルケニレン基からさらに水素原子を１つ除いてできる３価の基をいい、いわゆる炭化水素鎖に遊離原子価がある３価の基、例えばアルカントリイル基やアルキル－イリデン基などを含む。 In the above general formula (T ′), R t1 ′ each independently represents a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched chain having 2 to 8 carbon atoms Represents an alkenylene group,
Z t2 ' each independently represents a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched alkenylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and the alkylene Or -CH 2-of the alkenylene group may be substituted with -O-, -COO-, -C (= O)-, -OCO- such that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent to the group.
Z t1 ′ represents a linear or branched alkylene trivalent group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms or a linear or branched alkenylene trivalent group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and the alkylene 3 And —CH 2 — of the divalent group or the alkenylene trivalent group may be substituted by —O—, —COO—, —C (= O) — or OCO— such that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent.
W t2 represents a single bond or a divalent to tetravalent organic group,
-W t1 -represents a single bond or a linear or branched alkylene group, and the -CH 2-of the alkylene group is -O-, -COO-, -C (= where the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent) O)-, -OCO- may be substituted,
n t1 ' represents an integer of 1 or more and 4 or less,
m t1 'represents an integer of 1 to 3, hydrogen atoms in the molecule of the polymerizable group P al -Sp al - may be substituted by, * represents a bond, mesogenic group, a polymerizable group, It bonds to a bending group or a spacer group. )
The said alkylene trivalent group means the trivalent group which can remove one hydrogen atom further from an alkylene group. The alkenylene trivalent group is a trivalent group obtained by further removing one hydrogen atom from an alkenylene group, a trivalent group having a free valence in a so-called hydrocarbon chain, such as an alkanetriyl group or an alkyl-ylidene group. Group etc.
　上記一般式（Ｔ）において、Ｘｔ１はＺｔ１と結合しない形態（鎖式基）の場合、Ｚｔ１は、単結合、炭素原子数１～１２個の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキレン基又は炭素原子数２～１２個の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルケニレン基を表し、当該アルキレン基の－ＣＨ２－は－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－Ｃ（＝Ｏ）－、－ＯＣＯ－に置換されてもよい。 In formula (T), X t1 in the case of without being combined with Z t1 (Kusarishikimoto), Z t1 is a single bond, C 1 -C 12 linear or branched alkylene group, or Represents a linear or branched alkenylene group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, wherein -CH 2-of the alkylene group is substituted on -O-, -COO-, -C (= O)-, -OCO- It may be done.
　上記一般式（Ｔ）において、Ｘｔ１はＺｔ１と結合する形態（環式基）の場合は上記一般式（Ｔ’）の通りである。 In the case of a form (cyclic group) in which X t1 is bonded to Z t1 in the above general formula (T), it is as in the above general formula (T ′).
　上記一般式（Ｔ）において、ｎｔ１は０以上３以下の整数を表すことが好ましく、ｎｔ１は０以上２以下の整数を表すことがより好ましい。 In the general formula (T), nt1 preferably represents an integer of 0 or more and 3 or less, and more preferably nt1 represents an integer of 0 or more and 2 or less.
　上記一般式（Ｔ）は、一般式（Ｔ－１－１）～（Ｔ－４－１）で表される環式基及び一般式（Ｔ－５－１）で表される鎖式基からなる群から選択される少なくとも１種であることが好ましい。本発明に係る一般式（Ｔ）で表される吸着基が環式基を選択する場合、吸着能および液晶組成物に対する相溶性の観点から、一般式（Ｔ－１－１）又は一般式（Ｔ－２－１）が好ましい。本発明に係る一般式（Ｔ）で表される吸着基が鎖式基を選択する場合、吸着能および液晶組成物に対する安定性の観点から、一般式（Ｔ－５－１）が好ましい。 The above general formula (T) includes cyclic groups represented by general formulas (T-1-1) to (T-4-1) and a chain group represented by general formula (T-5-1) It is preferable that it is at least one selected from the group consisting of When the adsorptive group represented by the general formula (T) according to the present invention selects a cyclic group, the general formula (T-1-1) or the general formula T-2-1) is preferred. When the adsorptive group represented by the general formula (T) according to the present invention selects a chain group, the general formula (T-5-1) is preferable from the viewpoint of adsorption ability and stability to a liquid crystal composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000105
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000105
　（式中、Ｘａ及びＸｂはそれぞれ独立して、－Ｏ－、－Ｓ－又はＣＨ２－を表し、
　Ｒｔ５は、炭素原子数１～８個の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキル基、シアノ化アルキル基又は炭素原子数１～８個の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルコキシ基を表し、これらのアルキル基中の少なくとも２個以上の－ＣＨ２－は酸素原子が直接隣接しないように－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－Ｃ≡Ｃ－、－Ｏ－又は－ＮＨ－に置換されてもよく、
　Ｚｔ３は、単結合、炭素原子数１～１８個の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキレン基又は炭素原子数２～１８個の直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルケニレン基を表し、当該アルキレン基又は当該アルケニレン基の－ＣＨ２－は酸素原子が直接隣接しないように－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－Ｃ（＝Ｏ）－、－ＯＣＯ－に置換されてもよく、
　Ｗｔ２は、単結合又は１価～４価の有機基を表し、
　Ｗｔ１は、単結合又は直鎖状若しくは分岐状のアルキレン基を表し、
　ｎｔ１は０以上４以下の整数を表し、
　ｍｔ１は１以上３以下の整数を表し、分子内の水素原子は上記重合性基Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－に置換されてもよく、＊は結合手を表し、メソゲン基、重合性基、屈曲基又はスペーサー基と結合する。）
　上記一般式（Ｔ－１－１）～（Ｔ－４－１）において、Ｘｔａ又はＸｔｂのいずれかが－Ｏ－であることが好ましく、Ｘｔａ及びＸｔｂが－Ｏ－であることがより好ましい。 (Wherein, each of X a and X b independently represents —O—, —S— or CH 2 —,
R t5 represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cyanated alkyl group, or a linear or branched alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and these alkyls At least two or more -CH 2- in the group may be substituted with -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -O- or -NH- such that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent.
Z t3 represents a single bond, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched alkenylene group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, and the alkylene group or the corresponding alkylene group -CH 2-of the alkenylene group may be substituted by -O-, -COO-, -C (= O)-or -OCO- so that the oxygen atom is not directly adjacent.
W t2 represents a single bond or a monovalent to tetravalent organic group,
W t1 represents a single bond or a linear or branched alkylene group,
n t1 represents an integer of 0 or more and 4 or less,
mt1 represents an integer of 1 to 3, hydrogen atoms in the molecule of the polymerizable group P al -Sp al - may be substituted by, * represents a bond, mesogenic group, the polymerizable group, the bending group Or bond to a spacer group. )
In the above general formulas (T-1-1) to (T-4-1), it is preferable that either X ta or X tb be —O—, and X ta and X tb be —O— Is more preferred.
　上記一般式（Ｔ－１－１）～（Ｔ－４－１）の具体例としては、以下の基が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the general formulas (T-1-1) to (T-4-1) include the following groups.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000106
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000106
（上記式中、Ｒｔｃは、水素原子、炭素原子数１～７個のアルキル基又は重合性基Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－で表され、分子内の水素原子は上記重合性基Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－に置換されてもよく、＊は結合手を表し、メソゲン基、重合性基、屈曲基又はスペーサー基と結合する。）
　上記一般式（Ｔ－５－１）は、一般式（Ｔ－５－２）を表すことが好ましい。 (In the formula, R tc represents a hydrogen atom, C 1 -C 7 alkyl group or a polymerizable group P al -Sp al - represented by a hydrogen atom in the molecule of the polymerizable group P al -Sp al - may be substituted by, * represents a bonding hand, binds mesogenic group, the polymerizable group, the bending group or spacer group).
It is preferable that the general formula (T-5-1) represents the general formula (T-5-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000107
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000107
（上記一般式（Ｔ－５－２）中、Ｗｔ１は上記一般式（Ｔ－５）中のＷｔ１と同じ意味を表し、Ｒｔ５１及びＲｔ５２はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数１～８個の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキル基又はシアノ化アルキル基を表し、これらのアルキル基中の少なくとも２個以上の－ＣＨ２－は酸素原子が直接隣接しないように、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－Ｃ≡Ｃ－、－Ｏ－、又は－ＮＨ－で置換されてもよく、Ｒｔｃは、水素原子、炭素原子数１～７個のアルキル基又は重合性基Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－で表され、ｎｔ１、ｎｔ２及びｎｔ３はそれぞれ独立して０又は１を表し、分子内の水素原子はＰａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－に置換されてもよい。）
　上記一般式（Ｔ－５－１）の具体例としては、以下の基が挙げられる。 (In the general formula (T-5-2), W t1 represents the same meaning as W t1 in the general formula (T-5), R t51 and R t52 are each independently, carbon atoms of 1 to Eight linear or branched alkyl groups or cyanated alkyl groups are represented, and at least two or more of —CH 2 — in these alkyl groups are —CH = CH— such that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent to each other. And -CtcC-, -O-, or -NH-, and R tc is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, or a polymerizable group P al -Sp al- represented, n t1, n t2 and n t3 is 0 or 1 each independently, a hydrogen atom in the molecule P al -Sp al - may be substituted for).
Specific examples of the above general formula (T-5-1) include the following groups.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000108
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000108
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000109
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000109
（上記式中、Ｒｔｃは、水素原子、炭素原子数１～７個のアルキル基又は重合性基Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－で表され、分子内の水素原子は上記重合性基Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－に置換されてもよく、＊は結合手を表し、メソゲン基、重合性基、屈曲基又はスペーサー基と結合する。） (In the formula, R tc represents a hydrogen atom, C 1 -C 7 alkyl group or a polymerizable group P al -Sp al - represented by a hydrogen atom in the molecule of the polymerizable group P al -Sp al - may be substituted by, * represents a bonding hand, binds mesogenic group, the polymerizable group, the bending group or spacer group).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000110
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000110
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000111
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000111
（上記式中、Ｒｃは、水素原子、炭素原子数１～７個のアルキル基又は重合性基Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－で表され、分子内の水素原子は上記重合性基Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－に置換されてもよい。）（＊は結合手を表し、メソゲン基、重合性基、屈曲基又はスペーサー基と結合する。）
　なお、本願の自己配向性化合物としては極性基として、水酸基（アルコール性、フェノール性、－ＣＯＯＨ、－ＳＯ２（ＯＨ）等）ではない方が好ましい。 (In the formula, R c is a hydrogen atom, C 1 -C 7 alkyl group or a polymerizable group P al -Sp al - is represented by a hydrogen atom in the molecule of the polymerizable group P al -Sp (may be substituted with al- ) (* represents a bond, and is bonded to a mesogenic group, a polymerizable group, a bending group or a spacer group)
The self-orienting compound of the present invention is preferably not a hydroxyl group (alcoholic, phenolic, —COOH, —SO 2 (OH), etc.) as a polar group.
　本発明に係る自発配向性化合物において、吸着基に含まれる極性要素や重合性基に含まれる極性要素を局在化する形態が好ましい。吸着基は液晶組成物を垂直配向させるために重要な構造であり、吸着基と重合性基とが隣接していることで、より良好な配向性が得られ、また液晶組成物への良好な溶解性を示す。具体的には、メソゲン基の同一環上に重合性基及び吸着基を有する形態が好ましい。この場合、１以上の重合性基及び１以上の吸着基がそれぞれ同一環上に結合している形態と、１以上の重合性基の少なくとも一つ又は１以上の吸着基の少なくとも一つのうち、一方が他方に結合して、同一環上に重合性基及び吸着基を有する形態とを含む。また、この場合、重合性基のスペーサー基の水素原子が吸着基で置換されていてもよく、さらには吸着基の分子の水素原子が重合性基のスペーサー基と結合する形態も含む。 In the spontaneous orientation compound according to the present invention, a form in which the polar element contained in the adsorptive group or the polar element contained in the polymerizable group is localized is preferable. The adsorptive group is an important structure for vertically aligning the liquid crystal composition, and by the adsorptive group and the polymerizable group being adjacent to each other, better alignment can be obtained, and good to the liquid crystal composition can be obtained. It shows solubility. Specifically, a form having a polymerizable group and an adsorptive group on the same ring of the mesogen group is preferable. In this case, one or more polymerizable groups and one or more adsorptive groups are bonded to the same ring, respectively, and at least one of at least one or more adsorptive groups of one or more polymerizable groups, It includes a form in which one is bonded to the other and has a polymerizable group and an adsorptive group on the same ring. Further, in this case, the hydrogen atom of the spacer group of the polymerizable group may be substituted by the adsorptive group, and further, it also includes a form in which the hydrogen atom of the molecule of the adsorptive group is bonded to the spacer group of the polymerizable group.
　また、本発明に係る自発配向性化合物において、重合性基の１以上の水素原子は、吸着基に置換されてもよい。この場合の好ましい形態としては、重合性基Ｐａｌ又は必要により当該重合性基に連結されるＳｐａｌの１以上の水素原子が吸着基に置換されている形態が挙げられ、より好ましい形態としては、重合性基（Ｐａ１－Ｓｐａ１－）中の１以上の水素原子が上記一般式（Ｔ）で表される吸着基に置換されている形態が挙げられる。 In the spontaneously orienting compound according to the present invention, one or more hydrogen atoms of the polymerizable group may be substituted by an adsorptive group. As the preferred form of the case, one or more hydrogen atoms of Sp al coupled to the polymerizable group include forms have been replaced by adsorptive group by P al or need polymerizable group, as a more preferred form , polymerizable groups - include embodiments in which one or more hydrogen atoms in is replaced with adsorptive group represented by the general formula (T) (P a1 -Sp a1 ).
　例えば、吸着基と重合性基とが連結した好適な形態としては、以下の式（Ｔ－１－１．１）、（Ｔ－６－１．１）又は（Ｔ－５－１．１）が挙げられる。 For example, as a suitable form in which an adsorptive group and a polymerizable group are linked, the following formula (T-1-1.1), (T-6-1.1) or (T-5-1.1) Can be mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000112
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000112
　（上記式中、Ｒｔ１１ａ、Ｒｔ１６ａ及びＲｔ１５１ａはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又は炭素原子数１～３のアルキル基を表し、Ｒｔ１５１ｂ及びＲｔ１５１ｃはそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数１～３のアルキル基、炭素原子数１～３のシアノ化アルキル基を表し、
　Ｘａ及びＸｂは、－Ｏ－、－Ｓ－または－ＣＨ２－を表し、
　Ｌｔ１５１ａ及びＬｔ１５１ａはそれぞれ独立して、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ビニリデン基、ビニレン基、イソプロペニレン基またはエチリデン基を表し、
ｎｔ１１ｃ、ｎｔ１５１ｃ、ｎｔ１６ｃ、ｎｔ１５１ｄ、ｎｔ１５１ｅ、ｎｔ１５１ｆ及びｎｔ１５１ｇはそれぞれ独立して、０又は１を表し、ｎｔ１１ａ、ｎｔ１１ｂ、ｎｔ１６ａ、ｎｔ１６ｂ、ｎｔ１５１ａ及びｎｔ１５１ｂはそれぞれ独立して、１～１１の整数を表し、＊はメソゲン基への結合手を表す。）
　上記式（Ｔ－１－１．１）において、ＸａまたはＸｂのいずれか一方が－Ｏ－であることが好ましく、Ｘｔａ及びＸｔｂが－Ｏ－であることがより好ましい。 In the above formulae, R t11a , R t16a and R t151a each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and R t151 b and R t151 c each independently have 1 to carbon atoms 3 alkyl group, cyanated alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms,
X a and X b represent -O-, -S- or -CH 2-
L t151a and L t151a each independently represent a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a vinylidene group, a vinylene group, an isopropenylene group or an ethylidene group,
n t11 c , nt 151 c , nt 16 c , nt 151 d , nt 151 e , nt 151 f and nt 151 g each independently represent 0 or 1, and nt 11 a , nt 11 b , nt 16 a , nt 16 b , nt 151 a and nt 151 b Each of them independently represents an integer of 1 to 11, and * represents a bond to a mesogenic group. )
In the above formula (T-1-1.1), one of X a and X b is preferably -O-, and more preferably, X ta and X tb are -O-.
　上記式（Ｔ－５－１．１）において、Ｌｔ１５１ａ及びＬｔ１５１ａはそれぞれ独立して、メチレン基、エチレン基、ビニリデン基、ビニレン基、イソプロペニレン基またはエチリデン基が好ましい。 In the above formula (T-5-1.1), L t151a and L t151a each independently are preferably a methylene group, an ethylene group, a vinylidene group, a vinylene group, an isopropenylene group or an ethylidene group.
　上記式（Ｔ－１－１．１）、（Ｔ－６－１．１）及び（Ｔ－５－１．１）において、
ｎｔ１１ａ、ｎｔ１１ｂ、ｎｔ１６ａ、ｎｔ１６ｂ、ｎｔ１５１ａ及びｎｔ１５１ｂはそれぞれ独立して、１～８の整数であることが好ましく、１～５の整数であることがより好ましい。 In the above formulas (T-1-1.1), (T-6-1.1) and (T-5-1.1),
Each of n t11a , n t11b , n t16a , n t16b , n t151 a and n t151 b is preferably an integer of 1 to 8, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 5.
　本発明に係る屈曲基は、液晶分子の配向を誘導する機能を有しており、直鎖状若しくは分岐状の炭素原子数１～２０のアルキレン基を表すことが好ましく、直鎖状の炭素原子数１～２０のアルキレン基を表すことがより好ましく、直鎖状の炭素原子数２～１５のアルキレン基を表すことがより好ましい。また、当該アルキレン基中の１個又は隣接していない２個以上の－ＣＨ２－は、それぞれ独立して、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－Ｃ≡Ｃ－、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－又は－ＯＣＯ－によって置換されていてもよい。 The bending group according to the present invention has a function of inducing the alignment of liquid crystal molecules, and preferably represents a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a linear carbon atom It is more preferable to represent an alkylene group of the number 1 to 20, and more preferable to represent a linear alkylene group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms. In addition, one or two or more non-adjacent -CH 2- in the alkylene group are each independently -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -O-, -CO-,- It may be substituted by COO- or -OCO-.
　自発配向性化合物が液晶層に対していわゆる両親媒性を備えている観点から上記屈曲基は、メソゲン基に結合していることが好ましい。 The bending group is preferably bonded to a mesogen group from the viewpoint that the spontaneous alignment compound has a so-called amphiphilic property to the liquid crystal layer.
　本発明に係る自発配向性化合物において、上記屈曲基は、１～６つ有することが好ましく、１～４つ有することがより好ましく、１～３つ有することがさらに好ましい。 In the spontaneously orienting compound according to the present invention, the number of the bending groups is preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 4, and still more preferably 1 to 3.
　上記自発配向性化合物において、液晶層となじみにくい吸着基や重合性基などの極性部と、液晶層となじみやすいメソゲン基や屈曲基などの非極性部とは、分子内で偏在していることが好ましく、いわゆる液晶層に対して両親媒性を示すことが好ましい。そのため、本発明に係る自発配向性化合物は、メソゲン基の一方の端部に液晶分子を配向させる屈曲基を有し、メソゲン基の他方の端部に重合性基及び吸着基を有する構造が好ましい。液晶層と基板との界面近傍では界面自由エネルギーが高くなるため、液晶層に対して親和性がある非極性部と、液晶層に対して親和性が低い極性部とを一分子内に有する物質が界面上に並ぶことにより、界面自由エネルギーを低下させると考えられる。 In the above-mentioned spontaneous orientation compound, the polar portion such as an adsorbing group or a polymerizable group which is not compatible with the liquid crystal layer and the nonpolar portion such as a mesogen group or a bending group which is easily compatible with the liquid crystal layer are segregated in the molecule. Is preferable, and it is preferable to exhibit amphiphilicity to a so-called liquid crystal layer. Therefore, the spontaneous orientation compound according to the present invention preferably has a bending group for orienting liquid crystal molecules at one end of the mesogenic group, and a structure having a polymerizable group and an adsorptive group at the other end of the mesogenic group . Since the interface free energy is high in the vicinity of the interface between the liquid crystal layer and the substrate, a substance having in one molecule a nonpolar portion having an affinity for the liquid crystal layer and a polar portion having a low affinity for the liquid crystal layer Is considered to lower the interface free energy by being aligned on the interface.
　本発明の液晶組成物における自発配向性化合物の含有量の下限は、０．０２質量％が好ましく、０．０３質量％が好ましく、０．０４質量％が好ましく、０．０５質量％が好ましく、０．０６質量％が好ましく、０．０７質量％が好ましく、０．０８質量％が好ましく、０．０９質量％が好ましく、０．１質量％が好ましく、０．１２質量％が好ましく、０．１５質量％が好ましく、０．１７質量％が好ましく、０．２質量％が好ましく、０．２２質量％が好ましく、０．２５質量％が好ましく、０．２７質量％が好ましく、０．３質量％が好ましく、０．３２質量％が好ましく、０．３５質量％が好ましく、０．３７質量％が好ましく、０．４質量％が好ましく、０．４２質量％が好ましく、０．４５質量％が好ましく、０．５質量％が好ましく、０．５５質量％が好ましい。本発明の液晶組成物における一般式（Ｉ）で表される重合性化合物の含有量の上限は、２．５質量％が好ましく、２．３質量％が好ましく、２．１質量％が好ましく、２質量％が好ましく、１．８質量％が好ましく、１．６質量％が好ましく、１．５質量％が好ましく、１質量％が好ましく、０．９５質量％が好ましく、０．９質量％が好ましく、０．８５質量％が好ましく、０．８質量％が好ましく、０．７５質量％が好ましく、０．７質量％が好ましく、０．６５質量％が好ましく、０．６質量％が好ましく、０．５５質量％が好ましく、０．５質量％が好ましく、０．４５質量％が好ましく、０．４質量％が好ましい。 The lower limit of the content of the spontaneously aligning compound in the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is preferably 0.02% by mass, preferably 0.03% by mass, preferably 0.04% by mass, and more preferably 0.05% by mass. 0.06 mass% is preferable, 0.07 mass% is preferable, 0.08 mass% is preferable, 0.09 mass% is preferable, 0.1 mass% is preferable, 0.12 mass% is preferable, 0. 15 mass% is preferable, 0.17 mass% is preferable, 0.2 mass% is preferable, 0.22 mass% is preferable, 0.25 mass% is preferable, 0.27 mass% is preferable, 0.3 mass % Is preferable, 0.32% by mass is preferable, 0.35% by mass is preferable, 0.37% by mass is preferable, 0.4% by mass is preferable, 0.42% by mass is preferable, and 0.45% by mass is Preferably 0.5% by mass is Preferred, preferably 0.55% by mass. The upper limit of the content of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I) in the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is preferably 2.5% by mass, preferably 2.3% by mass, and preferably 2.1% by mass. 2 mass% is preferable, 1.8 mass% is preferable, 1.6 mass% is preferable, 1.5 mass% is preferable, 1 mass% is preferable, 0.95 mass% is preferable, and 0.9 mass% is 0.85% by mass is preferable, 0.8% by mass is preferable, 0.75% by mass is preferable, 0.7% by mass is preferable, 0.65% by mass is preferable, and 0.6% by mass is preferable, 0.55 mass% is preferable, 0.5 mass% is preferable, 0.45 mass% is preferable, and 0.4 mass% is preferable.
　本発明に係る自発配向性化合物の特に好適な具体例は、以下の一般式（ａｌ－１－１）で表される化合物である。 A particularly preferable specific example of the spontaneous orientation compound according to the present invention is a compound represented by the following general formula (al-1-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000113
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000113
（上記一般式（ａｌ－１－１）中、Ｒａｌ３は炭素原子数１～１２の直鎖状のアルキル基を表し、当該アルキル基において、１個又は隣接しない２個以上の－ＣＨ２－は、－Ｏ－又は－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－で置換されてもよく、
　Ｌａｌ５、Ｌａｌ６、Ｌａｌ７及びＬａｌ８はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素原子数１～１２個のアルキル基、ハロゲン原子又は上記Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－を表し、当該アルキル基において、１個又は隣接しない２個以上の－ＣＨ２－は、－Ｏ－又は－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－で置換されてもよく、
　環Ａａｌ３は、１，４－シクロへキシレン又は１，４－フェニレンを表し、
　Ｒａｌａ又はＲａｌｂはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又は上記Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－を表し、Ｒａｌａ又はＲａｌｂの少なくとも一つが上記Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－を表し、
　Ｚａｌ３は、単結合、－ＣＨ２－ＣＨ２－、－ＣＨ２－Ｏ－又はＯ－ＣＨ２－を表し、
　Ｒａｌ４は、上記一般式（Ｔ）で表される吸着基を表し、
　ｐａｌ３及びｐａｌ４はそれぞれ独立して、０又は１を表す。）
　上記一般式（ａｌ－１－１）において、Ｌａｌ７及びＬａｌ８の一方が、炭素原子数１～５個のアルキル基を表すことが好ましい。 In the above general formula (al-1-1), R al3 represents a linear alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and in the alkyl group, one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — groups May be substituted with -O- or -CH = CH-,
L al5 , L al6 , L al7 and L al8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom or the above P al -S al- , and in the alkyl group, Or two or more non-adjacent -CH 2 -may be substituted with -O- or -CH = CH-,
Ring A al3 represents 1,4-cyclohexylene or 1,4-phenylene;
R ala or R alb are each independently hydrogen atom or the P al -Sp al - represents at least one of R ala or R alb is the P al -Sp al - represents,
Z al3 represents a single bond, -CH 2 -CH 2- , -CH 2 -O- or O-CH 2- ,
R al 4 represents an adsorptive group represented by the above general formula (T),
p al3 and p al4 each independently represent 0 or 1. )
In formula (al-1-1), one of L AL7 and L AL8 is, preferably represents an alkyl group having 1-5 carbon atoms.
　上記一般式（ａｌ－１－１）において、Ｒａｌａ及びＲａｌｂは上記Ｐａｌ－Ｓｐａｌ－を表すことが好ましい。 In formula (al-1-1), R ala and R alb above P al -Sp al - preferably represents a.
　上記一般式（ａｌ－１－１）において、Ｒａｌ４は、上記一般式（Ｔ－１－１）～（Ｔ－７－１）又は式（Ｔ－１－１．１）又は（Ｔ－５－１．１）が好ましい。 In the above general formula (al-1-1), R al 4 is a group represented by any one of the above general formulas (T-1-1) to (T-7-1) or the formula (T-1-1.1) or (T-5) -1.1) is preferred.
　好ましい化合物としては、以下の式（ＡＬ－２．１）～（ＡＬ－２．６０）で表される化合物が挙げられる。 Preferred compounds include compounds represented by the following formulas (AL-2.1) to (AL-2.60).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000114
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000114
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000115
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000115
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000116
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000116
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000117
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000117
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000118
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000118
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000119
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000119
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000120
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000120
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000121
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000121
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000122
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000122
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000123
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000123
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000124
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000124
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000125
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000125
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000126
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000126
　本発明における組成物は、さらに、信頼性を向上させるため添加剤として化合物（Ｑ）を１種又は２種以上含有することができる。化合物（Ｑ）は下記の構造を有することが好ましい。 The composition in the present invention may further contain one or more compounds (Q) as an additive in order to improve the reliability. The compound (Q) preferably has the following structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000127
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000127
（式中、ＲＱは水酸基、水素原子、炭素原子数１から２２の直鎖アルキル基又は分岐鎖アルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の１つ又は２つ以上のＣＨ２基は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように、－Ｏ－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－Ｃ≡Ｃ－、－ＣＦ２Ｏ－、－ＯＣＦ２－で置換されてよく、＊で他の構造と結合する。）
　ＲＱは炭素原子数１から２２の直鎖アルキル基又は分岐鎖アルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の１つ又は２つ以上のＣＨ２基は、酸素原子が直接隣接しないように、－Ｏ－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－Ｃ≡Ｃ－、－ＣＦ２Ｏ－、－ＯＣＦ２－で置換されてよいが、炭素原子数１から１０の直鎖アルキル基、直鎖アルコキシ基、１つのＣＨ２基が－ＯＣＯ－又は－ＣＯＯ－に置換された直鎖アルキル基、分岐鎖アルキル基、分岐アルコキシ基、１つのＣＨ２基が－ＯＣＯ－又は－ＣＯＯ－に置換された分岐鎖アルキル基が好ましく、炭素原子数１から２０の直鎖アルキル基、１つのＣＨ２基が－ＯＣＯ－又は－ＣＯＯ－に置換された直鎖アルキル基、分岐鎖アルキル基、分岐アルコキシ基、１つのＣＨ２基が－ＯＣＯ－又は－ＣＯＯ－に置換された分岐鎖アルキル基が更に好ましい。ＭＱはトランス－１，４－シクロへキシレン基、１，４－フェニレン基又は単結合を表すが、トランス－１，４－シクロへキシレン基又は１，４－フェニレン基が好ましい。 (Wherein, R Q represents a hydroxyl group, a hydrogen atom, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, or a branched alkyl group, and one or more CH 2 groups in the alkyl group is an oxygen atom It is often substituted by -O-, -CH = CH-, -CO-, -OCO-, -COO-, -C≡C-, -CF 2 O-, -OCF 2- so that Combine with other structures with, *.)
R Q represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, and one or more CH 2 groups in the alkyl group may be substituted with -O such that oxygen atoms are not directly adjacent to each other -, -CH = CH-, -CO-, -OCO-, -COO-, -C≡C-, -CF 2 O-, -OCF 2- but may have 1 to 10 carbon atoms A linear alkyl group, a linear alkoxy group, a linear alkyl group in which one CH 2 group is substituted by -OCO- or -COO-, a branched alkyl group, a branched alkoxy group, one CH 2 group is -OCO- Or a branched alkyl group substituted by -COO-, and is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a linear alkyl group wherein one CH 2 group is substituted by -OCO- or -COO-, branched Chain alkyl group, branched alkoxy group, one CH 2 group Further preferred is a branched alkyl group substituted with -OCO- or -COO-. M Q represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, a 1,4-phenylene group or a single bond, preferably a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group.
　化合物（Ｑ）は、より具体的には、下記の一般式（Ｑ－ａ）から一般式（Ｑ－ｄ）で表される化合物が好ましい。 More specifically, the compound (Q) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (Q-a) to the general formula (Q-d).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000128
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000128
式中、ＲＱ１は炭素原子数１から１０の直鎖アルキル基又は分岐鎖アルキル基が好ましく、ＲＱ２は炭素原子数１から２０の直鎖アルキル基又は分岐鎖アルキル基が好ましく、ＲＱ３は炭素原子数１から８の直鎖アルキル基、分岐鎖アルキル基、直鎖アルコキシ基又は分岐鎖アルコキシ基が好ましく、ＬＱは炭素原子数１から８の直鎖アルキレン基又は分岐鎖アルキレン基が好ましい。一般式（Ｑ－ａ）から一般式（Ｑ－ｄ）で表される化合物中、一般式（Ｑ－ｃ）及び一般式（Ｑ－ｄ）で表される化合物が更に好ましい。 In the formula, R Q1 is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group, R Q2 is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group, and R Q3 is A linear alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group, a linear alkoxy group or a branched alkoxy group is preferable, and L Q is preferably a linear alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or a branched alkylene group . Among the compounds represented by general formula (Qa) to general formula (Qd), the compounds represented by general formula (Qc) and general formula (Qd) are more preferable.
　本願発明の組成物において、一般式（Ｑ）で表される化合物を１種又は２種を含有することが好ましく、１種から５種含有することが更に好ましく、その含有量は０．００１から１％であることが好ましく、０．００１から０．１％が更に好ましく、０．００１から０．０５％が特に好ましい。 In the composition of the present invention, it is preferable to contain one or two types of compounds represented by general formula (Q), more preferably to contain one to five types, and the content thereof is from 0.001 to It is preferably 1%, more preferably 0.001 to 0.1%, and particularly preferably 0.001 to 0.05%.
　また、本発明に使用できる酸化防止剤又は光安定剤としてより具体的には以下の（Ｑ－１）～（Ｑ－４４）で表される化合物が好ましい。 More specifically, compounds represented by the following (Q-1) to (Q-44) are preferable as the antioxidant or light stabilizer which can be used in the present invention.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000129
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000129
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000130
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000130
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000131
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000131
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000132
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000132
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000133
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000133
（式中、ｎは０から２０の整数を表す。）
　本実施形態の液晶組成物は、液晶表示素子に適用される。以下、図１，２を適宜参照しながら、本実施形態に係る液晶表示素子の例を説明する。 (Wherein, n represents an integer of 0 to 20)
The liquid crystal composition of the present embodiment is applied to a liquid crystal display element. Hereinafter, the example of the liquid crystal display element which concerns on this embodiment is demonstrated, referring FIG.1, 2 suitably.
　図１は、液晶表示素子の構成を模式的に示す図である。図１では、説明のために便宜上、各構成要素を離間させて示している。本実施形態に係る液晶表示素子１は、図１に示すように、対向するように配置された第一基板２及び第二基板３と、第一基板２と第二基板３との間に設けられた液晶層４とを備えており、液晶層４は前述した本実施形態の液晶組成物により構成される。 FIG. 1 is a view schematically showing the structure of a liquid crystal display device. In FIG. 1, the respective components are illustrated separately for convenience of explanation. As shown in FIG. 1, the liquid crystal display element 1 according to the present embodiment is provided between the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 and the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 which are disposed to face each other. And the liquid crystal layer 4 is made of the liquid crystal composition of the present embodiment described above.
　第一基板２には、液晶層４側の面に画素電極層５が形成されている。第二基板３には、液晶層４側に共通電極層６が形成されている。第一基板２及び第二基板３は、一対の偏光板７，８により挟持されていてもよい。第二基板３の液晶層４側には、カラーフィルタ９が更に設けられていてもよい。 The pixel electrode layer 5 is formed on the surface of the first substrate 2 on the liquid crystal layer 4 side. A common electrode layer 6 is formed on the second substrate 3 on the liquid crystal layer 4 side. The first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 may be sandwiched by a pair of polarizing plates 7 and 8. A color filter 9 may be further provided on the liquid crystal layer 4 side of the second substrate 3.
　すなわち、一実施形態に係る液晶表示素子１は、第一偏光板７と、第一基板２と、画素電極層５と、液晶組成物を含む液晶層４と、共通電極層６と、カラーフィルタ９と、第二基板３と、第二偏光板８と、がこの順に積層された構成を有している。 That is, the liquid crystal display element 1 according to one embodiment includes the first polarizing plate 7, the first substrate 2, the pixel electrode layer 5, the liquid crystal layer 4 containing a liquid crystal composition, the common electrode layer 6, and the color filter 9 has a configuration in which the second substrate 3 and the second polarizing plate 8 are laminated in this order.
　第一基板２及び第二基板３は、例えばガラス又はプラスチック等の柔軟性をもつ材料で形成されている。第一基板２及び第二基板３の少なくとも一方は透明な材料で形成されており、他方は透明な材料で形成されていても、金属やシリコン等の不透明な材料で形成されていてもよい。第一基板２及び第二基板３は、周縁領域に配置されたエポキシ系熱硬化性組成物等のシール材及び封止材によって互いに貼り合わされていて、その間には基板間距離を保持するために、例えば、ガラス粒子、プラスチック粒子、アルミナ粒子等の粒状スペーサー、又はフォトリソグラフィー法により形成された樹脂からなるスペーサー柱が配置されていてもよい。 The first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 are formed of a flexible material such as glass or plastic, for example. At least one of the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 may be formed of a transparent material, and the other may be formed of a transparent material or an opaque material such as metal or silicon. The first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 are bonded to each other by a sealing material and a sealing material such as an epoxy-based thermosetting composition disposed in the peripheral region, and in order to maintain the distance between the substrates For example, particulate spacers such as glass particles, plastic particles, and alumina particles, or spacer posts made of a resin formed by photolithography may be disposed.
　第一偏光板７及び第二偏光板８は、各偏光板の偏光軸を調整して視野角やコントラストが良好になるように調整することができ、それらの透過軸がノーマリブラックモードで作動するように、互いに直行する透過軸を有することが好ましい。特に、第一偏光板７及び第二偏光板８のうちいずれかは、電圧無印加時の液晶分子の配向方向と平行な透過軸を有するように配置されることが好ましい。 The first polarizing plate 7 and the second polarizing plate 8 can be adjusted so that the viewing angle and the contrast become good by adjusting the polarization axes of the respective polarizing plates, and their transmission axes operate in the normally black mode It is preferable to have transmission axes orthogonal to one another. In particular, any one of the first polarizing plate 7 and the second polarizing plate 8 is preferably arranged to have a transmission axis parallel to the alignment direction of liquid crystal molecules when no voltage is applied.
　カラーフィルタ９は、光の漏れを防止する観点で、ブラックマトリクスを形成することが好ましく、薄膜トランジスタに対応する部分にブラックマトリクス（図示せず）を形成することが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of preventing light leakage, the color filter 9 preferably forms a black matrix, and preferably forms a black matrix (not shown) in the portion corresponding to the thin film transistor.
　ブラックマトリクスは、アレイ基板と反対側の基板にカラーフィルタと共に設置されてもよく、アレイ基板側にカラーフィルタと共に設置されてもよく、ブラックマトリクスがアレイ基板に、カラーフィルタがもう一方の基板にそれぞれ別に設置されてもよい。また、ブラックマトリクスは、カラーフィルタと別に設置されてもよいが、カラーフィルタの各色を重ねることで透過率を低下させるものであってもよい。 The black matrix may be placed on the substrate opposite to the array substrate together with the color filter, or may be placed on the array substrate side together with the color filter, the black matrix on the array substrate, and the color filter on the other substrate. It may be installed separately. Also, the black matrix may be installed separately from the color filter, but may be one that reduces the transmittance by overlapping each color of the color filter.
　図２は、図１における第一基板２上に形成された画素電極層５の一部であるＩ線で囲まれた領域を拡大した平面図である。図２に示すように、第一基板２の表面に形成されている薄膜トランジスタを含む画素電極層５では、走査信号を供給するための複数のゲートバスライン１１と表示信号を供給するための複数のデータバスライン１２とが、互いに交差してマトリクス状に配置されている。なお、図２には、一対のゲートバスライン１１，１１及び一対のデータバスライン１２，１２のみが示されている。 FIG. 2 is an enlarged plan view of a region surrounded by an I line which is a part of the pixel electrode layer 5 formed on the first substrate 2 in FIG. As shown in FIG. 2, in the pixel electrode layer 5 including a thin film transistor formed on the surface of the first substrate 2, a plurality of gate bus lines 11 for supplying a scanning signal and a plurality of display signals are supplied. Data bus lines 12 cross each other and are arranged in a matrix. Note that FIG. 2 shows only the pair of gate bus lines 11 and 11 and the pair of data bus lines 12 and 12.
　複数のゲートバスライン１１と複数のデータバスライン１２とにより囲まれた領域により、液晶表示素子の単位画素が形成され、該単位画素内には、画素電極１３が形成されている。画素電極１３は、互いに直交して十字形状をなす二つの幹部と、各幹部から延在する複数の枝部とを備える、いわゆるフィッシュボーン構造を有している。また、一対のゲートバスライン１１，１１の間には、ゲートバスライン１１と略平行にＣｓ電極１４が設けられている。また、ゲートバスライン１１とデータバスライン１２とが互いに交差している交差部近傍には、ソース電極１５及びドレイン電極１６を含む薄膜トランジスタが設けられている。ドレイン電極１６には、コンタクトホール１７が設けられている。 A unit pixel of the liquid crystal display element is formed by a region surrounded by the plurality of gate bus lines 11 and the plurality of data bus lines 12, and the pixel electrode 13 is formed in the unit pixel. The pixel electrode 13 has a so-called fishbone structure including two stems having a cross shape orthogonal to each other and a plurality of branches extending from each stem. Further, between the pair of gate bus lines 11, a Cs electrode 14 is provided substantially in parallel with the gate bus line 11. A thin film transistor including a source electrode 15 and a drain electrode 16 is provided in the vicinity of an intersection where the gate bus line 11 and the data bus line 12 intersect with each other. The drain electrode 16 is provided with a contact hole 17.
　ゲートバスライン１１及びデータバスライン１２は、好ましくはそれぞれ金属膜で形成されており、より好ましくはＡｌ、Ｃｕ、Ａｕ、Ａｇ、Ｃｒ、Ｔａ、Ｔｉ、Ｍｏ、Ｗ、Ｎｉ又はその合金で形成されており、更に好ましくはＭｏ、Ａｌ又はその合金で形成されている。 Gate bus line 11 and data bus line 12 are preferably each formed of a metal film, and more preferably formed of Al, Cu, Au, Ag, Cr, Ta, Ti, Mo, W, Ni or an alloy thereof More preferably, it is formed of Mo, Al or an alloy thereof.
　画素電極１３は、透過率を向上させるために、好ましくは透明電極である。透明電極は、酸化物半導体（ＺｎＯ、ＩｎＧａＺｎＯ、ＳｉＧｅ、ＧａＡｓ、ＩＺＯ（Indium Zinc Oxide）、ＩＴＯ（Indium Tin Oxide）、ＳｎＯ、ＴｉＯ、ＡＺＴＯ（ＡｌＺｎＳｎＯ）等）をスパッタリング等することにより形成される。この際、透明電極の膜厚は、１０～２００ｎｍであってよい。また、電気的抵抗を低減するために、アモルファスのＩＴＯ膜を焼成することにより多結晶のＩＴＯ膜として透明電極を形成することもできる。 The pixel electrode 13 is preferably a transparent electrode in order to improve the transmittance. The transparent electrode is formed by sputtering an oxide semiconductor (ZnO, InGaZnO, SiGe, GaAs, IZO (Indium Zinc Oxide), ITO (Indium Tin Oxide), SnO, TiO, AZTO (AlZnSnO), or the like). At this time, the film thickness of the transparent electrode may be 10 to 200 nm. Also, in order to reduce the electrical resistance, the transparent electrode can be formed as a polycrystalline ITO film by firing the amorphous ITO film.
　本実施形態の液晶表示素子は、例えば、第一基板２及び第二基板３上にＡｌ又はその合金等の金属材料をスパッタリングすることにより配線を形成し、画素電極層５及び共通電極層６をそれぞれ形成することができる。また、カラーフィルタ９は、例えば、顔料分散法、印刷法、電着法又は、染色法等によって作成することができる。顔料分散法によるカラーフィルタの作成方法を一例に説明すると、カラーフィルタ用の硬化性着色組成物を、該透明基板上に塗布し、パターニング処理を施し、そして加熱又は光照射により硬化させる。この工程を、赤、緑、青の３色についてそれぞれ行うことで、カラーフィルタ用の画素部を作成することができる。また、カラーフィルタ９は、ＴＦＴ等を有する基板側に設置してもよい。 In the liquid crystal display element of the present embodiment, for example, a wiring is formed by sputtering a metal material such as Al or its alloy on the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3, and the pixel electrode layer 5 and the common electrode layer 6 are formed. Each can be formed. The color filter 9 can be produced, for example, by a pigment dispersion method, a printing method, an electrodeposition method, a dyeing method, or the like. A method of producing a color filter by the pigment dispersion method will be described by way of example. A curable coloring composition for a color filter is applied on the transparent substrate, subjected to a patterning process, and cured by heating or light irradiation. By performing this process for each of three colors of red, green, and blue, it is possible to create a pixel portion for a color filter. Also, the color filter 9 may be installed on the side of the substrate having a TFT or the like.
　第一基板２及び第二基板３は、画素電極層５及び共通電極層６がそれぞれ内側となるように対向させるが、その際にスペーサーを介して、第一基板２及び第二基板３の間隔を調整してもよい。このときは、液晶層４の厚さが、例えば１～１００μｍとなるように調整するのが好ましい。 The first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 face each other such that the pixel electrode layer 5 and the common electrode layer 6 are on the inner side, but at this time, the distance between the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3 You may adjust the At this time, it is preferable to adjust the thickness of the liquid crystal layer 4 to, for example, 1 to 100 μm.
　偏光板７，８を使用する場合は、コントラストが最大になるように液晶層４の屈折率異方性Δｎと液晶層４の厚さとの積を調整することが好ましい。また、二枚の偏光板７，８がある場合は、各偏光板の偏光軸を調整して視野角やコントラトが良好になるように調整することもできる。さらに、視野角を広げるための位相差フィルムも使用することもできる。その後、エポキシ系熱硬化性組成物等のシール剤を、液晶注入口を設けた形で該基板にスクリーン印刷し、該基板同士を貼り合わせ、加熱しシール剤を熱硬化させる。 When the polarizing plates 7 and 8 are used, it is preferable to adjust the product of the refractive index anisotropy Δn of the liquid crystal layer 4 and the thickness of the liquid crystal layer 4 so as to maximize the contrast. When two polarizing plates 7 and 8 are provided, the polarization axes of the respective polarizing plates can be adjusted to adjust the viewing angle and contrast to be good. Furthermore, retardation films for widening the viewing angle can also be used. Thereafter, a sealing agent such as an epoxy-based thermosetting composition is screen-printed on the substrate in a form provided with a liquid crystal injection port, the substrates are bonded to each other, and heating is performed to thermally cure the sealing agent.
　２枚の基板２，３間に組成物を狭持させる方法は、通常の真空注入法又は滴下注入（ＯＤＦ：Ｏｎｅ　Ｄｒｏｐ　Ｆｉｌｌ）法等を用いることができるが、真空注入法においては滴下痕が発生しないものの、注入の跡が残る課題を有しているものであるが、本実施形態においては、ＯＤＦ法を用いて製造する表示素子により好適に使用することができる。ＯＤＦ法の液晶表示素子製造工程においては、バックプレーン又はフロントプレーンのどちらか一方の基板にエポキシ系光熱併用硬化性などのシール剤を、ディスペンサーを用いて閉ループ土手状に描画し、その中に脱気下で所定量の組成物を滴下後、フロントプレーンとバックプレーンを接合することによって液晶表示素子を製造することができる。本実施形態においては、ＯＤＦ法において、液晶組成物を基板に滴下した際の滴下痕の発生を抑えることができる。なお、滴下痕とは、黒表示した場合に液晶組成物を滴下した痕が白く浮かび上がる現象と定義する。 As a method of holding the composition between the two substrates 2 and 3, a usual vacuum injection method or one drop fill (ODF) method can be used, but in the vacuum injection method, a drip mark is Although it does not occur, it has a problem that a trace of injection remains, but in the present embodiment, it can be more suitably used for a display element manufactured using the ODF method. In the liquid crystal display device manufacturing process of the ODF method, a sealing agent such as an epoxy-based combination heat and light curing property is drawn on a back plane or front plane substrate in a closed loop shape using a dispenser, and removed therefrom. A liquid crystal display element can be manufactured by bonding a front plane and a backplane after dropping a predetermined amount of composition under air. In the present embodiment, in the ODF method, it is possible to suppress the generation of dripping marks when the liquid crystal composition is dripped on the substrate. In addition, with a dripping mark, when displaying in black, it defines as the phenomenon in which the mark which dripped the liquid-crystal composition floats up white.
　また、ＯＤＦ法による液晶表示素子の製造工程においては、液晶表示素子のサイズに応じて最適な液晶注入量を滴下する必要があるが、本実施形態の液晶組成物は、例えば、液晶滴下時に生じる滴下装置内の急激な圧力変化や衝撃に対する影響が少なく、長時間にわたって安定的に液晶を滴下し続けることが可能であるため、液晶表示素子の歩留まりを高く保持することもできる。特に、最近流行しているスマートフォンに多用される小型液晶表示素子は、最適な液晶注入量が少ないために最適値からのずれを一定範囲内に制御すること自体が難しいが、本実施形態の液晶組成物を用いることにより、小型液晶表示素子においても安定した液晶材料の吐出量を実現できる。 In addition, in the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display element by the ODF method, it is necessary to drop the optimal liquid crystal injection amount according to the size of the liquid crystal display element, but the liquid crystal composition of this embodiment is produced, for example, at the time of liquid crystal dropping. Since the liquid crystal can be stably dropped over a long time with little influence on rapid pressure change and impact in the dropping device, the yield of the liquid crystal display element can be kept high. In particular, small liquid crystal display devices frequently used for smartphones, which are in vogue recently, have difficulty in controlling the deviation from the optimum value within a certain range itself because the optimum liquid crystal injection amount is small, but the liquid crystal of this embodiment By using the composition, it is possible to realize a stable discharge amount of the liquid crystal material even in a small liquid crystal display element.
　本実施形態の液晶組成物が重合性化合物を含有する場合、重合性化合物を重合させる方法としては、液晶の良好な配向性能を得るためには、適度な重合速度が望ましいので、紫外線又は電子線等の活性エネルギー線を単一又は併用又は順番に照射することによって重合させる方法が好ましい。紫外線を使用する場合、偏光光源を用いてもよいし、非偏光光源を用いてもよい。また、重合性化合物含有組成物を２枚の基板間に挟持させて状態で重合を行う場合には、少なくとも照射面側の基板は活性エネルギー線に対して適当な透明性が与えられていなければならない。また、光照射時にマスクを用いて特定の部分のみを重合させた後、電場や磁場又は温度等の条件を変化させることにより、未重合部分の配向状態を変化させて、更に活性エネルギー線を照射して重合させるという手段を用いてもよい。特に紫外線露光する際には、重合性化合物含有組成物に交流電界を印加しながら紫外線露光することが好ましい。印加する交流電界は、周波数１０Ｈｚ～１０ｋＨｚの交流が好ましく、周波数６０Ｈｚ～１０ｋＨｚがより好ましく、電圧は液晶表示素子の所望のプレチルト角に依存して選ばれる。つまり、印加する電圧により液晶表示素子のプレチルト角を制御することができる。横電界型ＭＶＡモードの液晶表示素子においては、配向安定性及びコントラストの観点からプレチルト角を８０度～８９．９度に制御することが好ましい。 When the liquid crystal composition of the present embodiment contains a polymerizable compound, as a method of polymerizing the polymerizable compound, in order to obtain good alignment performance of the liquid crystal, an appropriate polymerization rate is desirable, so ultraviolet light or electron beam And the like are preferably used in combination or sequentially or in combination with active energy rays. When using ultraviolet light, a polarized light source may be used or a non-polarized light source may be used. In addition, when polymerization is carried out in a state where the polymerizable compound-containing composition is held between two substrates, at least the substrate on the irradiation surface side should be appropriately transparent to the active energy ray. It does not. Moreover, after polymerizing only a specific part using a mask at the time of light irradiation, the alignment state of the unpolymerized part is changed by changing conditions such as an electric field, a magnetic field or temperature, and irradiation of active energy rays is further performed. A means of polymerization may be used. In particular, when exposing to ultraviolet light, it is preferable to expose to ultraviolet light while applying an alternating electric field to the polymerizable compound-containing composition. The alternating electric field to be applied is preferably an alternating current having a frequency of 10 Hz to 10 kHz, more preferably a frequency of 60 Hz to 10 kHz, and the voltage is selected depending on the desired pretilt angle of the liquid crystal display element. That is, the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal display element can be controlled by the applied voltage. In the liquid crystal display element in the transverse electric field type MVA mode, the pretilt angle is preferably controlled to 80 degrees to 89.9 degrees from the viewpoint of alignment stability and contrast.
　照射時の温度は、本実施形態の組成物の液晶状態が保持される温度範囲内であることが好ましい。室温に近い温度、即ち、典型的には１５～３５℃での温度で重合させることが好ましい。紫外線を発生させるランプとしては、メタルハライドランプ、高圧水銀ランプ、超高圧水銀ランプ等を用いることができる。また、照射する紫外線の波長としては、組成物の吸収波長域でない波長領域の紫外線を照射することが好ましく、必要に応じて、紫外線をカットして使用することが好ましい。照射する紫外線の強度は、０．１ｍＷ／ｃｍ２～１００Ｗ／ｃｍ２が好ましく、２ｍＷ／ｃｍ２～５０Ｗ／ｃｍ２がより好ましい。照射する紫外線のエネルギー量は、適宜調整することができるが、１０ｍＪ／ｃｍ２～５００Ｊ／ｃｍ２が好ましく、１００ｍＪ／ｃｍ２～２００Ｊ／ｃｍ２がより好ましい。紫外線を照射する際に、強度を変化させてもよい。紫外線を照射する時間は照射する紫外線強度により適宜選択されるが、１０秒～３６００秒が好ましく、１０秒～６００秒がより好ましい。 The temperature at the time of irradiation is preferably within a temperature range in which the liquid crystal state of the composition of the present embodiment is maintained. It is preferred to polymerize at a temperature close to room temperature, ie, typically at a temperature of 15-35 ° C. As a lamp that generates ultraviolet light, a metal halide lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, or the like can be used. Moreover, as a wavelength of the ultraviolet-ray to irradiate, it is preferable to irradiate the ultraviolet-ray of the wavelength range which is not the absorption wavelength range of a composition, and it is preferable to cut and use an ultraviolet-ray as needed. Intensity of ultraviolet irradiation is preferably from 0.1mW / cm 2 ~ 100W / cm 2, 2mW / cm 2 ~ 50W / cm 2 is more preferable. The amount of energy of the ultraviolet rays to be irradiated can be appropriately adjusted, but is preferably 10 mJ / cm 2 to 500 J / cm 2, and more preferably 100 mJ / cm 2 to 200 J / cm 2 . The intensity may be changed when irradiating ultraviolet light. The irradiation time of the ultraviolet light is appropriately selected depending on the intensity of the ultraviolet light, but is preferably 10 seconds to 3600 seconds, and more preferably 10 seconds to 600 seconds.
　本実施形態の液晶組成物においては、化合物（ｉ）は上記重合性化合物の重合反応を阻害しないため、重合性化合物同士が好適に重合し、未反応の重合性化合物が液晶組成物中に残存することを抑制できる。 In the liquid crystal composition of the present embodiment, since the compound (i) does not inhibit the polymerization reaction of the above-mentioned polymerizable compound, the polymerizable compounds are suitably polymerized, and the unreacted polymerizable compound remains in the liquid crystal composition. Can be suppressed.
　重合性化合物として、例えば上記化合物（ｉｉ）を用いた場合、得られる液晶表示素子１は、二つの基板２，３と、二つの基板２，３の間に設けられた液晶組成物及び一般式（ｉｉ）で表される化合物の重合物を含む液晶層４とを備えている。この場合、一般式（ｉｉ）で表される化合物の重合物は、液晶層４中の基板２，３側に偏在していると考えられる。 When, for example, the above compound (ii) is used as the polymerizable compound, the liquid crystal display element 1 obtained is a liquid crystal composition provided between two substrates 2 and 3 and two substrates 2 and 3 and a general formula And a liquid crystal layer 4 containing a polymer of the compound represented by (ii). In this case, the polymer of the compound represented by the general formula (ii) is considered to be localized on the side of the substrates 2 and 3 in the liquid crystal layer 4.
　液晶表示素子１は、アクティブマトリックス駆動用液晶表示素子であってよい。液晶表示素子１は、ＰＳＡ型、ＰＳＶＡ型、ＶＡ型、ＩＰＳ型、ＦＦＳ型又はＥＣＢ型の液晶表示素子であってよく、好ましくはＰＳＡ型の液晶表示素子である。 The liquid crystal display element 1 may be an active matrix drive liquid crystal display element. The liquid crystal display element 1 may be a PSA type, PSVA type, VA type, IPS type, FFS type or ECB type liquid crystal display element, and is preferably a PSA type liquid crystal display element.
　本実施形態の液晶表示素子では、化合物（ｉ）を含有する液晶組成物が用いられているため、第一基板２及び第二基板３の液晶層４側にポリイミド配向膜等の配向膜が設けられている必要がない。すなわち、本実施形態の液晶表示素子は、二つの基板のうち少なくとも一方の基板がポリイミド配向膜等の配向膜を有さない構成をとることができる。 In the liquid crystal display element of the present embodiment, a liquid crystal composition containing the compound (i) is used, so an alignment film such as a polyimide alignment film is provided on the liquid crystal layer 4 side of the first substrate 2 and the second substrate 3. It does not have to be. That is, in the liquid crystal display element of the present embodiment, at least one of the two substrates can have a configuration without an alignment film such as a polyimide alignment film.
　以下に実施例を挙げて本発明を更に詳述するが、本発明はこれらの実施例に限定されるものではない。また、以下の実施例及び比較例の組成物における「％」は『質量％』を意味する。
実施例において液晶化合物の記載について以下の略号を用いる。
（環構造） The present invention will be described in more detail by way of examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples. Moreover, "%" in the composition of the following example and a comparative example means "mass%."
The following abbreviations are used for the description of the liquid crystal compounds in the examples.
(Ring structure)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000134
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000134
（側鎖構造及び連結構造） (Side chain structure and linked structure)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000135
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000135
　実施例中、測定した特性は以下の通りである。なお測定は特別な記載がない限り、ＪＥＩＴＡ　ＥＤ－２５２１Ｂに規定の方法によった。 The characteristics measured in the examples are as follows. Measurement was conducted according to the method specified in JEITA ED-2521B unless otherwise stated.
　Ｔｎｉ　：ネマチック相－等方性液体相転移温度（℃）
　Δｎ　：２５℃における屈折率異方性
　Δε　：２５℃における誘電率異方性
　Ｋ１１　：２５℃における弾性定数Ｋ１１（ｐＮ）
　Ｋ３３　：２５℃における弾性定数Ｋ３３（ｐＮ）
γ１　：２５℃における回転粘性（ｍＰａ・ｓ）
　低温保存性の評価試験：液晶組成物を濾過し、真空減圧条件にて溶存空気の除去を行った。十分に洗浄された容器投入し、－２０℃の環境下で２４０時間静置した。その後、目視にて析出の有無を観察し、以下の２段階で判定した。 Tni: Nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (° C)
Δn: refractive index anisotropy at 25 ° C. Δε: dielectric anisotropy at 25 ° C. K11: elastic constant K11 (pN) at 25 ° C.
K33: Elastic constant at 25 ° C. K33 (pN)
γ1: rotational viscosity at 25 ° C (mPa · s)
Evaluation test for low-temperature storage stability: The liquid crystal composition was filtered, and the dissolved air was removed under vacuum and reduced pressure conditions. The container was put into a well-cleaned container and allowed to stand for 240 hours in an environment of −20 ° C. Then, the presence or absence of precipitation was observed visually and it determined in the following two steps.
　　○：析出が確認できない
　　×：析出が確認できる
垂直配向性の評価試験：透明な共通電極からなる透明電極層及びカラーフィルタ層を具備した配向膜を有さない第一の基板（共通電極基板）と、アクティブ素子により駆動される透明画素電極を有する
画素電極層を有する配向膜を有さない第二の基板（画素電極基板）を作製した。第一の基板上に液晶組成物を滴下し、第二の基板で挟持し、シール材を硬化させ、液晶セルを得た。このときの垂直配向性を、偏光顕微鏡を用いて観察し、以下の４段階で評価した。
◎：均一に垂直配向
　○：ごく僅かに配向欠陥が有るも許容できるレベル
　△：配向欠陥が有り許容できないレベル
　×：配向不良がかなり劣悪
　プレチルト角安定性の評価試験：上記（垂直配向性の評価試験）で使用した液晶セルに、１０Ｖ、１００Ｈｚの矩形交流波を印加しながら、高圧水銀ランプを用いて、３６５ｎｍにおける照度が１００ｍ／ｃｍ２であるＵＶ光を２００秒間照射した。その後、１０Ｖ、１００Ｈｚの矩形交流波を印加しながらセルに物理的に外力を加え、白表示の安定性を以下の４段階で評価した。 ○: Precipitation not observed ×: Evaluation test of vertical alignment in which precipitation can be confirmed: First substrate not having an alignment film provided with a transparent electrode layer comprising a transparent common electrode and a color filter layer (common electrode substrate) A second substrate (pixel electrode substrate) having no alignment film having a pixel electrode layer having a transparent pixel electrode driven by an active element was produced. The liquid crystal composition was dropped on the first substrate, held between the second substrate, and the sealing material was cured to obtain a liquid crystal cell. The vertical orientation at this time was observed using a polarizing microscope and evaluated in the following four steps.
:: uniform vertical alignment :: acceptable level with some slight alignment defects Δ: non-acceptable level with alignment defects ×: considerably poor alignment defect Evaluation test of pretilt angle stability: evaluation of the above-mentioned (vertical alignment property While applying a rectangular AC wave of 10 V and 100 Hz to the liquid crystal cell used in the test), a high-pressure mercury lamp was used for 200 seconds of irradiation with UV light having an illuminance of 100 m / cm 2 at 365 nm. Thereafter, an external force was physically applied to the cell while applying a rectangular AC wave of 10 V and 100 Hz, and the stability of the white display was evaluated in the following four stages.
　　◎：均一に配向
　　○：ごく僅かに配向欠陥が有るも許容できるレベル
　　△：配向欠陥が有り許容できないレベル
　　×：配向不良がかなり劣悪
（実施例１～、比較例１）
　以下の表に示すＬＣ－１～ＬＣ－１４、及びＬＣ－Ｒ１の液晶組成物を調製し、それらの物性を測定した。物性は表１のとおりであった。 :: uniform orientation ○: acceptable level with some slight orientation defects Δ: non-acceptable level with orientation defects ×: very poor orientation defect (Example 1 to Comparative Example 1)
Liquid crystal compositions of LC-1 to LC-14 and LC-R1 shown in the following table were prepared, and their physical properties were measured. Physical properties are as shown in Table 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000136
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000136
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000137
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000137
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000138
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000138
　前記の各液晶組成物を１００質量部に対し、重合性化合物を表中の添加量を添加した重合性化合物含有液晶組成を調製し、低温保存性・垂直配向性及びプレチルト角安定性を確認した。特性は表２のとおりであった。本願発明の重合性液晶組成物はいずれにも優れた特性を有することが確認された。 The polymerizable compound-containing liquid crystal composition was prepared by adding the amount of the polymerizable compound in the table to 100 parts by mass of each liquid crystal composition described above, and the low temperature storage property, vertical alignment and pretilt angle stability were confirmed. . The characteristics are as shown in Table 2. It was confirmed that the polymerizable liquid crystal composition of the present invention has excellent characteristics in all cases.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000139
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000139
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000140
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000140
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000141
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000141
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000142
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000142
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000143
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000143
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000144
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000144
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000145
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000145
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000146
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000146
　１…液晶表示素子、２…第一基板、３…第二基板、４…液晶層、５…画素電極層、６…共通電極層、７…第一偏光板、８…第二偏光板、９…カラーフィルタ、１１…ゲートバスライン、１２…データバスライン、１３…画素電極、１４…Ｃｓ電極、１５…ソース電極、１６…ドレイン電極、１７…コンタクトホール。 DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 ... Liquid crystal display element, 2 ... 1st board | substrate, 3 ... 2nd board | substrate, 4 ... Liquid crystal layer, 5 ... Pixel electrode layer, 6 ... Common electrode layer, 7 ... 1st polarizing plate, 8 ... 2nd polarizing plate, 9 ... color filter, 11 ... gate bus line, 12 ... data bus line, 13 ... pixel electrode, 14 ... Cs electrode, 15 ... source electrode, 16 ... drain electrode, 17 ... contact hole.

Claims (9)

  1. 一般式（Ｎ－１）、（Ｎ－２）及び（Ｎ－３）で表される化合物から選ばれる化合物を１種又は２種以上及び重合性化合物を１種又は２種以上含有する誘電率異方性（Δε）が負の液晶組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     （式中、ＲＮ１１、ＲＮ１２、ＲＮ２１、ＲＮ２２、ＲＮ３１及びＲＮ３２はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数１～８のアルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の１個又は非隣接の２個以上の－ＣＨ２－はそれぞれ独立して－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－Ｃ≡Ｃ－、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－又は－ＯＣＯ－によって置換されていてもよく、
    　ＡＮ１１、ＡＮ１２、ＡＮ２１、ＡＮ２２、ＡＮ３１及びＡＮ３２はそれぞれ独立して
    （ａ）　１，４－シクロヘキシレン基（この基中に存在する１個の－ＣＨ２－又は隣接していない２個以上の－ＣＨ２－は－Ｏ－に置き換えられてもよい。）及び
    （ｂ）　１，４－フェニレン基（この基中に存在する１個の－ＣＨ＝又は隣接していない２個以上の－ＣＨ＝は－Ｎ＝に置き換えられてもよい。）
    （ｃ）　ナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基、１，２，３，４－テトラヒドロナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基（ナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基又は１，２，３，４－テトラヒドロナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基中に存在する１個の－ＣＨ＝又は隣接していない２個以上の－ＣＨ＝は－Ｎ＝に置き換えられても良い。）
    （ｄ）　１，４－シクロヘキセニレン基
    からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基（ａ）、基（ｂ）、基（ｃ）及び基（ｄ）はそれぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていても良く、
    　ＺＮ１１、ＺＮ１２、ＺＮ２１、ＺＮ２２、ＺＮ３１及びＺＮ３２はそれぞれ独立して単結合、－ＣＨ２ＣＨ２－、－（ＣＨ２）４－、－ＯＣＨ２－、－ＣＨ２Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－、－ＯＣＦ２－、－ＣＦ２Ｏ－、－ＣＨ＝Ｎ－Ｎ＝ＣＨ－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－ＣＦ＝ＣＦ－又は－Ｃ≡Ｃ－を表し、
    　ＸＮ２１は水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、
    　ＴＮ３１は－ＣＨ２－又は酸素原子を表し、
    　ｎＮ１１、ｎＮ１２、ｎＮ２１、ｎＮ２２、ｎＮ３１及びｎＮ３２はそれぞれ独立して０～３の整数を表すが、ｎＮ１１＋ｎＮ１２、ｎＮ２１＋ｎＮ２２及びｎＮ３１＋ｎＮ３２はそれぞれ独立して１、２又は３であり、ＡＮ１１～ＡＮ３２、ＺＮ１１～ＺＮ３２が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い。）     Dielectric constant containing one or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3) and one or more kinds of polymerizable compounds Liquid crystal composition with negative anisotropy (Δε).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     (Wherein, R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 and R N32 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or two non-adjacent ones in the alkyl group Or more of -CH 2 -may be each independently substituted by -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -O-, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-,
    A N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31 and A N32 are each independently (a) 1,4-cyclohexylene group (one —CH 2 — or adjacent group present in this group And two or more -CH 2- may be replaced by -O-) and (b) 1,4-phenylene group (one -CH = or non-adjacent 2 present in this group) Or more of -CH = may be replaced by -N =)
    (C) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (naphthalene-2,6-diyl group or One —CH = or two or more non-adjacent —CH = present in the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group may be replaced by —N =. )
    (D) represents a group selected from the group consisting of 1,4-cyclohexenylene groups, and the above groups (a), (b), (c) and (d) are each independently a cyano group, It may be substituted by a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
    Z N11, Z N12, Z N21 , Z N22, Z N31 and Z N32 are each independently a single bond, -CH 2 CH 2 -, - (CH 2) 4 -, - OCH 2 -, - CH 2 O- , -COO-, -OCO-, -OCF 2- , -CF 2 O-, -CH = N-N = CH-, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF- or -C≡C-
    X N21 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom,
    T N31 represents -CH 2 -or an oxygen atom,
    n N11 , n N12 , n N21 , n N22 , n N31 and n N32 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, but n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22 and n N31 + n N32 are each independently When there are a plurality of A N11 to A N32 and Z N11 to Z N32 , they may be the same or different. )
  2. 液晶組成物中に含有する一般式（Ｎ－１）、（Ｎ－２）及び（Ｎ－３）で表される化合物において、ＺＮ１１、ＺＮ１２、ＺＮ２１、ＺＮ２２、ＺＮ３１及びＺＮ３２が単結合である化合物の含有量の合計が、一般式（Ｎ－１）、（Ｎ－２）及び（Ｎ－３）で表される化合物の含有量の合計に対して５０～１００質量％である請求項１記載の液晶組成物。 Among the compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3) contained in the liquid crystal composition, Z N11 , Z N12 , Z N21 , Z N22 , Z N31 and Z N32 The total content of compounds in which is a single bond is 50 to 100% by mass relative to the total content of compounds represented by general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3) The liquid crystal composition according to claim 1, which is
  3. 液晶組成物中に含有する一般式（Ｎ－１）、（Ｎ－２）及び（Ｎ－３）で表される化合物におけるＺＮ１１及びＺＮ１２の少なくとも一方が単結合以外の連結基であり、ＺＮ２１及びＺＮ２２の少なくとも一方が単結合以外の連結基であり、ＺＮ３１及びＺＮ３２の少なくとも一方が単結合以外の連結基である化合物の含有量の合計が、一般式（Ｎ－１）、（Ｎ－２）及び（Ｎ－３）で表される化合物の含有量の合計に対して５～５０質量％である請求項１記載の液晶組成物。 At least one of Z N11 and Z N12 in the compounds represented by General Formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3) contained in the liquid crystal composition is a linking group other than a single bond, The total content of the compounds in which at least one of Z N21 and Z N22 is a linking group other than a single bond, and at least one of Z N31 and Z N32 is a linking group other than a single bond is represented by general formula (N-1) The liquid crystal composition according to claim 1, which is 5 to 50% by mass with respect to the total content of the compounds represented by (N-2) and (N-3).
  4. 重合性化合物として一般式（Ｐ）で表される化合物を１種又は２種以上含有する請求項１～３のいずれか１項に記載の液晶組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
     （上記一般式（Ｐ）中、Ｒｐ１は、水素原子、フッ素原子、シアノ基、水素原子、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数１～１５のアルキル基、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数１～１５のアルコキシ基、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数１～１５のアルケニル基、水素原子がハロゲン原子に置換されていてもよい炭素原子数１～１５のアルケニルオキシ基又は－Ｓｐｐ２－Ｐｐ２を表し、
    　Ｐｐ１及びＰｐ２はそれぞれ独立して、一般式（Ｐｐ１－１）～式（Ｐｐ１－９）
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
     （式中、Ｒｐ１１及びＲｐ１２はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基又は炭素原子数１～５のハロゲン化アルキル基を表し、Ｗｐ１１は単結合、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－又はメチレン基を表し、ｔｐ１１は、０、１又は２を表すが、分子内にＲｐ１１、Ｒｐ１２、Ｗｐ１１及び／又はｔｐ１１が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い。）
    のいずれかを表し、
    　Ｓｐｐ１及びＳｐｐ２はそれぞれ独立して、単結合又はスペーサー基を表し、
    　Ｚｐ１及びＺｐ２はそれぞれ独立して、単結合、－Ｏ－、－Ｓ－、－ＣＨ２－、－ＯＣＨ２－、－ＣＨ２Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－、－Ｃ２Ｈ４－、－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－、－ＯＣＯＯＣＨ２－、－ＣＨ２ＯＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＨ２ＣＨ２Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－ＮＲＺＰ１－、－ＮＲＺＰ１－ＣＯ－、－ＳＣＨ２－、－ＣＨ２Ｓ－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＲＺＰ１－ＣＯＯ－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＲＺＰ１－ＯＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－ＣＲＺＰ１＝ＣＨ－、－ＯＣＯ－ＣＲＺＰ１＝ＣＨ－、－ＣＯＯ－ＣＲＺＰ１＝ＣＨ－ＣＯＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－ＣＲＺＰ１＝ＣＨ－ＯＣＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－ＣＲＺＰ１＝ＣＨ－ＣＯＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－ＣＲＺＰ１＝ＣＨ－ＯＣＯ－、－（ＣＨ２）ｚ－ＣＯＯ－、－（ＣＨ２）２－ＯＣＯ－、－ＯＣＯ－（ＣＨ２）２－、－（Ｃ＝Ｏ）－Ｏ－（ＣＨ２）２－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－ＣＦ＝ＣＦ－、－ＣＦ＝ＣＨ－、－ＣＨ＝ＣＦ－、－ＣＦ２－、－ＣＦ２Ｏ－、－ＯＣＦ２－、－ＣＦ２ＣＨ２－、－ＣＨ２ＣＦ２－、－ＣＦ２ＣＦ２－又は－Ｃ≡Ｃ－（式中、ＲＺＰ１はそれぞれ独立して水素原子又は炭素原子数１～４のアルキル基を表すが、分子内にＲＺＰ１が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い。）
    を表し、
    　Ａｐ２は、１，４－フェニレン基、１，４－シクロヘキシレン基、アントラセン－２，６－ジイル基、フェナントレン－２，７－ジイル基、ピリジン－２，５－ジイル基、ピリミジン－２，５－ジイル基、ナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基、インダン－２，５－ジイル基、１，２，３，４－テトラヒドロナフタレン－２，６－ジイル基又は１，３－ジオキサン－２，５－ジイル基を表すが、Ａｐ２は無置換であるか又は炭素原子数１～１２のアルキル基、炭素原子数１～１２のハロゲン化アルキル基、炭素原子数１～１２のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数１～１２のハロゲン化アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基又は－Ｓｐｐ２－Ｐｐ２で置換されていても良く、
    　Ａｐ１は（Ａｐ１－１１）～（Ａｐ１－１９）
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
     （式中、★でＳｐｐ１又はＺｐ１と結合し、★★でＺｐ１と結合し、構造中の１又は２以上の水素原子は炭素原子数１～１２のアルキル基、炭素原子数１～１２のハロゲン化アルキル基、炭素原子数１～１２のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数１～１２のハロゲン化アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基又は－Ｓｐｐ２－Ｐｐ２によって置換されていても良い。）で表される基を表し、
    　Ａｐ３は（Ａｐ３－１１）～（Ａｐ３－１９）
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
     （式中、★でＺｐ２と結合し、★★でＲｐ１又はＺｐ２と結合し、構造中の１又は２以上の水素原子は炭素原子数１～１２のアルキル基、炭素原子数１～１２のハロゲン化アルキル基、炭素原子数１～１２のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数１～１２のハロゲン化アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基又は－Ｓｐｐ２－Ｐｐ２によって置換されていても良い。）で表される基を表し、
    　ｍｐ２及びｍｐ３はそれぞれ独立して、０、１、２又は３を表し、ｍｐ１及びｍｐ４はそれぞれ独立して１、２又は３を表すが、分子内にＰｐ１、Ｓｐｐ１、Ａｐ１、Ｚｐ１、Ｚｐ２、Ａｐ３及び／又はＲｐ１が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い。）     The liquid crystal composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, which contains one or more compounds represented by formula (P) as a polymerizable compound.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
     (In the above general formula (P), R p1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a cyano group, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in which a hydrogen atom may be substituted by a halogen atom, a hydrogen atom is An alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom, an alkenyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may optionally have a hydrogen atom substituted for the halogen atom, a hydrogen atom is substituted for the halogen atom And optionally represents an alkenyloxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms or -Sp p2 -P p2 ;
    P p1 and P p2 are each independently represented by general formula (P p1 -1) to formula (P p1 -9)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
     (Wherein, R p11 and R p12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogenated alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and W p11 is a single bond, —O -, -COO-, or a methylene group, and t p11 represents 0, 1 or 2, but when there are a plurality of R p11 , R p12 , W p11 and / or t p11 in the molecule, they are identical It may be different or different.)
    Represents one of the
    Sp p1 and Sp p2 each independently represent a single bond or a spacer group,
    Z p1 and Z p2 are each independently a single bond, -O-, -S-, -CH 2- , -OCH 2- , -CH 2 O-, -CO-, -C 2 H 4 -,- COO -, - OCO -, - OCOOCH 2 -, - CH 2 OCOO -, - OCH 2 CH 2 O -, - CO-NR ZP1 -, - NR ZP1 -CO -, - SCH 2 -, - CH 2 S- , -CH = CR ZP1 -COO -, - CH = CR ZP1 -OCO -, - COO-CR ZP1 = CH -, - OCO-CR ZP1 = CH -, - COO-CR ZP1 = CH-COO -, - COO -CR ZP1 = CH- OCO-, -OCO -CR ZP1 = CH- COO-, -OCO -CR ZP1 = CH-OCO-,-(CH 2 ) z -COO-,-(CH 2 ) 2 -OCO- , -OCO- (CH 2) 2 , - (C = O) -O- (CH 2) 2 -, - CH = CH -, - CF = CF -, - CF = CH -, - CH = CF -, - CF 2 -, - CF 2 O —, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CF 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 — or —C≡C— (wherein, each R ZP 1 independently represents a hydrogen atom or the number of carbon atoms. 1 to 4 alkyl groups are represented, but when there are a plurality of R ZP1 in the molecule, they may be the same or different.)
    Represents
    A p2 is a 1,4-phenylene group, a 1,4-cyclohexylene group, an anthracene-2,6-diyl group, a phenanthrene-2,7-diyl group, a pyridine-2,5-diyl group, a pyrimidine-2, 5-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, indane-2,5-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1,3-dioxane-2,5 -Represents a diyl group, wherein A p2 is unsubstituted or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogenated alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a carbon atom And may be substituted with a halogenated alkoxy group of a number of 1 to 12, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group or -Sp 2 -P p 2 ;
    A p1 is (A p1 -11) to (A p1 -19)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
     (Wherein, ★ binds to Sp p 1 or Z p 1 and ★ ★ binds to Z p 1 and one or more hydrogen atoms in the structure are an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, 1 to 12 carbon atoms Even when substituted by 12 halogenated alkyl groups, alkoxy groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, halogenated alkoxy groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group or -Sp 2 -P p 2 Represents a group represented by
    A p3 is (A p3 -11) to (A p3 -19)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
     (Wherein, ★ binds to Z p2 , ★ ★ binds to R p1 or Z p2, and one or more hydrogen atoms in the structure are an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or 1 to 12 carbon atoms Even when substituted by 12 halogenated alkyl groups, alkoxy groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, halogenated alkoxy groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group or -Sp 2 -P p 2 Represents a group represented by
    m p2 and m p3 each independently represent 0, 1, 2, or 3, and m p1 and m p4 each independently represent 1, 2 or 3, but P p1 , Sp p1 , A When a plurality of p 1 , Z p 1 , Z p 2 , Ap 3 and / or R p 1 are present, they may be the same or different. )
  5. 重合性化合物として一般式（ＳＡＬ）で表される化合物を１種又は２種以上含有する請求項１～４のいずれか１項に記載の液晶組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
     （上記式中、Ｐａｌは、一般式（Ｐ－Ｉ）～一般式（Ｐ－ＩＸ）
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
     （式中、Ｒｐ１１及びＲｐ１２はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、炭素原子数１～５のアルキル基又は炭素原子数１～５のハロゲン化アルキル基を表し、Ｗｐ１１は単結合、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯＯ－又はメチレン基を表し、ｔｐ１１は、０、１又は２を表す。）
    で表される基を表し、
    　Ｓｐａｌは単結合又は直鎖状若しくは分岐状の炭素原子数１～２０個のアルキレン基を表すが、アルキレン基中の１個又は隣接していない２個以上の－ＣＨ２－は、それぞれ独立して、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－Ｃ≡Ｃ－、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－又は－ＯＣＯ－によって置換されていてもよく、
    　Ｔは吸着基を表し、
    　ＭＧはメソゲン基を表し、
    　Ｃｇは水素原子、前記吸着基、前記－Ｓｐａｌ－Ｐａｌ又は直鎖状若しくは分岐状の炭素原子数１～２０のアルキレン基を表し、当該アルキレン基中の１個又は隣接していない２個以上の－ＣＨ２－は、それぞれ独立して、－ＣＨ＝ＣＨ－、－Ｃ≡Ｃ－、－Ｏ－、－ＣＯ－、－ＣＯＯ－又は－ＯＣＯ－によって置換されていてもよく、Ｃｇ、ＭＧ及びＴのいずれも上記重合性基である－Ｓｐａｌ－Ｐａｌ－に置換されてもよく、
    ｎｓａｌ１、ｎｓａｌ２及びｎｓａｌ３はそれぞれ独立して、１～５の自然数を表す。）     The liquid crystal composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, which contains one or two or more compounds represented by formula (SAL) as the polymerizable compound.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
     (Wherein P al represents a group represented by general formula (PI) to general formula (P-IX)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
     (Wherein, R p11 and R p12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogenated alkyl group of 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and W p11 is a single bond, —O -, -COO- or a methylene group, and t p11 represents 0, 1 or 2.)
    Represents a group represented by
    Sp al is a single bond or a linear or branched alkylene group having a carbon atom number of 1 to 20, two or more -CH 2 that is not one or adjacent in the alkylene group - are each independently And may be substituted by -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -O-, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-,
    T represents an adsorptive group,
    MG represents a mesogenic group,
    Cg represents a hydrogen atom, the suction group, an alkylene group of the -Sp al -P al or a linear or branched having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, 2 which is not one or adjacent in the alkylene group Each of the above -CH 2 -may be independently substituted by -CH = CH-, -C≡C-, -O-, -CO-, -COO- or -OCO-; -Sp al -P al all at the polymerizable groups of MG and T - may be substituted by,
    n sal1 , n sal2 and nsal3 each independently represent a natural number of 1 to 5. )
  6. 液晶組成物中に含有する一般式（Ｎ－１）で表される化合物におけるＺＮ１１及びＺＮ１２の少なくとも一方が単結合以外の連結基であり、ＺＮ２１及びＺＮ２２の少なくとも一方が単結合以外の連結基であり、ＺＮ３１及びＺＮ３２の少なくとも一方が単結合以外の連結基である化合物の含有量の合計が、一般式（Ｎ－１）、（Ｎ－２）及び（Ｎ－３）である化合物の含有量の合計に対して５０～９５質量％である請求項１記載の液晶組成物。 At least one of Z N11 and Z N12 in the compound represented by General Formula (N-1) contained in the liquid crystal composition is a linking group other than a single bond, and at least one of Z N21 and Z N22 is other than a single bond The total content of compounds in which at least one of Z N31 and Z N32 is a linking group other than a single bond is a linking group of the general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3) The liquid crystal composition according to claim 1, which is 50 to 95% by mass with respect to the total of the content of the compound which is
  7. 請求項１から６のいずれか１項に記載の液晶組成物を用いた液晶表示素子。 A liquid crystal display device using the liquid crystal composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6.
  8. 請求項１から６のいずれか１項に記載の液晶組成物を用いたアクティブマトリックス駆動用液晶表示素子。 A liquid crystal display element for active matrix drive using the liquid crystal composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6.
  9. 請求項１から６のいずれか１項に記載の液晶組成物を用いたＶＡ型、ＩＰＳ型、ＦＦＳ型、ＰＳＡ型又はＰＳＶＡ型の液晶表示素子。 A VA-type, IPS-type, FFS-type, PSA-type or PSVA-type liquid crystal display device using the liquid crystal composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6.
PCT/JP2018/044885 2017-12-21 2018-12-06 Liquid crystal composition WO2019124094A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201880078182.0A CN111448291A (en) 2017-12-21 2018-12-06 Liquid crystal composition
JP2019560953A JP7255496B2 (en) 2017-12-21 2018-12-06 liquid crystal composition
KR1020207011465A KR20200101325A (en) 2017-12-21 2018-12-06 Liquid crystal composition

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017-245027 2017-12-21
JP2017245027 2017-12-21
JP2018-151585 2018-08-10
JP2018151585 2018-08-10

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019124094A1 true WO2019124094A1 (en) 2019-06-27

Family

ID=66993536

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2018/044885 WO2019124094A1 (en) 2017-12-21 2018-12-06 Liquid crystal composition

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7255496B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20200101325A (en)
CN (1) CN111448291A (en)
TW (1) TW201936904A (en)
WO (1) WO2019124094A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019003935A1 (en) * 2017-06-29 2019-01-03 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016117271A1 (en) * 2015-01-20 2016-07-28 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
JP2017036382A (en) * 2015-08-10 2017-02-16 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
WO2017098933A1 (en) * 2015-12-08 2017-06-15 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
WO2017130566A1 (en) * 2016-01-29 2017-08-03 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
JP2017141424A (en) * 2016-02-05 2017-08-17 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
WO2017145611A1 (en) * 2016-02-25 2017-08-31 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
WO2017183248A1 (en) * 2016-04-18 2017-10-26 Jnc株式会社 Liquid-crystal composition and liquid-crystal display element
WO2017188005A1 (en) * 2016-04-27 2017-11-02 Dic株式会社 Nematic liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display element using same

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102082361B1 (en) 2011-07-07 2020-04-14 메르크 파텐트 게엠베하 Liquid-crystalline medium
EP2918658B1 (en) * 2014-03-10 2020-05-13 Merck Patent GmbH Liquid crystalline media with homeotropic alignment
WO2017208953A1 (en) * 2016-06-03 2017-12-07 Dic株式会社 Spontaneous orientation aid for liquid crystal composition, compound suitable for said spontaneous orientation aid, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display element
KR20200022374A (en) * 2017-06-26 2020-03-03 디아이씨 가부시끼가이샤 Spontaneous orientation aid for liquid crystal composition
WO2019003935A1 (en) * 2017-06-29 2019-01-03 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
WO2019049673A1 (en) * 2017-09-08 2019-03-14 Dic株式会社 Alignment assistant, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016117271A1 (en) * 2015-01-20 2016-07-28 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
JP2017036382A (en) * 2015-08-10 2017-02-16 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
WO2017098933A1 (en) * 2015-12-08 2017-06-15 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
WO2017130566A1 (en) * 2016-01-29 2017-08-03 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
JP2017141424A (en) * 2016-02-05 2017-08-17 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
WO2017145611A1 (en) * 2016-02-25 2017-08-31 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
WO2017183248A1 (en) * 2016-04-18 2017-10-26 Jnc株式会社 Liquid-crystal composition and liquid-crystal display element
WO2017188005A1 (en) * 2016-04-27 2017-11-02 Dic株式会社 Nematic liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display element using same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2019124094A1 (en) 2020-12-24
CN111448291A (en) 2020-07-24
KR20200101325A (en) 2020-08-27
TW201936904A (en) 2019-09-16
JP7255496B2 (en) 2023-04-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2019124093A1 (en) Liquid crystal composition
WO2019124345A1 (en) Polymerizable liquid crystal composition, liquid crystal display element, and polymerizable compound
WO2019003936A1 (en) Spontaneous alignment aid for liquid crystal composition
TWI828766B (en) Liquid crystal composition
WO2020044833A1 (en) Liquid crystal composition
WO2019098115A1 (en) Polymerizable compound, liquid crystal composition using same, and liquid crystal display element
WO2019124094A1 (en) Liquid crystal composition
JP6747611B2 (en) Liquid crystal display device manufacturing method
TWI809128B (en) Alignment aid, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
JP6828852B2 (en) Orientation aid, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
TWI791853B (en) Substrate and liquid crystal display element
CN112219159B (en) Liquid crystal display element and method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element
JP2020050871A (en) Alignment assistant, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
CN111378457A (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
JP2020100769A (en) Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element based on the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18890845

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019560953

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18890845

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1